VICON INDUSTRIES INC /NY/
10-K, 1996-01-16
COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT, NEC
Previous: MUNICIPAL BOND TRUST SERIES 53, 497, 1996-01-16
Next: FOUNTAIN OIL INC, 8-K/A, 1996-01-16



            SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                 WASHINGTON, D.C.   20549

                         FORM 10-K

       ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
          OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


For the fiscal year ended:
September 30, 1995                               Commission File No.  1-7939
- ----------------------------------------------                       -------


                           VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.
               (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


      NEW YORK                                                 11-2160665
(State or other jurisdiction of                         (I.R.S. Employer
 incorporation or organization)                          identification No.)

525 Broad Hollow Road, Melville, New York                             11747
(Address of principal executive offices)                          (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:            (516) 293-2200
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

                           None

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT:



               Common Stock, Par Value $.01
                     (Title of class)

                  American Stock Exchange
        (Name of each exchange on which registered)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days.

                               Yes    X        No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K.


The  aggregate  market  value of  Common  Stock  held by  non-affiliates  of the
registrant as of December 22, 1995 was approximately $3,500,000.

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant's Common Stock as of December
22, 1995 was 2,762,828.




<PAGE>





                          PART I



ITEM 1 - BUSINESS

General

Vicon  Industries,  Inc. (the  "Company"),  incorporated in New York in October,
1967,  designs,  manufactures,  assembles  and  markets  a wide  range of closed
circuit   television   ("CCTV")   components  and  CCTV  systems  for  security,
surveillance, safety, process and control applications by end users. The Company
sells CCTV components and systems directly to distributors, dealers and original
equipment  manufacturers,  principally  within the security  industry.  The U.S.
security  industry is a  multi-billion  dollar  industry  which  includes  guard
services,  armored  carrier,  electronic  alarms and sensing  equipment,  safes,
locking devices and access systems, as well as CCTV. The nature of the Company's
business and the general security market it serves has not changed materially in
the past five years.

Users  of the  Company's  products  typically  utilize  them as a  visual  crime
deterrent, for visual documentation,  observing inaccessible or hazardous areas,
enhancing  safety,  obtaining cost savings (such as lower  insurance  premiums),
managing  control  systems,  and improving the efficiency and  effectiveness  of
personnel.  The  Company's  products are marketed  under its own brand names and
registered trademarks.  In fiscal 1995, no customer represented more than 10% of
consolidated revenues.

Products

The Company's  product line  consists of  approximately  600 products,  of which
about a third represent model variations. The Company's product line consists of
various  elements  of a video  surveillance  system,  including  video  cameras,
display units  (monitors),  cassette  recorders,  switching  equipment for video
distribution, digital video and signal processing units (which perform character
generation,  multi screen display, video insertion,  intrusion detection, source
identification  and alarm  processing),  motorized  zoom lenses,  remote  camera
positioning  devices,  manual and computer based system controls,  environmental
camera  enclosures  and  consoles  for system  assembly.  In 1995,  the  Company
introduced a new product  called  ProTech  which is a Windows  based command and
control  software  package.  ProTech allows personal  computers  (p.c.) users to
graphically program and operate from a P.C. all of the Company's digital control
and video  processing  systems.  The  Company  expects  to further  enhance  the
capabilities of ProTech.  The Company  maintains a large line of products due to
the many varied climatic and operational  environments  under which the products
are expected to perform.  In addition to selling from a standard  catalog  line,
for significant  orders,  the Company will produce to specification or modify an
existing product to meet a customer's requirements. The Company's products range
in price from $10 for a simple  camera  mounting  bracket to  approximately  one
hundred  thousand  dollars  (depending upon  configuration)  for a large digital
control and video switching system.











                           - 2 -


<PAGE>






Marketing

The  Company's   products  are  sold   worldwide,   principally  to  independent
distributors,  dealers  and  integrators  of various  types of  security-related
systems.  Sales are made by in-house  customer  service  representatives,  field
sales engineers and by independent sales representatives in certain areas of the
United  States.  The sales effort is supported by several  in-house  application
engineers.

Although  the Company  does not sell  directly  to end users,  much of its sales
promotion  and  advertising  is  directed  at end user  markets.  The  Company's
products are  employed in video  system  installations  by: (1)  commercial  and
industrial users, such as office buildings,  manufacturing  plants,  warehouses,
apartment complexes,  shopping malls and retail stores; (2) federal,  state, and
local governments for national security purposes, municipal facilities, prisons,
and military installations;  (3) financial institutions, such as banks, clearing
houses,   brokerage  firms  and  depositories,   for  security   purposes;   (4)
transportation  departments  for  highway  traffic  control,  bridge  and tunnel
monitoring,  and  airport,  subway,  bus and  seaport  surveillance;  (5) gaming
casinos, where video security is often mandated by local statute; and (6) health
care facilities, such as hospitals, particularly psychiatric wards and intensive
care units.  The Company  estimates that  approximately  50 percent of its total
revenues are sales for commercial and industrial uses.

The  Company's  principal  sales  offices  are  located in  Melville,  New York;
Atlanta, Georgia and Segensworth, England.

International Sales

The Company sells  internationally by direct export to dealers and distributors,
and, in Europe through the Company's United Kingdom (U.K.) subsidiary. In fiscal
1995,  the  operating  profit and  identifiable  assets for the  Company's  U.K.
subsidiary  amounted to approximately  $573,000 and $5.2 million,  respectively.
For  more  information  regarding  foreign  operations,  see  Note 7 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere herein. Direct export sales
and sales from the Company's U.K.  subsidiary  amounted to $17.5 million,  $16.7
million and $16.1 million or 40%, 35% and 35% of consolidated revenues in fiscal
years  1995,  1994,  and 1993,  respectively.  Export  sales are made  through a
wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Vicon  Industries  Foreign Sales  Corporation,  a tax
advantaged  foreign sales corporation.  The Company's  principal foreign markets
are Europe and the Far East,  which  together  accounted  for  approximately  83
percent  of  international  sales in  fiscal  1995.  Additional  information  is
contained in the discussion of foreign currency activity included in Item 7.


















                           - 3 -


<PAGE>






Competition

The  Company  competes  in areas of  price,  service,  product  performance  and
availability with several large and small public and  privately-owned  companies
in the  manufacture and  distribution of CCTV systems and components  (excluding
cameras,  monitors and video cassette  recorders  "Video  Products")  within the
security  industry.  The  Company's  Video  Products  compete  with  many  large
companies  whose financial  resources and scope of operations are  substantially
greater  than  the  Company's.  The  Company  is  one of a few  domestic  market
suppliers that design,  assemble,  manufacture,  market and support an extensive
line of products  offering a comprehensive  system capability in a wide range of
applications. Many competitors, including manufacturers of cameras, monitors and
recorders,  typically  produce a  limited  product  line  since  components  and
accessories are low volume items.  The Company  believes a broad product line is
desirable since many customers prefer to obtain a complete video system from one
supplier with the assurance of product compatibility and reliability.  In recent
years,  price competition has intensified  limiting the amount of cost increases
the Company  can pass on to  customers  and in some  instances  requiring  price
reductions.

Research and Development

The  Company is  engaged  in ongoing  research  and  development  activities  in
connection  with new or  existing  products.  Changes  in CCTV  technology  have
incorporated the use of advanced  electronic  components and new materials which
add to product life and performance.  Twenty-one  professional  employees devote
full time to the  development of new products and to improving the qualities and
capabilities of existing products.  Further, the Company engages the services of
others to assist in the development of new products.  Expenditures  for research
and  development  amounted to  approximately  $1,900,000 in 1995,  $1,600,000 in
1994, and $1,600,000 in 1993 or approximately  4.2% of revenues in 1995, 3.4% of
revenues 1994, and 3.5% of revenues in 1993.

Source and Availability of Raw Materials

The Company has not experienced shortages or significant difficulty in obtaining
its raw materials,  components or purchased finished products. Raw materials are
principally  aluminum,  steel and plastics,  while components are mainly motors,
video  lenses and  standard  electronic  parts.  In 1995,  the Company  procured
directly and  indirectly  approximately  19% of its product  purchases from Chun
Shin  Electronics,  Inc.,  its Korean  joint  venture  (see Item 13 for  further
discussion of the Korean joint  venture).  The Company is not dependent upon any
other single source for a significant amount of its raw materials, components or
purchased finished products.

Patents and Trademarks

The  Company  owns a limited  number of design and utility  patents  expiring at
various times and has several  patent  applications  pending with respect to the
design  and/or  mechanical  function  of its  products.  The Company has certain
trademarks  registered and several other trademark  applications pending both in
the United  States and in Europe.  The Company has no  licenses,  franchises  or
concessions  with  respect to any of its  products  or  business  dealings.  The
Company  does not deem its  patents  and  trademarks,  or the lack of  licenses,
franchises  and  concessions,  to be of  substantial  significance  or to have a
material effect on its business.





                           - 4 -


<PAGE>




Inventories

The  Company  maintains  an  inventory  of  finished   products   sufficient  to
accommodate   its   customers'   requirements,   since   most   sales   are   to
dealer/contractors  who  do  not  carry  large  stock  inventories.   Parts  and
components  inventories  are also  carried in  sufficient  quantities  to permit
prompt  delivery of certain  items.  The Company  would  rather  carry  adequate
inventory quantities than experience shortages which detract from the production
process and sales effort. The Company's business is not seasonal.

Backlog

The backlog of orders  believed to be firm as of September 30, 1995 and 1994 was
approximately  $2.7  million  and $3.0  million,  respectively.  All  orders are
cancelable  without  penalty at the option of the customer.  The Company prefers
that its  backlog of orders not exceed its  ability to fulfill  such orders on a
timely basis, since experience shows that long delivery schedules only encourage
the Company's customers to look elsewhere for product availability.

Employees

At September 30, 1995,  the Company  employed 175 full-time  employees,  of whom
five are officers, 50 administrative personnel, 65 employed in sales capacities,
25 in  engineering,  and 30 production  employees.  At September  30, 1994,  the
Company  employed 185 persons  categorized  in similar  proportions  to those of
1995.  There are no collective  bargaining  agreements with any of the Company's
employees and the Company considers its relations with its employees to be good.

ITEM 2 - PROPERTIES

In January  1988,  the  Company  sold and  subsequently  leased back its 108,000
square foot headquarters facility in Melville,  New York, which accommodates the
Company's sales, distribution,  administration,  product development and limited
assembly and manufacturing  operations.  Currently, the Company subleases 28,000
sq. ft. of its facility  under an agreement  which expires on February 28, 1997.
In November  1994,  the Company  entered into a sublease  agreement  dated as of
January 1, 1993, which gives a company affiliated with its landlord the right to
occupy  approximately  25,000 sq. ft. of its primary operating facility with two
months notice in exchange for specified rent payments  through the expiration of
the primary lease in 1998. In connection with such  agreement,  the landlord and
the  subtenant  were each  granted  an option to ask the  Company  to vacate the
entire  premises with six months  notice and the landlord  agreed to release the
Company  from all future  obligations  under its lease in  exchange  for a lease
termination payment by the Company. (See Notes 3 and 10 of Notes to Consolidated
Financial  Statements  included elsewhere herein for further  information).  The
Company  believes  that this  facility  is  adequate  to  support  its near term
operating plans. The Company also operates, under lease, a regional sales office
in Atlanta,  Georgia. In addition,  the Company owns a 14,000 square foot sales,
service and warehouse  facility in southern  England which services the U.K. and
European Community markets.

ITEM 3 - LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

None

ITEM 4 - SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

None




                           - 5 -



<PAGE>




                          PART II


ITEM 5 - MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
         MATTERS

The Company's  stock is traded on the American  Stock  Exchange under the symbol
(VII).  The following table sets forth for the periods  indicated,  the range of
high  and low  prices  for the  Company's  Common  Stock on the  American  Stock
Exchange:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

          Quarter
           Ended            High        Low

          <S>               <C>         <C>   

          Fiscal 1995
          December          2-1/16      1-1/2
          March             2-15/16     1-1/2
          June              2-1/2       1-3/8
          September         2-1/8       1-9/16



          Fiscal 1994
          December          2-1/8       1- 3/4
          March             2-3/16      1- 7/8
          June              2-3/16      1-11/16
          September         2           1-11/16


</TABLE>





The Company has not declared or paid cash  dividends on its Common Stock for any
of the foregoing periods.  Additionally,  under the current loan agreement,  the
Company may not declare  dividends.  The approximate number of holders of Common
Stock at December 22, 1995 was 1,500.























                           - 6 -



<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>




ITEM 6 - SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA




FISCAL YEAR                 1995         1994     1993       1992       1991
                            ----         ----     ----       ----       ----

                                 (in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                    <C>           <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>  
Net sales              $  43,847     $ 47,714  $ 45,923   $ 45,041   $ 42,055
Gross profit               9,546       10,714     9,274      8,150*    10,505
Pretax income (loss)      (1,267)          74    (1,858)    (3,317)      (478)
Net income (loss)         (1,347)          45    (1,875)    (3,906)      (377)
Income (loss) per share     (.49)         .02      (.68)     (1.42)      (.14)
Total assets              26,423       28,857    26,069     26,701     30,325
Long-term debt             5,339        6,059     5,621      6,273      6,648
Working capital           10,721       13,359    13,420     15,741     18,957
Property, plant and
  equipment (net)          3,262        3,180     3,245      3,913      4,251

Cash dividends               -            -         -          -          -
</TABLE>

* Includes a provision of $2.7 million for  discontinuance  of certain  products
  and product lines.






































                           - 7 -



<PAGE>





ITEM 7 - MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
         RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Fiscal Year 1995 Compared with 1994

Net sales for 1995 were $43.8 million,  a decrease of 8.1%,  compared with $47.7
million in 1994. The sales decline was the result of lower  domestic  shipments,
while foreign sales increased $.8 million to $17.5 million.  Domestic sales were
affected by several factors such as direct end user selling by competition; lack
of  competitiveness  of certain  products  whose cost is denominated in yen; and
shortened  product life cycles which made certain of the  Company's  key control
systems  less  competitive.  The backlog of orders was $2.7 million at September
30, 1995 compared with $3.0 million at September 30, 1994.

Gross  profit  margins were 21.8% of net sales in 1995,  compared  with 22.5% in
1994.  The margin  decline was due  principally  to the impact of lower sales in
relation to a substantially fixed overhead structure.  In addition, the value of
the dollar declined  significantly against the Japanese yen for most of the year
which lowered margins of those products sourced in Japan.

Operating  expenses in 1995 totaled $9.8 million  compared  with $9.9 million in
1994. Operating expenses,  as a percent of sales, amounted to 22.4% and 20.7% in
1995 and 1994,  respectively.  The increase in expenses as a percent of sales is
due in part to higher bad debt expense,  severance  pay,  bank and  professional
fees.

During  1994,  the  Company  incurred an  unrealized  foreign  exchange  gain of
$45,000.   This  gain  resulted  from  the  Company's  revaluation  of  its  yen
denominated  mortgage  obligation into U.S.  dollars as the value of the British
pound sterling gained against the Japanese yen during the year.

Interest expense increased $230,000 as a result of higher interest rates.

The net loss of $1.3 million compared with a profit of $45,000 was the result of
lower sales and gross margins and higher interest expenses as discussed above.
























                           - 8 -



<PAGE>



           MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Fiscal Year 1994 Compared with 1993

Net sales for 1994 were $47.7 million,  an increase of 3.9%, compared with $45.9
million in 1993. The sales growth  resulted  primarily  from increased  sales in
Europe.  The backlog of orders was $3.0 million at September  30, 1994  compared
with $4.1  million at September  30,  1993.  This decline is the result of lower
domestic and export sales bookings in 1994.

Gross  profit  margins were 22.5% of net sales in 1994,  compared  with 20.2% in
1993.  In 1993,  the  Company's  cost of  products  sourced  in Japan  increased
significantly  as a result of a severe  decline in the value of the U.S.  dollar
compared  with the  Japanese  yen.  Also,  a decline in the value of the British
pound versus the U.S.  dollar further  reduced  margins on U.S.  sourced product
sales in Europe.  In 1994,  the value of the dollar  continued to weaken against
the  Japanese yen but to a lesser  extent than in 1993.  The Company was able to
substantially offset the effects of this further decline by securing U.S. dollar
based purchase agreements to cover most of the year's yen based product purchase
commitments.  During  1994,  the  Company  began  shifting  product  sourcing to
suppliers  transacting  in more stable and favorable  currencies.  Further,  the
value of the  British  pound  increased  against  the U.S.  dollar in 1994 which
increased margins on U.S. sourced product sales in Europe.  The Company was also
able to reduce its  indirect  manufacturing  expenses  in 1994 while  increasing
product production, thus increasing product margins. Finally, prior year margins
were  adversely  impacted  by the  recognition  of a $450,000  provision  to the
estimated realizable value of certain discontinued product parts and components.
Such  provision  accounted  for  approximately  1% of the 1994 increase in gross
profit margins.

Operating  expenses in 1994 totaled $9.9 million  compared with $10.3 million in
1993. Operating expenses,  as a percent of sales, amounted to 20.7% and 22.5% in
1994 and 1993, respectively.  The decline in expenses was principally the result
of an ongoing cost control program.

During 1994, the Company incurred an unrealized foreign exchange gain of $45,000
compared  with a loss of $262,000 in 1993.  This gain or loss  results  from the
Company's  revaluation  of its yen  denominated  mortgage  obligation  into U.S.
dollars.  The  decrease  in the loss was due to the  relative  stability  of the
British pound sterling against the Japanese yen during the year.

Interest  expense  increased by $224,000 in 1994 as a result of higher  interest
rates and higher borrowing levels.

Pretax  income  improved  approximately  $1.9  million as a result of  increased
sales, higher gross margins and lower operating expenses as discussed above.













                           - 9 -



<PAGE>




           MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

LIQUIDITY AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

September 30, 1995 Compared with 1994

Total shareholders' equity was approximately $8.6 million at September 30, 1995,
despite a net loss of $1.3 million in fiscal 1995.  Working capital  declined by
approximately  $2.6 million to $10.7 million at September 30, 1995.  The decline
was principally due to the operating loss and accelerated paydown of $.9 million
of long term bank debt.

Accounts  receivable  decreased  approximately  $1.4  million to $8.4 million at
September  30, 1995.  The decrease was the result of lower fourth  quarter sales
and improved  receivable  turnover.  Inventories  declined $1.4 million to $12.1
million  at  September  30,  1995.  Finished  products  at  the  Company's  U.K.
subsidiary  decreased $.8 million  while raw material and component  inventories
accounted for the remaining inventory decline as the Company moved production to
its off-shore plant and domestic contract  manufacturers.  Accounts payable to a
related party, Chugai Boyeki Co., Ltd., increased  approximately $1.2 million to
$6.9 million at September 30, 1995 in support of the Company's repayment of bank
debt.

The Company has a revolving line of credit of 700,000 pounds  sterling  (approx.
$1.1 million) in the U.K. to support local cash  requirements.  At September 30,
1995,  borrowings under this agreement were  approximately  $907,000,  which was
used for general working capital purposes.

In December 1994, the Company  extended its bank revolving  credit  agreement to
October 1995.  Borrowings under such agreements  amounted to approximately  $2.8
million and $4.5 million,  respectively,  at September 30, 1995 and 1994,  which
was used principally for U.S. working capital  purposes.  At September 30, 1995,
the  Company  was in default of certain  covenants  under the  agreement  and on
December 28, 1995 repaid the entire loan with the proceeds of a new bank loan.

The new two year loan  agreement  provides for maximum  borrowings of $3,250,000
through  June 30, 1996 and  $4,000,000  thereafter,  subject to an  availability
formula based on accounts  receivable and  inventories.  Concurrent with the new
loan agreement,  the Company amended its $2,000,000 secured promissory note with
Chugai Boyeki Co., Ltd., a related party, to defer all scheduled installments to
July  1998.  The  Company  believes  that the new loan  agreement  and its other
sources  of  credit  provide  adequate  funding  to  meet  its  near  term  cash
requirements.

















                          - 10 -





<PAGE>



Foreign Currency Activity

The  Company's  foreign  exchange   exposure  is  principally   limited  to  the
relationship  of the U.S.  dollar  to the  Japanese  yen and the  British  pound
sterling.

Japan sourced products  denominated in Japanese yen accounted for  approximately
19 percent of product  purchases in fiscal 1995.  In recent years the dollar has
weakened  dramatically in relation to the yen,  resulting in increased costs for
such products.  When market  conditions  permit,  cost increases due to currency
fluctuations  are passed on to customers  through price  increases.  The Company
also attempts to reduce the impact of an  unfavorable  exchange  rate  condition
through cost  reductions  from its suppliers,  lowering  production cost through
product redesign, and shifting product sourcing to suppliers transacting in more
stable and favorable currencies.  During the period from the second half of 1993
through July 1994, the Company was granted  dollar based pricing  through Chugai
Boyeki  Co.,  Ltd.,  its  Japanese  supplier.  Subsequent  to this  period,  the
Company's  purchases  have been  denominated  in  Japanese  yen.  However,  this
supplier,  at  the  Company's  direction,  has  entered  into  foreign  exchange
contracts on behalf of the Company to hedge the currency  risk on these  product
purchases.

Sales to the  Company's  U.K.  subsidiary,  which  approximated  $4.3 million in
fiscal 1995, are made in pounds sterling and include  products  sourced from the
Far East.  In the years when the pound has  weakened  significantly  against the
U.S. dollar and Japanese yen, the cost of U.S. and Japanese sourced product sold
by  the  Company's  U.K.  subsidiary  has  increased.   When  market  conditions
permitted,  such cost  increases  were passed on to the customer  through  price
increases.   The  Company   attempts  to  minimize  its  currency   exposure  on
intercompany  sales through the purchase of forward exchange  contracts to cover
unpaid receivables.

The Company  intends to increase  prices and seek lower prices from suppliers to
mitigate exchange rate exposures,  however,  there can be no assurance that such
steps will be effective in limiting foreign currency exposure.

Inflation

The impact of  inflation on the Company has lessened in recent years as the rate
of inflation  declined.  However,  inflation  continues to increase costs to the
Company.  As operating expenses and production costs increase,  the Company,  to
the  extent  permitted  by  competition,   recovers  these  increased  costs  by
increasing prices to its customers.

ITEM 8 - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

See Part IV,  Item 14, for an index to  consolidated  financial  statements  and
financial statement schedules.

ITEM 9 - CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
         FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None












                           - 11 -


<PAGE>




                         PART III

ITEM 10 - DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT


The Directors and Executive Officers of the Company are as follows:

     Directors and Executive Officers

     Donald N. Horn, age 66           Chairman of the Board (since 1967);
                                         term ends April 1996
     Kenneth M. Darby, age 49         President, Chief Executive Officer,
                                         Assistant Secretary, and Director
                                         (since 1987); term ends April, 1997
     Arthur D. Roche, age 57          Executive Vice President, Chief
                                         Financial Officer, Secretary, Member of
                                        the Office of the President and Director
                                         (since 1992); term ends April 1996
     Peter F. Barry, age 66           Director since 1984; term ends April
                                         1996
      Milton F. Gidge, age 66          Director since 1987; term ends April
                                         1998
      Michael D. Katz, age 57          Director since 1993; term ends April
                                         1998
     Peter F. Neumann, age 61         Director since 1987; term ends April
                                         1997
      W. Gregory Robertson, age 51     Director since 1991; term ends April
                                         1998
     Kazuyoshi Sudo, age 53           Director since 1987; term ends April
                                         1997
     Arthur V. Wallace, age 70        Director since 1974; term ends April
                                         1998

      Peter A. Horn, age 40           Vice President, Compliance and Quality
                                         Assurance
     Yacov A. Pshtissky, age 44       Vice President, Engineering
      Kevin D. Whitley, age 39        Vice President, U.S. Sales


Mr. D. Horn founded the Company in 1967 and has served as Chairman of the Board
since its inception.  He also served as Chief Executive Officer from the
Company's inception until April 1992 and as President to September, 1991.

Mr.  Darby has  served  as Chief  Executive  Officer  since  April,  1992 and as
President since October,  1991. Mr. Darby also served as Chief Operating Officer
and as Executive Vice President,  Vice  President,  Finance and Treasurer of the
Company.  He first joined the Company in 1978 as Controller after more than nine
years at KPMG Peat Marwick, a major public accounting firm.

Mr. Roche joined the Company as Executive Vice President and co-participant in
the Office of the President in August 1993.  For the six months earlier, Mr.
Roche provided consulting services to the Company.  In October, 1991 Mr. Roche
retired as a partner of Arthur Andersen & Co., an international accounting firm
whom he joined in 1960.

Mr. Barry is a retired executive of Grumman Corp., an aerospace manufacturer,
for whom he served from August 1988 to March 1991 as Senior Vice President of
Washington D.C. operations.  Previously, he served since 1974 as President of
Hartman Systems, Inc., a manufacturer of electronic controls and display devices
for military applications.  Mr. Barry currently acts as a consultant to private
industry on government relations.


                          - 12 -


<PAGE>





Mr. Gidge is a retired executive officer of Lincoln Savings Bank (1976-1994) and
served as its Chairman,  Credit  Policy.  He has also served as a director since
1980 of Interboro  Mutual  Indemnity  Insurance Co., a general  insurance mutual
company and since 1988 as a director of  Intervest  Corporation  of New York,  a
mortgage banking company.

Mr. Katz is a physician practicing in New York.  He is the President of Katz,
Rosenthal, Ganz, Snyder & PDC.  He has served in that capacity for 25 years.

Mr. Neumann has been President of Flynn-Neumann Agency, Inc. an insurance
brokerage firm, since 1971.  He has also served since 1978 as a director of
Reliance Federal Savings Bank.

Mr. Robertson is President of TM Capital Corporation, a financial services
company, an organization he founded in 1989.  From 1985 to 1989, he was employed
by Thomson McKinnon Securities, Inc. as head of investment banking and public
finance.

Mr. Sudo has been Treasurer of Chugai Boyeki (America) Corp., a distributor of
electronic, chemical and optical products, for the past ten years.

Mr. Wallace, who joined the Company in 1970, was Executive Vice President from
1979 until he retired in September, 1990.

Mr. P. Horn joined the Company in January, 1974 and has been employed in various
technical capacities.  In 1986 he was appointed as Vice President,  Engineering;
in May, 1990 as Vice President,  New Products and Technical Support Services; in
September  1993, he was appointed  Vice  President,  Marketing;  in 1994 as Vice
President,  Product  Management;  and in 1995 as Vice President,  Compliance and
Quality Assurance.

Mr. Pshtissky, who joined the Company in September 1979, as an Electrical Design
Engineer,  was promoted to Director of Electrical Product  Development in March,
1988 and to Vice President, Engineering in May, 1990.

Mr. Whitley joined the Company in March, 1987 as a Sales Engineer.  He was
promoted to Midwest Regional Manager in 1989 and Vice President, U.S. Sales in
August, 1993.

There are no family relationships between any director, executive officer or
person nominated or chosen by the Company to become a director or officer except
for the relationship between Peter A. Horn, an officer of the Company, and 
Donald N. Horn, Chairman of the Board.  Peter A. Horn is the son of Donald N.
Horn.

















                          - 13 -



<PAGE>






Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act

Based solely upon a review of Forms 3 and 4 and amendments  thereto furnished to
the Company  during the year ended  September 30, 1995 and Form 5 and amendments
thereto  furnished  to the  Company  with  respect to the year ended and certain
written  representations,  no  person,  who,  at any time  during the year ended
September 30, 1995, was a director,  officer or beneficial owner of more than 10
percent of any class of equity securities of the Company registered  pursuant to
Section 12 of the Exchange Act failed to file on a timely basis, as disclosed in
the above forms,  reports  required by Section 16 of the Exchange Act during the
year ended September 30, 1995.

ITEM 11 - EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following  information is set forth with respect to all compensation paid by
the  Company to its Chief  Executive  Officer  and its most  highly  compensated
executive  officers  other  than  the CEO  whose  annual  compensation  exceeded
$100,000, for each of the past three fiscal years.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          Annual      Long Term
                                       Compensation  Compensation
                          Fiscal
Name and                 Year Ended                    Options       All Other
Principal Position      September 30,      Salary    No. of Shares  Compensation
<S>                          <C>        <C>             <C>         <C>    
Kenneth M. Darby             1995       $195,000           -        $ 3,000 (1)
Chief Executive Officer      1994       $195,000        59,194      $ 3,000 (1)
                             1993       $192,000        19,838      $31,000 (2)

Arthur D. Roche              1995       $150,000           -            -
Executive Vice President     1994       $150,000        50,000          -
                             1993       $ 25,000           -            -
</TABLE>

No listed officer  received other non-cash  compensation  amounting to more than
10% of salary.


(1)   Represents life insurance policy payment.

(2)  Includes a $28,000  cash  distribution  pursuant to the  cancellation  of a
     deferred compensation agreement and a $3,000 life insurance policy payment.




















                            - 14 -


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>





Stock Options


               OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
                                                            Potential Realizable
                        Individual Grants                      Value at Assumed
                                                           Annual Rates of Stock
                              % of Total                      Price Appreciation
                   No. of     Granted to   Exercise              For Option Term
                   Options    Employees In  Price     Expiration
Name               Granted    Fiscal Year  Per Share     Date         5%    10%
- ----------------- ---------- ------------- ---------  ----------  ------- ------

<S>               <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>         <C>     <C>
None

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

        AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
               AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES

                                                     Value of Unexercised In-
                    Number of Unexercised Options     the-Money Options at
                      As of September 30, 1995        September 30, 1995 (1)
                    -----------------------------   ------------------------

     Name           Exercisable  Unexercisable      Exercisable Unexercisable
<S>                    <C>           <C>                <C>           <C> 
Kenneth M. Darby       112,214       23,678              -             -

Arthur D. Roche         30,000       20,000              -             -
</TABLE>


No options were  exercised by any of the  above-named  officers  during the year
ended September 30, 1995.

(1)  Calculated  based on $1.875 per share closing market value at September 30,
1995.



























                            - 15 -


<PAGE>





Mr. Darby has entered into an employment contract with the Company that entitles
him  to  receive  an  annual  salary  of  $195,000  through  fiscal  year  2000.
Additionally,  Mr.  Darby's  agreement  provides  for payment in an amount up to
three times his average annual compensation for the previous five years if there
is a change in control (as defined in the agreement).

Mr. Roche,  who joined the Company on August 1, 1993,  has an agreement with the
Company that provides an annual salary of $150,000  through  September 30, 1997.
The agreement also provides for a payment,  at Mr. Roche's option, if there is a
change in control, as defined, equal to the unpaid salary under his agreement.

Messrs.  D. Horn and Wallace (a former  executive and a current  director)  each
have insured  deferred  compensation  agreements  with the Company which provide
that upon  reaching  retirement  age total  payments of $917,000  and  $631,000,
respectively,  will be made in monthly  installments over a ten year period. The
full deferred compensation payment is subject to such individuals'  adherence to
certain non-compete covenants. Mr. Wallace, who retired in September 1990, began
receiving  payments  under the  agreement  in  October,  1990 and Mr. Horn began
receiving payments under the agreement in January, 1994.

Directors,  except the  Chairman of the Board and employee  directors,  are each
compensated at the rate of $600 per Board meeting and $300 per committee meeting
attended  in person.  The  Chairman of the Board is  compensated  at the rate of
$1,000 per Board meeting and $300 per committee meeting attended in person.






































                           - 16 -


<PAGE>




COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

The  Compensation  Committee  of the  Board of  Directors  consists  of  Messrs.
Neumann,  Robertson and Wallace,  none of whom are or ever have been officers of
the Company, except Mr. Wallace who retired in 1990 as Executive Vice President.
See the  section  entitled  "Certain  Relationships  and  Related  Transactions"
included  elsewhere  herein,  for a discussion  of certain  other  relationships
maintained by Mr. Neumann and Mr. Robertson with the Company.



            BOARD COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT


The Compensation  Committee's  compensation policies applicable to the Company's
executive  officers for the last completed fiscal year were to pay a competitive
market price for the services of such officers,  taking into account the overall
performance  and  financial  capabilities  of  the  Company  and  the  officer's
individual level of performance.

Mr. Darby makes  recommendations  to the  Compensation  Committee as to the base
salary and  incentive  compensation  of all  executive  officers  other than Mr.
Darby.  The Committee  reviews these  recommendations  with Mr. Darby, and after
such review, determines compensation. In the case of Mr. Darby, the Compensation
Committee makes its  determination  after direct  negotiation with such officer.
For each executive  officer,  the  Committee's  determinations  are based on the
committee's  conclusions  concerning  each officer's  performance and comparable
compensation  levels in the CCTV Industry and the Long Island area for similarly
situated  officers at other  companies.  The overall level of performance of the
Company is taken into account but is not specifically related to the base salary
of these  executive  officers.  Also,  the Company has  established an incentive
compensation plan for all of its executive officers,  which provides a specified
bonus  to  each  officer  upon  the  Company's  achievement  of  certain  annual
profitability targets.

The  Compensation  Committee  grants  options to  executive  officers to connect
compensation to the  performance of the Company.  Options are exercisable in the
future at the fair market value at the time of grant, so that an officer granted
an option is rewarded by the increase in the price of the Company's  stock.  The
Committee  grants  options based on  significant  contributions  of an executive
officer to the performance of the Company.

In addition,  in determining  the salary  compensation  of Mr. Darby as CEO, the
Committee  considered  the  responsibility  assumed  by him in  formulating  and
implementing a management and operating restructuring plan.


                  Compensation Committee



     Peter F. Neumann, Chairman, W. Gregory Robertson
                        and Arthur V. Wallace










                          - 17 -


<PAGE>





This  graph  compares  the return of $100  invested  in the  Company's  stock on
October 1, 1990, with the return on the same investment in the AMEX Market Value
Index and the AMEX High Technology Index.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



(The following table was represented by a chart in the printed material)


                                             AMEX High
              Vicon             AMEX Market     Technology
Date          Industries, Inc.   Value Index    Index
<S>               <C>               <C>           <C> 
10/01/90          100               100           100
10/01/91           82               122           160
10/01/92          109               122           150
10/01/93           64               150           178
10/01/94           66               149           186
10/01/95           68               177           247

</TABLE>







































                           - 18 -


<PAGE>




ITEM 12 - SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following sets forth information as to each person,  known to the Company to
be a  "beneficial  owner"  (as  defined in  regulations  of the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission)  of more than five percent of the  Company's  Common Stock
outstanding  as of  December  1, 1995 and the shares  beneficially  owned by the
Company's Directors and by all Officers and Directors as a group.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

   Name and Address                   Amount of
   of Beneficial Owner                Beneficial Ownership (1)       % of Class
   -------------------                ------------------------       ----------
   <S>                                     <C>                         <C> 
   Chugai Boyeki (America) Corp.
   55 Mall Drive
   Commack, NY   11725
            and
   Chugai Boyeki Company, Ltd.
   2-15-13 Tsukishima
   Chuo-ku
   Tokyo, Japan 104                        548,715                     18.0%

   Chu Chun
   C/O I.I.I. Companies, Inc.
   915 Hartford Turnpike
   Shrewsbury, MA   01545                  168,957                      5.5%

   Hanshin Securities Co., Ltd.
   34-7, Yoido-Dong
   Youngdungpo-Gu
   Seoul 150-010, Korea                    143,000                      4.7%

*******************************************************************************
   C/O Vicon Industries, Inc.

   Michael D. Katz                         279,400 (2)                  9.2%

   Kenneth M. Darby                        203,988 (3)                  6.7%

   Donald N. Horn                          156,003 (2)                  5.1%

   Arthur V. Wallace                        66,238 (4)                  2.2%

   Arthur D. Roche                          47,500 (5)                  1.6%

   Kazuyoshi Sudo                           12,000 (2)                   .4%

   Peter F. Barry                            5,600 (2)                   .2%

   Milton F. Gidge                           5,000 (2)                   .2%

   Peter F. Neumann                          3,000                       .1%

   W. Gregory Robertson                         --                       --

   Total all officers and
     directors as a group
     (13 persons)                          823,024 (6)                27.0%
</TABLE>

(1)  The  nature  of  beneficial  ownership  of all  shares is sole  voting  and
     investment power.
(2)   Includes currently exercisable options to purchase 5,000 shares.
(3)   Includes currently exercisable options to purchase 140,714 shares.


                          - 19 -


<PAGE>





(4)   Includes currently exercisable options to purchase 4,543 shares.
(5)   Includes currently exercisable options to purchase 37,500 shares.
(6)   Includes currently exercisable options to purchase 250,302 shares.



























































                          - 20 -


<PAGE>




ITEM 13 - CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The Company and Chugai Boyeki Company,  Ltd. (Chugai),  a Japanese  corporation,
which owns 19.9% of the outstanding shares of the Company,  have been conducting
business  with each other for  approximately  sixteen  years whereby the Company
imports  certain  video  products and lenses  through  Chugai and also sells its
products  to Chugai who  resells  the  products  in certain  Asian and  European
markets.  In fiscal 1995, the Company purchased  approximately  $11.6 million of
products  through  Chugai  and sold  products  to  Chugai  for  resale  totaling
approximately $3.4 million.  Kazuyoshi Sudo, a director,  is Treasurer of Chugai
Boyeki (America) Corp., a U.S. subsidiary of Chugai.

Chu S. Chun, who controls 6.1% of the outstanding shares of the Company, also
owns Chun Shin Industries, Inc. (CSI).  CSI is a 50% partner with the Company in
Chun Shin Electronics, Inc. (CSE), a joint venture company which manufactures
and assembles certain Vicon products in South Korea.  In fiscal 1995, CSE sold
approximately $5.1 million of product to the Company through I.I.I. Companies,
Inc. (I.I.I.), a U.S. based company controlled by Mr. Chun.  The Company entered
into a supplier agreement with I.I.I. during 1994 whereby I.I.I. arranges the
importation and provides short term financing on all the Company's product
purchases from CSE.  CSE also sold approximately $1.2 million of product to CSI
which sells Vicon product exclusively in Korea.  In addition, I.I.I. purchased
approximately $900,000 of products directly from the Company during fiscal 1995
for resale to CSI.

Peter F.  Neumann,  a director of the Company,  is President  and the  principal
shareholder of Flynn-Neumann Agency, Inc., an insurance brokerage firm, which is
the agent for a majority of the Company's commercial insurance. The premium paid
for such insurance amounted to approximately $94,000 in fiscal 1995.

W.  Gregory  Robertson,  a director of the  Company,  is President of TM Capital
Corporation,  an  investment  banking  firm which  provides  investment  banking
services to the Company on a periodic  basis.  Services  rendered to the Company
during fiscal 1995 but paid subsequent to year end amounted to $25,000.

During 1995, the Company purchased approximately $50,000 of products from
Pro/Four Video Products, Inc., in which Donald N. Horn and Arthur V. Wallace,
directors of the Company, have an ownership interest.

























                          - 21 -


<PAGE>




                          PART IV


ITEM 14 - EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND
          REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a) (1)  Financial Statements

         Included in Part IV, Item 14:

         Independent Auditors' Report

         Financial Statements:

         Consolidated Statements of Operations, fiscal years ended
         September 30, 1995, 1994, and 1993

         Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 1995 and 1994

         Consolidated  Statements of  Shareholders'  Equity,  fiscal years ended
         September 30, 1995, 1994, and 1993

         Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, fiscal years ended September 30,
            1995, 1994, and 1993

         Notes  to  Consolidated   Financial  Statements,   fiscal  years  ended
         September 30, 1995, 1994, and 1993

(a) (2)  Financial Statement Schedule

         Included in Part IV, Item 14:

         Schedule        II - Valuation  and  Qualifying  Accounts for the years
                         ended September 30, 1995, 1994, and 1993

         All other  schedules  for  which  provision  is made in the  applicable
accounting  regulations  of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  are  not
required under the related  instructions or are not applicable  and,  therefore,
have been omitted.
























                          - 22 -


<PAGE>



14(a)(3)           Exhibits

                                                      Exhibit Number or
Exhibit                                               Incorporation by
Numbers     Description                               Reference to

 3       Articles of Incorporation and            Incorporated by reference
            By-Laws, as amended                      to the 1985 Annual Report
                                                     on Form 10-K; Form S-2
                                                     filed in Registration
                                                     Statement No. 33-10435 and
                                                     Exhibit A, B and C of the
                                                     1987 Proxy Statement

10          Material Contracts

            (.1) Credit and Security Agreement       10.1
                 dated December 27, 1995
                 between the Registrant and
                 IBJ Schroder Bank and Trust
                 Company

            (.2) Promissory Note dated               10.2
                 October 5, 1993  as amended
                 between Registrant and Chugai
                 Boyeki Company, Ltd.

            (.3) Mortgage Loan Agreement dated       Incorporated by
                 June 2, 1989 between the            reference to the 1989
                 Registrant and Chugai Boyeki        Annual Report on
                 Company, Ltd.                       Form 10-K


            (.4) Employment contract dated           10.4
                 October 1, 1995 between the
                 Registrant and Kenneth M. Darby

            (.5) Letter Agreement dated October      10.5
                 1, 1995 between Registrant
                 and Arthur D. Roche

            (.6) Employment Agreement dated June     10.6
                 1, 1995 between Registrant and
                 Peter Horn

            (.7) Employment Agreement dated June     10.7
                 1, 1995 betwen Registrant and
                 Yacov Pshtissky

            (.8) Deferred Compensation Agreements    Incorporated by
                 dated November 1, 1986 between the  reference to the 1992
                 Registrant and Donald N. Horn and   Annual Report on
                 Arthur V. Wallace                   Form 10K

            (.9) Agreement of lease dated            Incorporated by
                 January 18, 1988 between the        reference to the 1988
                 Registrant and Allan V. Rose        Annual Report on Form
                                                     10-K





                          - 23 -


<PAGE>





           (.10) Sublease Agreement dated            Incorporated by reference
                 as of January 1, 1993 between       to the 1994 Annual Report
                 the Registrant and AVR              on Form 10-K
                 Mart Inc.

           (.11) Consent of Overlandlord and         Incorporated by reference
                 Release Agreement (undated)         to the 1994 Annual Report
                 between the Registrant and          on Form 10-K
                 Allan V. Rose

           (.12) Sublease Agreement dated            10.12
                 as of September 1, 1995 between
                 the Registrant and New York
                 Blood Center

           (.13) Amended and restated 1986           Incorporated by
                 Incentive Stock Option Plan         reference to the 1990
                                                     Annual Report on Form
                                                     10-K

           (.14) 1994 Incentive Stock                Incorporated by reference
                 Option Plan                         to the 1994 Annual Report
                                                     on Form 10-K

           (.15) 1994 Non-Qualified Stock Option     Incorporated by reference
                 Plan for Outside Directors          to the 1994 Annual Report
                                                     on Form 10-K

22          Subsidiaries of the Registrant           Incorporated by
                                                     reference to the Notes
                                                     to the Consolidated
                                                     Financial Statements

24          Independent Auditors' Consent            24

No other exhibits are required to be filed.


14(b) - REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

No reports on Form 8-K were  required to be filed during the last quarter of the
period covered by this report.



















                          - 24 -



<PAGE>




Other Matters - Form S-8 Undertaking

For the purposes of complying  with the  amendments to the rules  governing Form
S-8 (effective  July 13, 1990) under the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned
registrant hereby undertakes as follows, which undertaking shall be incorporated
by reference into registrant's  Registration Statements on Form S-8 Nos. 33-7892
(filed  June 30,  1986),  33-34349  (filed  April 1, 1990) and  33-90038  (filed
February 24, 1995):

Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities  arising under the Securities Act of
1933 may be permitted to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,  the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
of  1933  and is,  therefore,  unenforceable.  In the  event  that a  claim  for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by  the
registrant  in the  successful  defense of any action,  suit or  proceeding)  is
asserted by such director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities being  registered,  the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its
counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,  submit to a court
of appropriate  jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification by it is
against  public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.








































                          - 25 -


<PAGE>





KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP




               Independent Auditors' Report


The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Vicon Industries, Inc.:

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Vicon Industries,  Inc.
and  subsidiaries  as listed in Part IV, item 14(a)(1).  In connection  with our
audits  of the  consolidated  financial  statements,  we also have  audited  the
financial  statement  schedule  as  listed  in Part  IV,  item  14(a)(2).  These
consolidated  financial  statements  and  financial  statement  schedule are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these  consolidated  financial  statements  and  financial  statement
schedule based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material  respects,  the financial  position of Vicon Industries,
Inc. and  subsidiaries  at September 30, 1995 and 1994, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the  three-year  period
ended  September 30, 1995,  in conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.  Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when
considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a
whole,  presents  fairly,  in all material  respects,  the information set forth
therein.





                                     KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP


Jericho, New York
November 16, 1995, except as
  to note 6, which is as of
  December 28, 1995











                          - 26 -


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>




          VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
   Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 1995, 1994 and 1993





                                               1995         1994          1993
                                               ----         ----          ----

<S>                                     <C>           <C>           <C>
Net sales                               $43,846,571   $47,713,892   $45,922,832
Cost of sales                            34,300,638    37,000,055    36,648,513
                                        -----------   -----------   -----------
    Gross profit                          9,545,933    10,713,837     9,274,319


Operating expenses:
  General and administrative expense      3,366,662     3,188,183     3,487,616
  Selling expense                         6,433,483     6,712,436     6,827,256
                                        -----------   -----------   -----------
                                          9,800,145     9,900,619    10,314,872
                                        -----------   -----------   -----------


    Operating (loss) profit                (254,212)      813,218    (1,040,553)


Unrealized foreign exchange (gain) loss        (550)      (44,748)      261,804
Interest expense                          1,013,383       783,731       555,453
                                        -----------   -----------   -----------

   (Loss) income before income taxes     (1,267,045)       74,235    (1,857,810)
Income tax expense                           80,000        29,000        17,547
                                        -----------   -----------   -----------


    Net (loss) income                   $(1,347,045)  $    45,235   $(1,875,357)
                                        ===========   ===========   ===========



(Loss) income per share                    $(.49)          $.02         $(.68)
                                           =====          =====        ======

</TABLE>



See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.





















                            - 27 -


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>




            VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                  CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                  September 30, 1995 and 1994

ASSETS                                             1995                  1994
- ------                                             ----                  ----
<S>                                           <C>                   <C>
Current
  Cash                                        $ 1,151,850           $   910,400
  Accounts receivable (less allowance
    of $542,000 in 1995 and
    $309,000 in 1994)                           8,352,845             9,733,383
  Other receivables                               261,864               301,548
  Inventories:
    Parts, components, and materials            1,594,462             2,458,840
    Work-in-process                             1,686,287             1,267,344
    Finished products                           8,831,852             9,739,832
                                              -----------           -----------
                                               12,112,601            13,466,016
  Prepaid expenses                                309,288               322,953
                                              -----------           -----------
                 Total current assets          22,188,448            24,734,300
   Property, plant and equipment:
   Land                                           292,298               292,298
   Building and improvements                    1,512,601             1,512,601
   Machinery, equipment, and vehicles          11,417,598            10,671,340
                                              -----------            ----------
                                               13,222,497            12,476,239
   Less accumulated depreciation
   and amortization                             9,960,558             9,296,420
                                              -----------           -----------
                                                3,261,939             3,179,819
Other assets                                      973,107               943,107
                                              -----------           -----------
                                              $26,423,494           $28,857,226
                                              ===========           ===========

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current
  Borrowings under revolving credit agreement      906,955              936,466
  Current maturities of long-term debt             220,739            1,260,158
  Accounts payable:
    Related party                                6,895,073            5,711,951
    Other                                        1,335,935            1,812,756
  Accrued wages and expenses                     1,697,732            1,289,511
  Income taxes payable                              78,583               32,270
  Deferred gain on sale and leaseback              332,100              332,100
                                               -----------          -----------
                                                11,467,117           11,375,212
                 Total current liabilities

Long-term debt:
  Related party                                  2,437,259            2,332,632
  Other                                          2,901,490            3,726,270
Deferred gain on sale and leaseback                433,993              766,093
Other long-term liabilities                        550,609              614,487
Commitments and contingencies - Note 10
Shareholders' equity
  Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
Authorized - 10,000,000 shares
Issued 2,788,228 shares                             27,882               27,882
Capital in excess of par value                   9,396,890            9,396,890
Retained (deficit) earnings                       (583,789)             763,256
                                               -----------          -----------
                                                 8,840,983           10,188,028
  Less treasury stock at cost, 25,400 shares       (82,901)             (82,901)
  Foreign currency translation adjustment         (125,056)             (62,595)
                                               -----------          -----------
                Total shareholders' equity       8,633,026           10,042,532
                                               -----------          -----------
                                               $26,423,494          $28,857,226
                                               ===========          ===========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

                                              - 28 -



<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



            VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
     Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 1995, 1994, and 1993


                                                                Earnings               Foreign       Total
                                                   Capital in   retained               currency      share-
                                         Common     excess of   in the      Treasury   translation   holders'
                               Shares     Stock     par value   business     Stock     adjustment    equity
<S>                           <C>        <C>      <C>         <C>           <C>        <C>       <C>
Balance September 30, 1992    2,788,228  $27,882  $9,396,890  $2,593,378    $(82,901)  $(23,714) $11,911,535

Foreign currency translation
   adjustment                      -         -          -           -           -      (155,908)    (155,908)
Net loss                           -         -          -     (1,875,357)       -           -     (1,875,357)
                              ---------   -------  ---------- ----------    ---------  ---------  ----------
Balance September 30, 1993    2,788,228  $27,882  $9,396,890  $  718,021    $(82,901)  $(179,622) $ 9,880,270
                              ---------  -------- ----------  ----------    --------   ---------  -----------

Foreign currency translation
  adjustment                      -          -          -          -           -         82,267       82,267
Net loss                          -          -          -          45,235      -            -         45,235
                              ---------   -------  ----------  ----------   ---------   --------  ----------
Balance September 30, 1994    2,788,228  $27,882   $9,396,890  $  763,256   $(82,901) $ (62,595) $10,042,532
                              ---------  -------   ----------  ----------   --------  ---------  -----------

Foreign currency translation
   adjustment                     -          -           -            -          -       (62,461)    (62,461)
Net loss                          -          -           -      (1,347,045)      -          -     (1,347,045)
                              ---------   -------    ----------  ---------- ---------   ---------  ----------
Balance September 30, 1995    2,788,228  $27,882   $9,396,890   $ (583,789) $(82,901)  $(125,056) $8,633,026
                              =========  =======   ==========   ==========  ========   =========  ==========

</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
















                            - 29 -


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>




            VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
     Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 1995, 1994 and 1993

                                             1995          1994         1993
                                             ----          ----         ----
<S>                                     <C>          <C>           <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income (loss)                     $(1,347,045) $    45,235   $(1,875,357)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income
  (loss) to net cash (used in)
  provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization           704,900      722,488       907,572
    Amortization of deferred gain
      on sale and leaseback                (332,100)    (332,100)     (332,100)
    Unrealized foreign exchange
      (gain) loss                              (550)     (44,748)      261,804
  Change in assets and liabilities:
    Accounts receivable                   1,377,405     (422,815)      565,474
    Other receivables                        39,684      230,259       262,587
    Inventories                           1,358,533   (2,201,508)     (402,703)
    Prepaid expenses                         13,513      (17,618)      116,407
    Other assets                            (30,000)    (359,547)      (53,826)
    Accounts payable                        708,591      572,724     2,301,289
    Accrued wages and expenses              409,285      (22,020)       22,583
    Income taxes payable                     48,077        8,220        (1,540)
    Other liabilities                       (63,878)     (35,277)      180,764
                                         ----------   ----------    ----------

        Net cash (used in) provided
          by operating activities         2,886,415   (1,856,707)    1,952,954
                                         ----------  -----------    ----------

Cash flows from investing activities:
    Capital expenditures, net of
      minor disposals                      (608,808)    (573,100)     (514,934)
                                        -----------   ----------    ----------
        Net cash used in
          investing activities             (608,808)    (573,100)     (514,934)
                                        -----------   ----------    ----------

Cash flows from financing activities:
    Increase (decrease) in borrowings
      under U.K. revolving credit
      agreement                             (29,511)     941,365       (14,615)
    Issuance of promissory note
      to related party                          -      2,000,000         -
    Repayments of debt                   (1,937,723)    (625,506)     (730,873)
                                         ----------   ----------   -----------
      Net cash provided by (used
          in) financing activities       (1,967,234)   2,315,859      (745,488)
                                         ----------   ----------   -----------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash     (68,923)     (14,765)      (85,103)
                                         ----------   ----------   -----------

Net increase (decrease) in cash             241,450     (128,713)      607,429
Cash at beginning of year                   910,400    1,039,113       431,684
                                         ----------   ----------   -----------
Cash at end of year                      $1,151,850   $  910,400   $ 1,039,113
                                         ==========   ==========   ===========

Non-cash investing and financing activities:
  Capital lease obligations entered into $  178,151        -             -

Cash paid during the fiscal year for:
  Income taxes, net                     $    32,097  $    17,431   $    20,727
  Interest                              $   974,640  $   707,357   $   519,223
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



                            - 30 -


<PAGE>




VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Fiscal Years ended September 30, 1995, 1994, and 1993


NOTE 1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated  financial statements include the accounts of Vicon Industries,
Inc. (the Company) and its wholly owned  subsidiaries,  Vicon Industries Foreign
Sales Corp., a Foreign Sales Corporation (FSC) and Vicon Industries (U.K.), Ltd.
after elimination of intercompany accounts and transactions.

Revenue Recognition

Revenues are  recognized  when  products are sold and title is passed to a third
party, generally at the time of shipment.

Inventories

Inventories  are valued at the lower of cost (on a moving  average  basis  which
approximates a first-in, first-out method) or market. When it is determined that
a product or product  line will be sold below  carrying  cost,  affected on hand
inventories are written down to their estimated net realizable values.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment are recorded at cost and include expenditures for
replacements or major improvements. Depreciation, which includes amortization of
assets under capital leases,  is computed by the  straight-line  method over the
estimated  useful lives of the related assets for financial  reporting  purposes
and on an accelerated  basis for income tax purposes.  Machinery,  equipment and
vehicles  are being  depreciated  over periods  ranging from 2 to 10 years.  The
Company's  building is being depreciated over a period of 40 years and leasehold
improvements  are amortized over the lesser of their  estimated  useful lives or
the remaining lease term.


Research and Development

Product research and development costs are charged to cost of sales as incurred,
and amounted to  approximately  $1,900,000,  $1,600,000 and $1,600,000 in fiscal
1995, 1994, and 1993, respectively.

Earnings Per Share

Earnings per share are computed  based on the weighted  average number of shares
outstanding  and  equivalent  shares from  dilutive  stock  options,  if any, of
2,763,000 in 1995, 1994, and 1993, respectively.

Foreign Currency Translation

Foreign  currency  translation  is performed  utilizing  the current rate method
under which assets and  liabilities  are  translated at the exchange rate on the
balance sheet date,  while revenues,  costs,  and expenses are translated at the
average  exchange  rate for the  reporting  period.  The  resulting  translation
adjustment  of  $(125,056)  and  $(62,595)  at  September  30,  1995  and  1994,
respectively,  is recorded as a component of shareholders' equity.  Intercompany
balances not deemed  long-term in nature at the balance sheet date resulted in a
translation  gain of  $46,893,  $46,216,  and $43,527 in 1995,  1994,  and 1993,
respectively, which is reflected in cost of sales.

                            - 31 -


<PAGE>




Income Taxes

In fiscal 1992, the Company adopted Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No. 109,  "Accounting  for Income Taxes",  which requires  recognition of
deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected future tax  consequences of
events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under
this method,  deferred tax  liabilities  and assets are determined  based on the
difference  between  the  financial  statement  and  tax  bases  of  assets  and
liabilities  using  enacted  tax  rates in  effect  for the  year in  which  the
differences are expected to be recovered or settled (see Note 5).

Reclassification

Certain prior year amounts have been  reclassified  to conform with current year
presentation.

NOTE 2.  Investment in Affiliate

The  Company's  50 percent  ownership  in Chun Shin  Electronics,  Inc., a joint
venture  company  which  assembles  certain  Vicon  products in South Korea,  is
accounted for using the equity  method which  reflects the cost of the Company's
investment adjusted for the Company's proportionate share of earnings or losses.
Such earnings or losses have been  insignificant  during each of the three years
ended  September  30,  1995.   Assets  and  sales  of  the  joint  venture  were
approximately $2.6 million and $6.6 million,  respectively,  for the fiscal year
ended September 30, 1995. The significant portion of joint venture product sales
were to related parties including approximately $19,000 directly to the Company;
approximately $5.1 million  indirectly to the Company through I.I.I.  Companies,
Inc., a related party; and  approximately  $1.2 million to Chun Shin Industries,
Inc., also a related party (see Note 11).

NOTE 3.  Deferred Gain on Sale and Leaseback

In fiscal  1988,  under a sale and  leaseback  agreement,  the Company  sold its
principal operating facility in Melville, New York for approximately $11 million
and leased it back under a ten-year lease agreement. The transaction resulted in
a net gain of  $3,321,000  which was  deferred and is being  amortized  over the
ten-year lease period.

NOTE 4.  Short-Term Borrowings

Borrowings under the Company's  revolving credit agreement  represent short term
borrowings by the Company's U.K.  subsidiary.  Maximum  borrowings  during 1995,
1994 and 1993 amounted to approximately  $1,083,000,  $1,123,000,  and $494,000,
respectively.  The  weighted-average  interest rate on  borrowings  during these
years was 8 1/2% in 1995, 7 1/4% in 1994, and 8 1/4% in 1993.

At  September  30,  1995 and 1994,  Accounts  Payable - related  party  included
approximately $4.5 million and $4.3 million,  respectively, of extended accounts
payable balances due Chugai Boyeki Company,  Ltd. The extended  accounts payable
balance at September 30, 1995 includes  approximately  $4.0 million of purchases
denominated in Japanese yen which bear interest at the related party's  internal
lending  rate  (4.25%  at  September  30,  1995).  The  remaining  balances  are
denominated  in U.S.  dollars and bear interest at their U.S.  bank's prime rate
(8.75% at September 30,1995).











                            - 32 -



<PAGE>



NOTE 5.  Income Taxes
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

The components of income tax expense  (recovery) for the fiscal years  indicated
are as follows:


                         Current       Deferred         Total

     <S>            <C>             <C>             <C>     
        1995
     Federal        $       -       $     -         $       -
     State                                -                 -
     Foreign               80,000         -                80,000
                    -------------   ------------    -------------
                    $      80,000   $     -         $      80,000
                    =============   ============    =============


        1994
     Federal        $       -       $     -         $       -
     State                  -             -                 -
     Foreign               29,000         -                29,000
                    -------------   ------------    -------------
                    $      29,000   $     -         $      29,000
                    =============   ============    =============


        1993
     Federal        $      -        $     -         $      -
     State                 -              -                -
     Foreign               17,547         -                17,547
                    -------------   ------------    -------------
                    $      17,547   $     -         $      17,547
                    =============   ============    =============


</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

A reconciliation of the U.S. statutory tax rate to the Company's effective tax rate
follows:


                              1995                1994                1993
                              ----                ----                ----


                          Amount   Percent    Amount    Percent     Amount  Percent
<S>                       <C>         <C>     <C>         <C>      <C>        <C>
U.S. statutory tax rate   $(431,000)  34.0%   $  25,000   34.0 %   $(632,000) (34.0)%
U.S. net operating
  loss carryforward        532,000    42.0      (21,000) (28.3)      549,000   29.6
Foreign subsidiary
  operations               (42,000)   (3.3)       6,000    8.0        81,547   4.4
Officers' life insurance    17,000     1.3       17,000   22.8        17,000   0.9
Other                        4,000     0.3        2,000    2.6     $   2,000    -
                          --------   ------    --------   -----    ---------   ---
      Effective Tax Rate  $ 80,000     6.3%    $ 29,000   39.1%   $   17,547   0.9 %
                          ========   ======    ========   =====   ==========  ======

</TABLE>











                             - 33-



<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>





The tax effects of temporary  differences that give rise to significant portions
of the deferred tax assets and  liabilities  at September  30, 1995 and 1994 are
presented below:

                                                     1995             1994
                                                     ----             ----
<S>                                               <C>              <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Deferred gain on sale and leaseback             $  259,000       $  371,000
  Inventory obsolescence and
    disposition reserves                             328,000          337,000
  Deferred compensation accruals                     221,000          243,000
  Allowance for doubtful
    accounts receivable                              177,000           95,000
  Net operating loss carryforwards                 1,943,000        1,352,000
  General business credit carryforwards              186,000          186,000
  Other                                                8,000            9,000
                                                  ----------       ----------
    Total deferred tax assets                      3,122,000        2,593,000
Less valuation allowance                          (3,034,000)      (2,501,000)
                                                  ----------       ----------
    Net deferred tax assets                           88,000           92,000
                                                  ----------       ----------

Deferred tax liabilities:
  Cash surrender value of officers'
    life insurance                                   65,000            54,000
  Rental income on sublease                           -                12,000
  Other                                              23,000            26,000
                                                 ----------       -----------
    Total deferred tax liabilities                   88,000            92,000
                                                 ----------       -----------
Net deferred tax assets and liabilities          $  -0-           $   -0-
                                                 ----------       -----------
</TABLE>

At September 30, 1995,  the Company had net  operating  loss  carryforwards  for
federal income tax purposes of  approximately  $5,700,000 which are available to
offset future federal taxable income, if any, through 2010. The Company also had
general  business tax credit  carryforwards  for federal  income tax purposes of
approximately  $186,000  which are  available to reduce  future  federal  income
taxes, if any, through 2003. Pretax domestic and foreign (loss) income in fiscal
1995 amounted to approximately $(1,626,000) and $291,000, respectively.



























                            - 34 -



<PAGE>



NOTE 6.  Long-Term Debt
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Long-term debt is comprised of the following:
                                                   1995            1994
                                                   ----            ----
<S>                                           <C>                <C>   
Related party:
  Mortgage loan denominated in Japanese
  yen at a formula interest rate
 (6.1% and 7.4% at September 30, 1995
 and 1994) with annual installments of
 14,400,000 yen to December 1998              $  583,010         $  728,290

  Term loan with interest rate of 1%
  above the prevailing  prime rate
 (10.0% and 8.75% at September 30, 1995
 and 1994) due July 1998                       2,000,000          2,000,000
                                              ----------         ----------
                                               2,583,010          2,728,290
  Less installments due within one year          145,751            395,658
                                              ----------         ----------
                                              $2,437,259         $2,332,632

Banks and other:
  Revolving credit loan (see below)           $2,800,000         $4,500,000
  Capital lease obligations                      146,048              -
  Other                                           30,430             90,770
                                              ----------         ----------
                                               2,976,478          4,590,770
  Less installments due within one year           74,988            864,500
                                              ----------         ----------

                                              $2,901,490         $3,726,270
                                              ==========         ==========
</TABLE>
     
In October 1993,  the Company  issued a $2,000,000  secured  promissory  note to
Chugai Boyeki Co., Ltd., a related  party.  The note is  subordinated  to senior
bank debt with regard to liens and interest under certain conditions. Subsequent
to year end, the Company amended the note to defer all scheduled installments to
July 1998.  Accordingly,  such amounts have been  classified as long-term in the
accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

At September  30, 1995,  the Company was a party to a secured  Revolving  Credit
Agreement  with two banks which  provided for  aggregate  maximum  borrowings of
$2,800,000  subject to an  availability  formula  based on accounts  receivable.
Borrowings under the Credit  Agreement were due in October,  1995, with interest
at 3% above the banks' prime rate (11.75% at September 30,  1995),  and required
no compensating  balances.  At September 30, 1995, the Company was in default of
certain  financial  covenants  under  this  agreement.  Such debt was  repaid on
December  28,  1995  with the  proceeds  received  under a new two  year  credit
agreement with another bank which provides for maximum  borrowings of $3,250,000
through  June 30, 1996 and  $4,000,000  thereafter,  subject to an  availability
formula based on accounts  receivable and inventory  balances.  Borrowings under
the  agreement  bear  interest  at the bank's  prime  rate plus 1.25%  (9.75% at
December 27, 1995).

The bank debt contains restrictive covenants which, among other things,  require
the  Company to maintain  certain  levels of net worth,  earnings  and ratios of
interest  coverage and debt to net worth.  Borrowings under these agreements are
secured by substantially all assets of the Company.

Long-term  debt  maturing in each of the four years  subsequent to September 30,
1995  approximates  $221,000 in 1996,  $220,000 in 1997,  $4,973,000 in 1998 and
$145,000 in 1999, respectively.







                            - 35 -


<PAGE>




At September  30, 1995,  future  minimum  annual  rental  commitments  under the
non-cancellable  capital  lease  obligations  were as follows:  $68,556 in 1996,
$68,556 in 1997, and $28,308 in 1998, which includes imputed interest of $12,235
in 1996, $6,355 in 1997 and $782 in 1998.

NOTE 7.  Foreign Operations

The Company operates one foreign entity, Vicon Industries (U.K.), Ltd., a wholly
owned   subsidiary   which  markets  and  distributes  the  Company's   products
principally within the United Kingdom and Europe.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

The following summarizes certain information covering the Company's operations in the
U.S. and U.K. for fiscal years 1995, 1994, and 1993:

                                          1995              1994             1993
                                          ----              ----             ----
<S>                                  <C>                 <C>            <C> 
Net sales
  U.S.                               $34,294,000         $39,342,000    $38,960,000
  U.K.                                 9,553,000           8,372,000      6,963,000
                                     -----------         -----------    -----------
    Total                            $43,847,000         $47,714,000    $45,923,000
Operating profit (loss)
  U.S.                               $  (827,000)        $   542,000    $(1,176,000)
  U.K.                                   573,000             271,000        135,000
                                     -----------         -----------    -----------
    Total                            $  (254,000)        $   813,000    $(1,041,000)
Identifiable assets
  U.S.                               $21,213,000         $23,388,000    $22,365,000
  U.K.                                 5,210,000           5,469,000      3,704,000
                                     -----------         -----------    -----------
    Total                            $26,423,000         $28,857,000    $26,069,000

Net assets-- U.K.                    $   711,000         $   499,000    $   418,000
</TABLE>

U.S. sales include $7,987,000,  $8,358,000,  and $9,144,000 for export in fiscal
years 1995,  1994,  and 1993,  respectively.  Operating  profit (loss)  excludes
unrealized foreign exchange  gain/loss,  interest expense and income taxes. U.S.
assets include  $1,127,000,  $888,000,  and $826,000 in fiscal years 1995, 1994,
and 1993, respectively, of cash for general corporate use.

NOTE 8.  Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights

Stock option plans include both incentive and  non-qualified  options covering a
total of 554,174  shares of common stock reserved for issuance to key employees,
including  officers  and  directors.  Such  amount  includes  a total of 200,000
options  reserved for issuance in 1994 under an Incentive  Stock Option Plan, as
well  as a total  of  50,000  options  reserved  for  issuance  in 1994  under a
Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Outside Directors.  Both of these plans were
approved by the Company's  shareholders in April 1994. All options are issued at
fair market value at the grant date and are exercisable in varying  installments
according to the plans.  There were  254,513 and 123,000  shares  available  for
grant at September  30, 1995 and 1994,  respectively.  As of September 30, 1995,
1994, and 1993, options  exercisable  pursuant to the plans amounted to 198,783,
268,054 and 291,738, respectively.













                            - 36 -


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>




Changes in  outstanding  stock  options for the three years ended  September 30,
1995, are presented below:
                                             Shares      Price Range Per Share
<S>                                         <C>          <C>     <C>   <C>
Balance-September 30, 1992                   312,256     $ 2.12   --   4.88

    Granted                                   23,482     $ 2.25   --   2.875
    Cancelled                                (22,564)    $ 2.12   --   2.875
                                             -------
Balance-September 30, 1993                   313,174     $ 2.12   --   4.88
                                             -------

    Granted                                  221,694     $ 1.88   --   --
    Cancelled                               (103,694)    $ 2.12   --   4.88
                                             -------
Balance-September 30, 1994                   431,174     $ 1.88   --   2.38
                                             -------

    Granted                                   25,000     $ 1.94   --   --
    Cancelled                               (156,513)    $ 1.88   --   2.25
                                             -------
Balance-September 30, 1995                   299,661     $ 1.88   --   2.38
                                             -------
</TABLE>


In  November  1986,  the Board of  Directors  declared a  dividend  of one Stock
Purchase  Right for each share of common stock  outstanding on December 1, 1986.
In  addition,   385,715  Rights  were   distributed   with  certain  new  shares
subsequently  issued by the Company.  The Rights  entitle the holder to purchase
for  $15  one  share  of  common  stock  subject  to  adjustment  under  certain
conditions.  The Rights are  redeemable by the Company  until the  occurrence of
certain events at $.05 per Right.

NOTE 9.  Industry Segment and Major Customer

The Company operates in one industry and is engaged in the design,  manufacture,
assembly,  and  marketing of  closed-circuit  television  (CCTV)  equipment  and
systems for the CCTV segment of the security  products  industry.  The Company's
products  include all components of a video  surveillance  system such as remote
positioning devices,  cameras,  monitors,  video switchers,  housings,  mounting
accessories,  recording devices,  manual and motorized lenses,  controls,  video
signal  equipment,  and consoles for system  assembly.  No customer  represented
sales in excess of ten percent of consolidated  revenues during any of the three
fiscal years presented.

NOTE 10.  Commitments

In  January  1988,  the  Company  entered  into a sale and  leaseback  agreement
involving its  principal  operating  facility  (see Note 3). The ten-year  lease
provides for rent of $1,128,000 in the first year, increasing 4 percent annually
through 1998.

In November 1994, the Company entered into a sublease  agreement,  dated January
1, 1993,  with an affiliated  company of the landlord which provides for minimum
sublease payments to the Company of $120,000 in calendar year 1993;  $180,000 in
1994;  $240,000  in 1995 and  $300,000  per year from  January  1, 1996  through
January 19, 1998,  in exchange for the right to occupy a total of  approximately
25,000 sq. ft. of office and warehouse space in the Company's  primary operating
facility.  At the same time,  the Company  entered  into an  agreement  with its
landlord and  subtenant  whereby the Company has agreed to vacate its  principal
operating  facility  at  anytime  after  January  1995,  at  the  landlord's  or
subtenant's  option, and the landlord has agreed to release the Company from its
future lease obligations in consideration of a lease termination  payment by the
Company to the landlord of  $1,000,000.  Such option,  if exercised,  would also
require the  landlord to provide  the  Company  with at least six months  notice
prior to the required vacate date. The lease termination payment will be reduced
by $27,778  for each month  after  January  31,  1995 that the  Company  remains
obligated under the primary lease. Should the landlord or subtenant exercise its
option,  the potential  charge to earnings will consist of relocation  costs and
the write-off of abandoned leasehold improvements. The lease termination payment
will be  substantially  offset  by the  then  remaining  carrying  value  of the
deferred sale and leaseback gain.


                            - 37 -


<PAGE>




Additionally,  the Company occupies certain other facilities, or is contingently
liable,  under long-term  operating leases which expire at various dates through
1998. The leases, which cover periods from one to four years,  generally provide
for renewal options at specified rental amounts.  The aggregate  operating lease
commitment  (net of sublease  rental) at September 30, 1995 was $2,406,000  with
minimum  rentals  for  the  fiscal  years  shown  as  follows:   1996--$900,000;
1997--$1,121,000; 1998--$385,000.

The  Company is a party to  employment  agreements  with four  executives  which
provide  for,  among other  things,  the payment of  compensation  if there is a
change in control (as defined in the agreements). The contingent liability under
these  change in control  provisions  at  September  30, 1995 was  approximately
$1,485,000.  The total  compensation  payable under these agreements  aggregated
$1,675,000  at  September  30,  1995.  The  Company  is also a party to  insured
deferred  compensation  agreements  with two  retired  officers.  The  aggregate
remaining compensation payments of approximately  $1,114,000 as of September 30,
1995 are subject to the individuals adherence to certain non-compete convenants,
and are payable over a ten year period commencing upon retirement.

Sales to the  Company's  U.K.  subsidiary  are  denominated  in  British  pounds
sterling.  The  Company  attempts  to minimize  its  currency  exposure on these
intercompany  sales through the purchase of forward exchange  contracts to cover
unpaid  receivables.  These  contracts  generally  involve  the  exchange of one
currency for another at a future date and specified  exchange rate. At September
30, 1995, the Company had approximately $872,000 of outstanding forward exchange
contracts to sell British  pounds.  Such  contracts  expire at varying dates and
exchange rates through December 27, 1995.

The Company's  purchases of Japanese sourced products through Chugai Boyeki Co.,
Ltd., a related party,  are  denominated in Japanese yen. At September 30, 1995,
Chugai had purchased,  on the Company's  behalf,  forward exchange  contracts to
purchase  approximately  380 million  Japanese yen to hedge the currency risk on
accounts payables  denominated in Japanese yen. Such contracts expire at varying
dates and exchange rates through June 1996.































                            - 38 -



<PAGE>





NOTE 11:  Related Party Transactions

As of September 30, 1995 and 1994, Chugai Boyeki Company,  Ltd. ("Chugai") owned
548,715  shares of the  Company's  common stock (19.9% of the total  outstanding
shares).  The  Company,  which has been  conducting  business  with  Chugai  for
approximately 16 years, imports certain finished products and components through
Chugai and also sells its products to Chugai who resells the products in certain
Asian and European markets.  The Company purchased  approximately  $11.6, $14.1,
and $14.6 million of products and  components  from Chugai in fiscal years 1995,
1994, and 1993, respectively,  and the Company sold $3.4, $3.5, and $4.5 million
of product to Chugai for  distribution  in fiscal  years 1995,  1994,  and 1993,
respectively.  At September 30, 1995 and 1994, the Company owed $6.9 million and
$5.8  million,  respectively,  to Chugai and Chugai owed  $92,000 and  $157,000,
respectively,  to the Company resulting from purchases of products.  The amounts
owed to Chugai  are  secured by a  subordinated  lien on  substantially  all the
Company's assets. During fiscal 1989, Chugai made a mortgage loan to the Company
in the amount of  $1,026,000  to  partially  finance the  construction  of a new
sales/distribution facility in the U.K. In October 1993, the Company borrowed $2
million from Chugai under a promissory note agreement.  See Note 6 for a further
discussion of this transaction.

As of  September  30, 1995,  Mr. Chu S. Chun  controlled  168,957  shares of the
Company's  common stock (6.1% of the total  outstanding  shares).  Mr. Chun owns
Chun Shin Industries,  Inc., the Company's 50% Korean joint venture partner, and
Chun Shin Electronics. (CSE) which purchases product from the joint venture (see
Note 2). During 1994, the Company entered into a supplier  agreement with I.I.I.
Companies,  Inc. (I.I.I.),  a U.S. based company controlled by Mr. Chun, whereby
I.I.I.  arranges the  importation  and provides  short term financing on all the
Company's product purchases from Chun Shin Electronics, Inc. During fiscal years
1995 and 1994, the Company purchased approximately $5.1 million and $3.1 million
of  products  from  I.I.I.  under this  agreement.  Further,  the  Company  sold
approximately  $900,000 and $1.1 million of its products to I.I.I. during fiscal
years 1995 and 1994,  respectively.  At September 30, 1995 and 1994, I.I.I. owed
the Company approximately $422,000 and $289,000, respectively.




























                            - 39 -



<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



            VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

(Unaudited)


                                                                Net
                                                              Earnings
  Quarter          Net            Gross           Net           (Loss)
   Ended          Sales          Profit      Profit (Loss)    Per Share
<S>            <C>              <C>           <C>             <C> 
Fiscal 1995
December       $11,828,000      $2,698,000    $    16,000     $   .01
March           10,952,000       2,351,000       (467,000)       (.17)
June            10,287,000       2,247,000       (540,000)       (.20)
September       10,780,000       2,250,000       (356,000)       (.13)
               -----------      ----------    -----------     -------
  Total        $43,847,000      $9,546,000    $(1,347,000)    $  (.49)
               ===========      ==========    ===========     =======



Fiscal 1994
December       $11,617,000      $2,529,000    $   (92,000)    $  (.03)
March           12,326,000       2,694,000         34,000         .01
June            12,005,000       2,742,000         31,000         .01
September       11,766,000       2,749,000         72,000         .03
               -----------     -----------    -----------     -------
 Total         $47,714,000     $10,714,000    $    45,000     $   .02
               ===========     ===========    ===========     =======



</TABLE>



The Company has not declared or paid cash  dividends on its common stock for any
of the foregoing  periods.  Additionally,  certain loan agreements  restrict the
payment of any cash dividends in future periods.

Because of changes in the number of common shares  outstanding  and market price
fluctuations  affecting outstanding stock options, the sum of quarterly earnings
per share may not equal the earnings per share for the full year.
























                             - 40 -


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>




                                                          SCHEDULE II




            VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

               VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS


        Years ended September 30, 1995, 1994, and 1993



                              Balance at   Charged to              Balance
                              beginning    costs and               at end
     Description              of period    expenses    Deductions  of period
<S>                           <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>
Reserves and allowances
  deducted from asset
  accounts:

Allowance for uncollectible
  accounts:


September 30, 1995            $309,000     $381,000    $148,000   $542,000
                              ========     ========    ========   ========

September 30, 1994            $295,000     $180,000    $166,000   $309,000
                              ========     ========    ========   ========

September 30, 1993            $303,000     $181,000    $189,000   $295,000
                              ========     ========    ========   ========

</TABLE>





























                            - 41 -




<PAGE>





                          SIGNATURES


Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Section  13 or 15(d)  of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.

By Kenneth M. Darby          By Arthur D. Roche           By John M. Badke
   -------------------------    -------------------------    -------------------
   Kenneth M. Darby             Arthur D. Roche              John M. Badke
   President                    Executive Vice President     Controller
   (Chief Executive Officer)    (Chief Financial Officer)    (Chief Acctg.Offr.)

January 12, 1996

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed  below by the  following  persons in the  capacities  and on the
dates indicated:

VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.


Donald N. Horn                                         January 12, 1996
- ---------------------                                  ----------------
Donald N. Horn            Chairman of the Board        Date

Kenneth M. Darby          Director                     January 12, 1996
- ---------------------                                  ----------------
Kenneth M. Darby                                       Date

Arthur D. Roche           Director                     January 12, 1996
- ---------------------                                  ----------------
Arthur D. Roche                                        Date

Arthur V. Wallace         Director                     January 12, 1996
- ---------------------                                  ----------------
Arthur V. Wallace                                      Date

Peter F. Barry                                         January 12, 1996
- ---------------------                                  ----------------
Peter F. Barry            Director                     Date

Milton F. Gidge                                        January 12, 1996
- ---------------------                                  ----------------
Milton F. Gidge           Director                     Date

Michael D. Katz                                        January 12, 1996
- ---------------------                                  ----------------
Michael D. Katz           Director                     Date

Peter F. Neumann                                       January 12, 1996
- ---------------------                                  ----------------
Peter F. Neumann          Director                     Date

W. Gregory Robertson                                   January 12, 1996
W. Gregory Robertson      Director                     Date

Kazuyoshi Sudo                                         January 12, 1996
Kazuyoshi Sudo            Director                     Date

 






                            - 42 -


<PAGE>




                          SIGNATURES

Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Section  13 or 15(d)  of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.


By ------------------------ By ------------------------ By ---------------------
   Kenneth M. Darby            Arthur D. Roche            John M. Badke
   President                   Executive Vice President   Controller
   (Chief Executive Officer)   (Chief Financial Officer)  (Chief Acctg. Officer)

January 12, 1996

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed  below by the  following  persons in the  capacities  and on the
dates indicated:

VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                                       January 12, 1996
Donald N. Horn            Chairman of the Board        Date


                          Director                     January 12, 1996
Kenneth M. Darby                                       Date


                          Director                     January 12, 1996
Arthur D. Roche                                        Date


                          Director                     January 12, 1996
Arthur V. Wallace                                      Date


                                                       January 12, 1996
Peter F. Barry            Director                     Date


                                                       January 12, 1996
Milton F. Gidge           Director                     Date


                                                       January 12, 1996
Michael D. Katz           Director                     Date


                                                       January 12, 1996
Peter F. Neumann          Director                     Date


                                                       January 12, 1996
W. Gregory Robertson      Director                     Date


                                                       January 12, 1996
Kazuyoshi Sudo            Director                     Date


                            - 42 -


                                                               EXHIBIT 10.1

                          CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


                                     between


                             VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                       and

                        IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY











                                   Dated as of
                                December 27, 1995















<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS





Preamble...................................................   1

ARTICLE 1.  DEFINITIONS

    Section 1.01    Certain Defined Terms..................   1
    Section 1.02    Accounting Terms.......................  15

ARTICLE 2.  THE CREDIT FACILITIES

    Section 2.01    The Credit Facilities..................  15
    Section 2.02    Loans..................................  16
    Section 2.03    Procedure for Borrowing................  16
    Section 2.04    Interest...............................  17
    Section 2.05    Indemnity..............................  17
    Section 2.06    Mandatory Prepayments..................  18
    Section 2.07    Optional Prepayments...................  18
    Section 2.08    Payments; Debiting Accounts............  19
    Section 2.09    Loans Made By Bank.....................  19
    Section 2.10    Use of Loan Proceeds...................  19
    Section 2.11    Fees...................................  19
    Section 2.12    Increased Costs........................  20

ARTICLE 2A.           LETTER OF CREDIT FACILITY

    Section 2.01A   Letters of Credit......................  21
    Section 2.02A   Reimbursement Obligation...............  21
    Section 2.03A   Letter of Credit Fees..................  22
    Section 2.04A   General Instructions; Limitation
                      on Responsibility....................  22
    Section 2.05A   Reimbursement Obligation Absolute......  22
    Section 2.06A   Non-Conforming Documents...............  24

ARTICLE 3.  SECURITY INTERESTS

    Section 3.01.   Grant of Security Interest.............  24
    Section 3.02.   Security for Obligations...............  26
    Section 3.03.   Borrower Remains Liable................  27

ARTICLE 4.            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

General

    Section 4.01    Organization and Powers................  27
    Section 4.02    Power and Authorization................  28
    Section 4.03    No Legal Bar...........................  28

                                        i

<PAGE>



    Section 4.04    Litigation.............................  29
    Section 4.05    Solvency...............................  29
    Section 4.06    Assets and Properties..................  29
    Section 4.07    The Collateral.........................  29
    Section 4.08    Capitalization and Corporate
                      Structure............................  30
    Section 4.09    No Default.............................  30
    Section 4.10    No Secondary Liabilities...............  30
    Section 4.11    Taxes..................................  30
    Section 4.12    Financial Statements and
                      Conditions...........................  31
    Section 4.13    Compliance with ERISA..................  31
    Section 4.14    Retiree Health and Life
                      Insurance Benefits...................  32
    Section 4.15    Patents and Trademarks.................  32
    Section 4.16    Environmental Matters..................  32
    Section 4.17    Investment Company Act.................  33
    Section 4.18    Margin Regulations.....................  33
    Section 4.19    Subsequent Funding Representations
                      and Warranties.......................  33
    Section 4.20    Labor Relations........................  33

Concerning the Collateral

    Section 4.21    Collateral: Instruments, etc...........  33
    Section 4.22    Receivables............................  34
    Section 4.23    Name...................................  34

ARTICLE 5.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

    Section 5.01    Conditions Precedent to Initial
                      Funding..............................  34
    Section 5.02    Conditions Precedent to Initial
                      and Subsequent Funding ..............  37

ARTICLE 6.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

    Section 6.01    Maintenance of Corporate
                      Existence and Properties.............  37
    Section 6.02    Insurance..............................  38
    Section 6.03    Punctual Payment.......................  39
    Section 6.04    Payment of Liabilities.................  39
    Section 6.05    Compliance with Laws...................  39
    Section 6.06    Payment of Taxes, Etc..................  39
    Section 6.07    Financial Statements and
                      Certificates.........................  39

                                       ii

<PAGE>



    Section 6.08    Accounts and Reports...................  41
    Section 6.09    Inspection; Audit......................  41
    Section 6.10    Auditors...............................  41
    Section 6.11    ERISA..................................  42
    Section 6.12    Notice of Default, Litigation..........  42
    Section 6.13    Bank Accounts..........................  42
    Section 6.14    UCC Filings............................  42

ARTICLE 7.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS

    Section 7.01    Indebtedness...........................  43
    Section 7.02    Liens..................................  43
    Section 7.03    Investments............................  43
    Section 7.04    Contingent Obligations.................  44
    Section 7.05    Fundamental Changes....................  44
    Section 7.06    Disposition of Assets..................  44
    Section 7.07    Sale and Leaseback.....................  44
    Section 7.08    Issuances and Disposition of
                      Securities...........................  45
    Section 7.09    Dividends and Redemptions..............  45
    Section 7.10    Amendment of Charter...................  45
    Section 7.11    Transactions with Affiliates and
                      Certain Other Persons................  45
    Section 7.12    Compensation...........................  45
    Section 7.13    Certain Other Transactions.............  46
    Section 7.14    Fiscal Year............................  46
    Section 7.15    Formula Amount.........................  46
    Section 7.16    ERISA..................................  46
    Section 7.17    Regulations G, T, U and X..............  46
    Section 7.18    Subsidiaries...........................  46
    Section 7.19    Supplier Contracts.....................  46
    Section 7.20    Minimum Payables to Subordinated Lenders 46
    Section 7.21    Minimum Availability.................    46

ARTICLE 8.  COVENANTS CONCERNING COLLATERAL

    Section 8.01    Maintenance of Collateral.............   47
    Section 8.02    Taxes.................................   47
    Section 8.03    Collections and Verifications.........   47
    Section 8.04    Power of Attorney.....................   48
    Section 8.05    Further Assurances....................   49


                                       iii

<PAGE>



ARTICLE 9.  FINANCIAL COVENANTS

    Section 9.01    Interest Coverage Ratio................  50
    Section 9.02    Maximum Indebtedness to
                      Net Worth Ratio......................  50
    Section 9.03    Net Income.............................  50
    Section 9.04    Minimum Net Worth......................  50
    Section 9.05    Maximum Capital Expenditures...........  51

ARTICLE 10.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT

    Section 10.01   Events of Default......................  51
    Section 10.02   Remedies Upon an Event of
                      Default..............................  53

ARTICLE 11.  MISCELLANEOUS

    Section 11.01   Notices................................  56
    Section 11.02   Survival of this Agreement.............  56
    Section 11.03   Indemnity..............................  57
    Section 11.04   Costs, Expenses and Taxes..............  57
    Section 11.05   Further Assurances.....................  59
    Section 11.06   Amendment and Waiver...................  59
    Section 11.07   Marshalling; Recourse to Security;
                      Payments Set Aside...................  59
    Section 11.08   Dominion Over Cash; Setoff.............  60
    Section 11.09   Binding Effect.........................  60
    Section 11.10   Applicable Law.........................  60
    Section 11.11   Consent to Jurisdiction and Service
                      of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial.....  60
    Section 11.12   Performance of Obligations.............  61
    Section 11.13   Assignments, Participations............  61
    Section 11.14   Entire Agreement.......................  61
    Section 11.15   Severability...........................  61
    Section 11.16   Execution of Counterparts..............  61

TESTIMONIUM                                                  62


EXHIBITS:

Exhibit A                           Form of Lock-Box Agreement
Exhibit B                           Form of Notice of Revolving Loan
                                     Borrowing
Exhibit C                           Form of Note
Exhibit D                           Form of Pledge Agreement

                                       iv

<PAGE>



Exhibit E                           Form of Landlord Waiver
Exhibit F                           Form of Opinion of counsel

SCHEDULES:


Schedule 4.04                Litigation
Schedule 4.06                Liens and Security Interests
Schedule 4.07                Name of Borrower and Location of Collateral
Schedule 4.14                Health and Life Insurance Benefits
Schedule 4.15                Patents and Trademarks
Schedule 4.16                Environmental Matters
Schedule 6.02(a)             Insurance Policies
Schedule 7.01(g)
Schedule 7.08                Securities

                                        v

<PAGE>



                          CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


        THIS CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of December 27, 1995 between
Vicon Industries,  Inc., a New York corporation (the  "Borrower"),  as borrower,
and IBJ SCHRODER  BANK & TRUST  COMPANY,  a New York  corporation  (the "Bank"),
having its principal  office at One State Street,  New York, New York 10004,  as
lender,

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

        WHEREAS,  the Borrower and Chemical Bank and National  Westminster  Bank
USA  (collectively,  the  "Existing  Lenders")  have entered into a certain loan
facility (the  "Existing  Facility")  evidencing  loans extended by the Existing
Lenders to the Borrower (the "Existing Loans");

        WHEREAS,  the  Borrower  has  requested  that  the Bank  extend  certain
financial  accommodations  to the  Borrower in  connection  with the pay off and
termination of the Existing Loans and the financing of the working capital needs
of the Borrower; and

        WHEREAS,  the Bank is willing to extend the  financial  accom  modations
contemplated  hereby  to the  Borrower  on the  terms  and  conditions  of  this
Agreement;

        NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the mutual premises and covenants
herein  contained  and other good and  valuable  consideration,  the receipt and
sufficiency  of which are  hereby  acknowledged,  the  parties  hereby  agree as
follows:


                             ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS

        Section 1.01.  Certain Defined Terms.  As used in this
Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

        "Accounts  Receivable"  or  "Accounts" or  "Receivables"  shall have the
meaning given in Section 3.01(a) hereof.

        "Affiliate" shall mean any person that, directly or indirectly,  owns or
controls,  on  an  aggregate  basis,  including  all  beneficial  ownership  and
ownership or control as a trustee,  guardian or other fiduciary,  at least 5% of
the  outstanding  capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority
of the board of directors of any other person  (including,  without  limitation,
the  Borrower) or that is  controlled  by or is under  common  control with such
other person or any 5% stockholder  of such other person.  In no event shall the
Bank be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Borrower.


                                              1

<PAGE>



        "Agreement" and "Credit  Agreement"  shall mean this Credit and Security
Agreement, as the same from time to time may be amended, modified,  supplemented
or extended.

        "Applicable  Margin"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to any Loan,  one and
one-quarter of one percent (1.25%) per annum.

        "Available  Commitment"  shall mean, as at any date at which the same is
to be  determined,  the excess,  if any, of (a) the lesser of the Commitment and
the amount of the Formula  Amount then in effect  (disregarding  for purposes of
such  determination  the  actual  aggregate  principal  amount of any Loans then
outstanding),  over (b) the sum of (i) the  aggregate  principal  amount  of the
Loans then  outstanding  plus (ii) the face amount of any Letters of Credit then
outstanding.

        "Bank"  shall  have  the  meaning  given to it in the  preamble  of this
Agreement, and its successors, participants and assigns.

        "Bankruptcy Code" shall mean Title 11 of the United States
Code (11 U.S.C. 101 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and
any successor statute.

        "Base  Rate"  shall  mean the per  annum  fluctuating  rate of  interest
announced by the Bank as its Dollar base rate from time to time in New York, New
York.

        "Beneficiary" shall have the meaning given in Section 2.01A.

        "Borrower" shall mean Vicon  Industries,  Inc., a New York  corporation,
and its successors and assigns.

        "Borrowing  Date" shall mean with respect to any Loan,  the Business Day
on which the Bank makes such Loan.

        "Business  Day" shall mean any day on which  dealings in currencies  and
exchange  between  banks may be carried on in New York,  New York,  other than a
Saturday  or Sunday or any  other day on which  banks in New York,  New York are
authorized or required by law to close.

        "Capital Asset" shall mean any asset of the Borrower that is intended by
the  Borrower to be used or usable in  subsequent  Fiscal  Years and is properly
classifiable  as  property,  plant or  equipment,  the cost of which  may not be
deducted in its entirety from income in the year of  acquisition,  in accordance
with GAAP.

        "Capital  Expenditures" shall mean, for any period for which the same is
to be determined, the aggregate amount of any expend itures made by the Borrower
for Capital Assets,  plus the aggre gate amount of Capitalized Lease Obligations
first incurred for such period, determined in accordance with GAAP.

                                              2

<PAGE>



        "Capitalized  Lease" shall mean a lease of, or other agreement conveying
the right to use, real or personal property, or both, which obligation is, or in
accordance  with GAAP is  required  to be,  classified  and  accounted  for as a
capital lease on a balance sheet of the Borrower.

        "Capitalized  Lease  Obligations"  shall  mean  the  obligations  of the
Borrower,  as lessee,  under all  Capitalized  Leases and,  for purposes of this
Agreement,  the amount of such  obligations  shall be the aggregate  capitalized
amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

        "Cash  Equivalents"  shall mean (a)  securities  issued or directly  and
fully  guaranteed  or insured  by the United  States of America or any agency or
instrumentality  thereof  (provided that the full faith and credit of the United
States of  America  is  pledged  in  support  thereof),  and (b) time  deposits,
certificates of deposit and bankers'  acceptances of the Bank, in each case with
maturities of not more than twelve months from the date of acquisition.

        "Change in Control"  shall mean (a) the occurrence of any event (whether
in one or more transactions)  which results in a transfer of control of Borrower
or (b) any merger or  consolidation of or with Borrower other than a merger with
a  Subsidiary  in  which  Borrower  is the  surviving  entity  or sale of all or
substantially  all of the property or assets of  Borrower.  For purposes of this
definition,  "control of Borrower" shall mean the power, direct or indirect,  as
determined in the reasonable  discretion of the Bank, to control the election of
directors of Borrower or to direct or cause the direction of the  management and
policies of Borrower by contract or otherwise.

        "Collateral"  shall mean all  property  and  interest  in property in or
against  which the owner  thereof  shall  have  granted,  or  purported  to have
granted,  a security  interest or Lien in favor of the Bank as security  for the
obligations  of the  Borrower to the Bank and,  if such owner is a Person  other
than the Borrower, for such owner's obligations to the Bank.

        "Commitment" shall mean the Bank's commitment to make Loans prior to the
Commitment Expiration Date up to the maximum aggregate principal amount equal to
$4,000,000 at any time outstanding, as referred to in Section 2.01(a).

        "Commitment Expiration Date" shall mean December 31, 1997.

        "Commitment  Period"  shall mean the period from and  including the date
hereof to but not including the Commitment Expiration Date.


                                              3

<PAGE>



        "Commitment  Reduction  Fee"  shall  have the  meaning  given in Section
2.07(b) hereof.

        "Common Stock" shall mean the common stock of the
Borrower,$.01 par value.

        "Customary Permitted Liens" shall mean:

               (a) Liens (other than any Lien imposed under Environ  mental Laws
        or  ERISA)  arising  as a matter  of law to  secure  payment  of  taxes,
        assessments or charges owing to any governmental authority but which are
        not yet due or which are being  contested  in good faith by  appropriate
        proceedings  or other  appropriate  actions  and with  respect  to which
        adequate reserves or other  appropriate  provisions are being maintained
        in accordance with GAAP;

               (b)  non-material  statutory  Liens  of  landlords  and  Liens of
        carriers,  warehousemen,  mechanics,  materialmen and other Liens (other
        than any Lien imposed under  Environmental Laws or ERISA) imposed by law
        or created in the ordinary course of business;

               (c) Liens  incurred or deposits  made in the  ordinary  course of
        business (including,  without limitation,  security deposits for leases,
        surety bonds and appeal bonds) in connection with workers' compensation,
        unemployment insurance and other types of social security benefits or to
        secure the performance of tenders,  bids,  contracts (other than for the
        repayment or guarantee of borrowed money or purchase money obligations),
        statutory obligations and other similar obligations;

               (d)  easements  (including,   without  limitation,   recipro  cal
        easement agreements and utility agreements),  rights-of-way,  covenants,
        consents, reservations,  encroachments,  minor defects or irregularities
        in title,  variations and other  restrictions,  charges or  encumbrances
        (whether or not  recorded)  affecting  the use of real  property,  which
        individually or in the aggregate are not material; and

               (e) extensions,  renewals or replacements of any Lien referred to
        in clauses  (a) through (d) above;  provided,  however,  that (i) in the
        case of paragraphs  (a) through (d) above,  the principal  amount of the
        obligation  secured  thereby  is  not  increased,  except  as  otherwise
        permitted by such  paragraphs in the first  instance,  and (ii) any such
        extension,  renewal or replacement is limited to the property originally
        encumbered thereby.


                                              4

<PAGE>



        "Default"  shall  mean any event  which is, or with the lapse of time or
giving of notice, or both, would be, an Event of Default.

        "Dollars"  and "$"  shall  mean  lawful  money of the  United  States of
America.  Any  reference in this  Agreement to payment in "Dollars" or "$" shall
mean payment in Dollar funds  immediately  available  for use by the Bank in New
York, New York.

        "Eligible Accounts Receivable" shall mean, with respect to the Borrower,
as at any date on which the same is to be deter mined,  all Accounts  Receivable
of the Borrower  created in the ordinary  course of business  arising out of the
sale of goods or  rendition  of services by the  Borrower  which are, and at all
times shall continue to be, acceptable to the Bank in all respects. Standards of
eligibility may be fixed and revised from time to time by the Bank in the Bank's
sole  discretion  without  limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing.  Without
limitation of the immediately preceding sentence, an Account Receivable shall in
no event be deemed to be an Eligible  Account  Receivable  unless  such  Account
Receivable:

        (a) is an  Account  Receivable  to which the  Borrower  has  lawful  and
absolute title and the full and unqualified right to assign and grant a security
interest therein to the Bank,

        (b) is covered by the security interest granted hereby and
in which the Bank has a perfected first security interest,

        (c) is payable to the Borrower at any principal office
identified in Schedule 4.07 hereto,

        (d) arises in the normal course of the business of the
Borrower,

        (e) is evidenced by invoices or other documentation in form
acceptable to the Bank, and

        (f) is due and payable  according to invoice terms providing for payment
no more than ninety (90) days after the date of the invoice;

        But shall not mean any Account Receivable of the Borrower:

        (a) which is subject  to any offset or other  defense on the part of the
account  debtor  thereon  or to any  claim  on the part of such  account  debtor
denying liability thereunder,

        (b) which is collectible on a cash-on-delivery basis,

        (c) which is subject to any Lien except for (A) the security
interest granted in favor of the Bank pursuant hereto and (B)

                                              5

<PAGE>



security interests in favor of the Subordinated Lenders which
security interests are subject to the terms of the Subordination
Agreement,

        (d) which has remained unpaid for a period of ninety (90)
days after the date of the relevant invoice,

        (e) which, if arising in connection with the sale of goods,  the subject
goods shall not have been shipped or delivered  to the account  debtor,  or with
respect  to bill and hold  sales  only for  which a bill and hold  agreement  is
existing (which agreement will be made available to the Bank upon request),  the
subject  goods  shall not be  deliverable,  or shall not have  been  shipped  or
delivered,  to the account  debtor within 90 days after the date of the relevant
invoice,  and, in all cases, when shipped or delivered,  the subject goods shall
not have  been  shipped  or  delivered  to the  account  debtor  thereon  (A) on
consignment,  (B) on a sale-on-approval or sale-or-return  basis, or (C) subject
to any other  repurchase or return agreement (not including any ordinary product
warranties)  and  no  material  part  of  the  subject  goods  shall  have  been
repossessed, returned, rejected, lost or damaged,

        (f) which has arisen out of any transaction  with an employee,  officer,
director,   stockholder,   Subsidiary  (including,   without  limitation,  Vicon
Industries  (UK)  Limited),  or  Affiliate  of the  Borrower  or with  Chun Shin
Electronics, Inc.,

        (g) which is not denominated in Dollars,

        (h) which is an Account Receivable on which the account
debtor is insolvent or the subject of any bankruptcy or
insolvency proceeding of any kind,

        (i)  which is an  Account  Receivable  on which  the  account  debtor is
located  outside of the United  States of America,  other than any such  Account
Receivable  backed by an irrevocable  commercial  letter of credit issued to the
Borrower by a bank or other financial institution acceptable to the Bank,

        (j) which is an Account  Receivable  on which the account  debtor is the
United  States of America,  or any  department,  body,  agency,  subdivision  or
instrumentality  thereof;  provided,  however, that such Account Receivable will
become an  Eligible  Accounts  Receivable  so long as (i) the Bank has  provided
written consent to the Borrower,  given in the Bank's sole  discretion,  that it
will deem such Account Receivable an Eligible Account  Receivable,  and (ii) all
requirements and provisions of the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended,
have  been  complied  with so that  the  Bank has a  perfected,  first  priority
security interest in such Accounts Receivable,


                                              6

<PAGE>



        (k) if more than 50 per cent of the aggregate of all Accounts Receivable
owed  by  the  account  debtor  would  be  disqualified  as  "Eligible  Accounts
Receivable", for any reason, including without limitation aging, or

        (l) any  Account  Receivable  specified  to the  Borrower by the Bank as
ineligible because of the unsatisfactory credit worthiness of the account debtor
thereon  or another  circumstance  that would  materially  adversely  affect the
collectability of such Account Receivable.

        For all purposes of this Agreement,  the amount of each Eligible Account
Receivable  shall be deemed to be the  invoice  amount  thereof,  less  unearned
customer deposits, taxes charged thereon and cash, trade and other discounts and
allowances,  and less any reserves  with respect  thereto which may from time to
time be established by the Bank.

        "Eligible  Inventory"  shall mean,  with respect to the Bor rower, as at
any date on which the same is to be determined, all Inventory of the Borrower in
good saleable condition which is not, in the commercially  reasonable opinion of
the Bank,  obsolete or unmerchantable and is, and at all times shall continue to
be,  acceptable to the Bank in all  respects.  Standards of  eligibility  may be
fixed  and  revised  from  time to time by the Bank in the  Bank's  commercially
reasonable  discretion.  Without  limiting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing,
Inventory  shall in no event be  deemed to be  Eligible  Inventory  unless  such
Inventory:

        (a) is covered by the security interest granted hereby and
in which the Bank has a perfected first security interest,

        (b) is a  completed  product,  in good  condition,  meets  all  material
applicable  standards  imposed  by any  governmental  authority  and  is  either
currently useable or currently  saleable in the normal course of the business of
the Borrower,

        (c) is subject to no Lien,  other than the security  interest granted in
favor of the Bank pursuant to this Agreement,  the security interests granted in
favor of the  Subordinated  Lenders which security  interests are subject to the
terms  of the  Subordination  Agreement,  or  materialmen's,  warehousemen's  or
similar  liens  imposed by law and incurred in the  ordinary  course of business
with respect to  obligations  not yet due (or which are being  contested in good
faith by appropriate  proceedings or other appropriate  actions and with respect
to which adequate reserves or other appropriate  provisions are being maintained
in accordance with GAAP), and

        (d) is located at a  manufacturing  facility  or other  facility  owned,
leased or used by the Borrower and  identified  in Schedule 4.07 hereto at which
there exists at least $1,000 of Eligible

                                              7

<PAGE>



Inventory of the Borrower in the aggregate, or otherwise at any
facility consented to in writing by the Bank;

        But shall not include:

        (a) raw materials in the custody of the Borrower or third
parties for processing or manufacture,

        (b) items that have been consigned to the Borrower or are
otherwise in the Borrower's custody or possession,

        (c) any Inventory consisting of work-in-process or is
otherwise unfinished, or

        (d) any Inventory which otherwise meets the standards of eligibility set
forth in this  definition  but which is not likely to be sold within one year of
the date of its manufacture.

        In each case, the value of Inventory shall be calculated on the basis of
the lower of such Person's cost  utilizing  the average which  approximates  the
FIFO  (first-in-first-out)  method or market value,  less any reserves which may
from time to time be established by the Bank.

        "Environmental  Laws" shall mean any federal,  state,  local and foreign
laws or regulations,  codes, plans,  orders,  decrees,  judgments,  injunctions,
notices or demand  letters  issued,  promulgated  or entered  thereunder  by any
governmental   authority  or  subdivision   thereof  relating  to  pollution  or
protection  of the  environment,  or  otherwise  relating  to  the  manufacture,
processing,  distribution,  use,  treatment,  storage,  disposal,  transport  or
handling of pollutants, contaminants, chemical or industrial, toxic or hazardous
substances  or wastes,  or  otherwise  relating  to worker  health and safety or
public health and safety.

        "Equipment" shall have the meaning given in Section 3.01(c)
hereof.

        "ERISA" shall mean the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

        "ERISA Affiliate" shall mean each Person (as defined in Sec tion 3(9) of
ERISA)  that is a member  of any  "controlled  group"  (as  defined  in  Section
4001(14) of ERISA) that includes the Borrower.

        "ERISA  Termination  Event"  means  (a) any  Reportable  Event,  (b) the
withdrawal of the Borrower or any of its ERISA  Affiliates  from a Plan during a
Plan  year in  which it was a  "substantial  employer"  as  defined  in  Section
4001(a)(2) of ERISA, (c) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Plan or
to treat any

                                              8

<PAGE>



Plan  amendment  as a  termination  under  Section  4041 of ERISA,  (d) any Plan
amendment  or  the  occurrence  of  any  event  that  consti  tutes  a  "partial
termination"  (within the meaning of Section  411(d)(3) of the IRC) with respect
to any Plan,  (e) the institu  tion of  proceedings  to  terminate a Plan or the
appointment  of a trustee by the PBGC  pursuant to Section  4044 of ERISA or (f)
any event or condition that might constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA
for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan.

        "Event of Default" shall mean any event specified as such in
Section 10.01.

        "Existing Facility" shall have the meaning given to it in
the preamble.

        "Existing Lenders" shall have the meaning given to it in the
preamble.

        "Existing Loans" shall have the meaning given to it in the
preamble.

        "Fiscal  Quarter"  shall  mean each of the four  consecutive  periods of
three  months  of each  year,  ending on  December  31,  March  31,  June 30 and
September 30, which in the aggregate constitute a Fiscal Year.

        "Fiscal Year" shall mean each 12 month calendar year ending on September
30.

        "Formula  Amount"  shall mean, as at any date at which the same is to be
determined,  an  amount  equal  to the sum of (a) 80 per cent of the  amount  of
Eligible Accounts  Receivable as at such date, plus (b) 25 per cent of the value
of Eligible  Inventory  consisting of finished goods of the Borrower,  provided,
however, that the amount calculated pursuant to (b) shall not exceed $1,000,000;
and minus such reserve as deemed necessary or appropriate by the Bank to reflect
any  contingencies,  or the consequences of any breach or contravention of laws,
including without  limitation,  Environmental  Laws and laws related to OSHA, by
the Borrower.  The Bank may, in its sole  discretion,  at any time or times upon
three  Business  Days' prior  notice to the  Borrower,  increase or decrease the
ratio  of  its  advances  against  Eligible  Accounts   Receivable  or  Eligible
Inventory, or both, and, in the event that any such ratio shall be decreased for
any reason,  such decrease shall become  effective  immediately  for purposes of
calculating  the maximum amount of new Loans hereunder and the maximum amount of
Loans which may be outstanding  hereunder.  The Borrower  acknowledges that such
changes  in the ratio of  advances  against  Eligible  Accounts  Receivable  and
Eligible  Inventory  may  require  the  immediate  prepayment  of  Loans  by the
Borrower.

                                              9

<PAGE>



        "F/X  Commitments"  shall mean  foreign  exchange  hedging  instruments,
purchased  solely through the Bank, in connection  with the  Borrower's  foreign
exchange exposure.

        "GAAP" shall mean generally  accepted  accounting  principles (i) in the
United  States  of  America  as in  effect  from  time to time set  forth in the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting  Principles Board and the American
Institute of the Certified  Public  Accountants and the statements and pronounce
ments of the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board, or in such other statements
by such other  entity as may be in general  use by  significant  segments of the
accounting profession,  which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date
of determination, (ii) which are consistently applied in form and substance.

        "General Intangibles" shall have the meaning given in
Section 3.01(d) hereof.

        "Indebtedness"   shall  mean,   with  respect  to  the   Borrower,   all
obligations,  contingent and otherwise, which, in accordance with GAAP, would be
included in determining  total liabilities as shown on the liabilities side of a
balance  sheet of the Borrower as at any date at which the amount  thereof is to
be determined,  but in any event and as well including, the Note, any contingent
obligations  arising due to the Letters of Credit,  all other  amounts due under
this  Agreement,  all  guarantees,  endorsements  (other than  endorsements  for
collection  or  deposits  in the  ordinary  course  of  business)  and all other
contingent  obligations whether or not in respect of any Indebtedness of others,
deferred taxes and accrued obligations, all liabilities secured by any mortgage,
pledge or lien existing on property owned or acquired  subject to such mortgage,
pledge or lien,  whether or not the  liability  secured  thereby shall have been
assumed, and all lease obligations,  including, without limitation,  Capitalized
Lease Obligations.  For the purposes of calculating the financial  covenants set
forth in Section 9 hereof, Indebtedness shall not include the liabilities of the
Borrower as set forth on Schedule 7.01(g) hereto;  provided;  however;  that (i)
with  respect  to  item 1 on  Schedule  7.01(g),  when a  demand  is made on the
Borrower with respect to such Guaranty of the  Mortgage,  such  liability of the
Borrower  under this  Guaranty of the Mortgage will  immediately  be included as
part of the definition of Indebtedness for all purposes hereunder  including the
calculation of the financial  covenants set forth in Section 9 hereof, (ii) with
respect  to the  Borrower  receiving  the  Vacate  Notice and the demand for the
Release  Fee as noted  in item 2 on  Schedule  7.01(g),  such  liability  of the
Borrower with respect to such release fee will  immediately  be included as part
of the  definition  of  Indebtedness  for all purposes  hereunder  including the
calculation of the financial  covenants set forth in Section 9 hereof, and (iii)
with respect to item 3 on Schedule 7.01(g) hereto,  when a demand is made on the
Borrower with respect to such Guaranty of the Loan

                                              10

<PAGE>



Agreement,  such  liability  of the  Borrower  under this  Guaranty  of the Loan
Agreement will immediately be included as part of the definition of Indebtedness
for all purposes hereunder  including the calculation of the financial covenants
set forth in Section 9 hereof.

        "Indebtedness  to Net Worth Ratio" shall mean, on any date for which the
same is to be determined, the ratio of (a) Indebtedness of the Borrower less the
amount of (i) contingent  liabilities  incurred due to the Letters of Credit and
(ii) operating leases permitted by this Agreement to (b) Net Worth determined as
at such date.

        "Initial  Borrowing  Date" shall mean the first  Borrowing Date on which
any Loan is made hereunder.

        "Interest  Coverage Ratio" shall mean, for any period for which the same
is to be determined, the ratio of (a) earnings from continuing operations of the
Borrower  before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and  amortization  (excluding
amortization of gain on sale and leaseback transactions) for such period, to (b)
the interest  expense of the  Borrower  for such period net of all  intercompany
items, determined in accordance with GAAP.

        "Inventory" shall have the meaning given in Section 3.01(b)
hereof.

        "IRC" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time
to time, and any successor statute.

        "Landlords" shall mean, collectively:

        T. Rowe Price Realty Income Fund I, a No-Load Limited
        Partnership

        Allan V. Rose

        "Landlord  Waiver" shall mean each Landlord Waiver delivered to the Bank
by each Landlord,  each dated as of the date hereof and in the form of Exhibit E
hereto, as the same may from time to time be amended, modified,  supplemented or
extended.

        "Leased  Property"  shall  mean,  collectively,  the  office,  plant and
showroom properties located at:

               3030 Business Park Drive, Suite G
               Norcross, Georgia

               525 Broad Hollow Road
               Melville, New York 11747


                                              11

<PAGE>



        "Lending  Office" shall mean the office of the Bank located at One State
Street,  New  York,  New York  10004,  or,  such  other  office  as the Bank may
hereafter specify to the Borrower.

        "Letters  of Credit"  shall have the meaning  given in Section  2.01A of
this Agreement.

        "Lien" shall mean, with respect to any Person,  (a) any lien (including,
without limitation,  any statutory lien),  mortgage,  hypothecation,  privilege,
security interest, pledge, encumbrance,  charge (general or special, floating or
fixed) or  conditional  sale or other title  retention  arrangement  (including,
without limitation, the rights of a lessor under a capital lease to the property
leased  thereunder) or other security  interest of any kind upon any property or
assets of any character of such Person,  whether now owned or hereafter acquired
by such  Person,  or upon the income or  profits  therefrom,  (b) the  transfer,
pledge or  assignment  by such  Person of any of its  property or assets for the
purpose of subjecting the same to the payment of any indebtedness of such Person
or others in priority  to the  payment by such Person of its general  creditors,
(c) any  sale,  assignment,  pledge  or other  transfer  by such  Person  of its
accounts receivable,  contract rights, general intangibles or chattel paper with
recourse, and (d) any agreement to give or do any of the foregoing.

        "LOC  Reimbursement  Obligation" shall have the meaning given in Section
2.02A of this Agreement.

        "LOC  Utilization  Fee" shall have the meaning given in Section 2.03A of
this Agreement.

        "Loans" shall mean the loans made pursuant to Section 2.02.

        "Lock-Box  Agreement"  shall mean the  Lock-Box  Agreement  between  the
Borrower  and the Bank,  substantially  in the form of Exhibit A to be delivered
pursuant to Section 5.01(a)(iii),  as the same may from time to time be amended,
modified, supplemented or extended.

        "Maximum F/X Commitment" shall mean $1,000,000.

        "Maximum Letter of Credit Commitment" shall mean $1,000,000.

        "Net  Assets"  shall  mean,  as at any date at  which  the same is to be
determined,  all of the assets as carried on the balance  sheet of the  Borrower
and after appropriate  deduction for any minority interests of any Subsidiaries,
all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

        "Net Cash Flow"  shall be  determined  at the end of each  Fiscal  Year,
commencing with the Fiscal Year ending September 30,

                                              12

<PAGE>



1995,  on the basis of the  Borrower's  audited  financial  statements  for such
Fiscal  Year and shall  mean,  for any  Fiscal  Year for which the same is to be
determined,  an  amount  equal to (i) its Net  Income,  plus  (ii)  consolidated
depreciation  and  amortization  expense for such Fiscal Year and other non-cash
items of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries,  in each case to the extent deducted
in  determining  consolidated  net  income,  plus  (iii)  any  net  increase  in
consolidated  deferred tax  liabilities of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries as
measured  it the  end of  such  Fiscal  Year  in  comparison  to the  end of the
preceding  Fiscal Year,  less (iv)  aggregate  payments of principal of the Loan
made during such Fiscal  Year,  less (v) all Capital  Expenditures  made in cash
during such Fiscal Year (but  excluding  any  interest  paid with respect to any
Capital  Expenditure  which has been capitalized on the financial  statements of
the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries,  plus (the amount of any  decreases) or less
(the amount of any increases) in (vii) the "change in net working assets" during
such Fiscal Year. For such purposes,  "change in net working  assets" shall mean
the change, as determined at the end of such Fiscal Year, in the amount by which
(a) the  sum of  Accounts  Receivable  and  Inventory  of the  Borrower  and its
Subsidiaries  exceeds  (b) the  sum of  accounts  payable  and  accruals  of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

        "Net  Income"  shall  mean,  for any  period for which the same is to be
determined,  the consolidated  net income of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries,
calculated in accordance with GAAP.

        "Net  Worth"  shall  mean,  as at any  date at  which  the same is to be
determined,  the amount by which (a) Net Assets exceeds (b) all  Indebtedness of
the Borrower less the amount of (i) contingent  liabilities  incurred due to the
Letters of Credit and (ii) operating leases permitted by this Agreement.

        "Note"  shall  mean  the  revolving  promissory  note  of  the  Borrower
delivered  pursuant  to  Section  2.03(b),  as the same from time to time may be
amended, modified, supplemented or extended.

        "Obligations" shall have the meaning given in Section 3.02
hereof.

        "Permitted Affiliates" shall mean collectively the
Subordinated Lenders, International Industries, Inc. and Pro Four
Video Products, Inc.

        "PBGC" shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation
or any successor thereto.

        "Person" shall mean an individual,  partnership,  corporation,  business
trust, joint stock company, trust,  unincorporated  association,  joint venture,
governmental authority or other entity of whatever nature.

                                              13

<PAGE>



        "Plan"  shall mean any  "Employee  Benefit  Plan" (as defined in Section
3(3) of ERISA) as  covered  by any  provision  of ERISA  and as  maintained,  or
otherwise  contributed  to, or at any time during the five  calendar year period
immediately  preceding the date of this  Agreement  was  maintained or otherwise
contributed to, by the Borrower,  or any ERISA Affiliate of the Borrower for the
benefit of the employees of the Borrower, or an ERISA Affiliate of the Borrower.

        "Pledge  Agreement" shall mean the Pledge Agreement dated as of the date
hereof  between the Borrower and the Bank,  in the form of Exhibit D hereto,  as
the same may from time to time be amended, modified,  supplemented,  restated or
extended, wherein the Borrower secures the Obligations to the Bank.

        "Prohibited  Transaction"  shall  mean  any  "prohibited  trans  action"
(within  the  meaning of Section  406 of ERISA or Section  4975 of the IRC) with
respect  to any  Plan  for  which  transaction  no  statutory  exemption  is not
available.

        "Regulations  D, G, T, U and/or  X" shall  mean  Regulations  D, G, T, U
and/or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve  System,  as in effect
from time to time.

        "Regulatory  Change" shall mean the  introduction  of, or any change in,
United States federal, state or local laws or regula tions (including Regulation
D) or treaties or foreign laws or  regulations  after the date of this Agreement
or the  adoption or making after such date of any  interpretations,  directives,
guide lines or requests  applying  generally  to a class of banks includ ing the
Bank of or under any United States federal, state, or local rules or regulations
or any treaties or foreign laws or regulations  (whether or not having the force
of law) by any court or  governmental  or monetary  authority  charged  with the
interpretation or administration thereof.

        "Related  Documents"  shall  mean,  collectively,  the Note,  the Pledge
Agreement,  the  Landlord  Waiver,  the  Subordination  Agreement,  the Lock-Box
Agreement  and  the  Letters  of  Credit,  and  all  documents  entered  into in
connection therewith.

        "Reportable  Event"  shall  mean any  "reportable  event"  des cribed in
Section 4043(b) of ERISA with respect to which the thirty-day notice requirement
set  forth in  Section  4043(a)  of ERISA  has not been  waived by the PBGC that
occurs or has occurred in connection with any Plan.

        "Securities" shall mean all shares, options,  interests, par ticipations
or other  equivalents  (regardless of how  designated) of or in a corporation or
equivalent entity, whether voting or non-voting,  including, without limitation,
common stock, pre ferred stock,  warrants,  convertible debentures and all agree
ments, instruments and documents convertible,  in whole or in part, into any one
or more of or all of the foregoing.

        "Subordinated Indebtedness" shall mean the indebtedness as
defined in the Subordination Agreement.

        "Subordinated Lenders" shall mean collectively, Chugai
Boyeki Company Limited,  Chugai Boyeki (America) Corp., and their successors and
assigns.

        "Subordinated  Note" shall mean the $2,000,000  Secured Promissory Note,
dated as of October 5, 1993 from the Borrower to Chugai Boyeki Company Limited.

        "Subordination  Agreement" shall mean the Subordination  Agreement dated
as of the date  hereof,  among  the  Bank,  the  Borrower  and the  Subordinated
Lenders, as the same from time to time may be amended,  modified,  supplemented,
restated or extended.

        "Subsidiary"  shall mean, with respect to any Person, any corporation of
which more than 50% of the  outstanding  capital  stock having  ordinary  voting
power to elect a majority of the Board of  Directors of such  corporation  is at
the time  directly or indirectly  owned by such Person,  or by one or more other
Subsidiaries of such Person.

        "Subsidiary  Guaranty"  shall mean the  guaranty of each  Subsidiary  to
which the Bank  consents,  delivered  pursuant to Section  7.19, as the same may
from time to time be extended, amended, modified or supplemented.

        "Transaction  Costs" shall mean the fees,  costs and expenses payable by
the Borrower  pursuant to this Agreement or in connec tion herewith,  including,
without limitation, attorney's fees and expenses.

        Section 1.02.  Accounting and Banking Terms.  All accounting and banking
terms  not  specifically  defined  herein  shall  be con  strued  in the case of
accounting  terms, in accordance with GAAP and, in the case of banking terms, in
accordance with general practice among commercial banks in New York, New York.

                        ARTICLE 2. THE CREDIT FACILITIES

        Section  2.01.  The  Credit  Facilities.  At  all  times  prior  to  the
Commitment  Expiration  Date (or earlier  termination of the  Commitment  Period
hereunder),  subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Bank
agrees to make the following credit facilities available to the Borrower:


                                              14

<PAGE>



               (a) Facility.  Subject to Section 2.02 hereof, a revolving credit
facility  under which the  Borrower  may request  Loans from time to time on any
Business  Day during the  Commitment  Period in an  aggregate  principal  amount
which, together with the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Loans to
the  Borrower  and the  aggregate  face  amount of all  Letters  of Credit  then
outstanding, would not exceed at any time outstanding the Commitment. The amount
available for Loans at any time shall be  determined in accordance  with Section
2.02 hereof.

               (b)    Letter of Credit Facility.  A letter of credit
facility in accordance with the terms of Article 2A hereof.

        Section 2.02.  Loans.  Subject to the terms and conditions  hereof,  the
Bank agrees to make Loans to the Borrower  from its Lending  Office from time to
time during the Commitment  Period as provided in this Agreement in an aggregate
principal amount at any one time outstanding, together with the then outstanding
aggregate  principal  amount of all  Letters  of  Credit,  not to exceed (i) the
Commitment,  or (ii) if less,  the  Formula  Amount.  The  Borrower  may use the
Commitment during the Commitment Period by borrowing, repaying Loans in whole or
in part and reborrowing Loans;  provided,  however, that the aggregate principal
amount  of the  Loans  at any  one  time  outstanding  together  with  the  then
outstanding  aggregate  principal  amount of all  Letters of  Credit,  shall not
exceed the amount  permitted  under the first sentence of this Section 2.02. The
Loans shall mature on the Commitment  Expiration  Date and bear interest for the
period from the  respective  Borrowing  Dates  thereof to the date of payment in
full  thereof  on  the  unpaid  principal  amount  thereof  from  time  to  time
outstanding at the applicable interest rates per annum determined and payable as
specified in Section 2.04 hereof.

        Section 2.03.  Procedure for Borrowings.  (a) Each Loan shall be made on
the request made by the Borrower to the Bank. Each such request shall be, should
the Bank request,  confirmed  immediately in writing, by delivery of a Notice of
Revolving Loan Borrowing,  in the form of Exhibit B hereto,  specifying  therein
(i) the  requested  Borrowing  Date and (ii) the  aggregate  amount of the Loans
therein  requested to be made.  Upon receipt of the request for  borrowing,  the
Bank shall make the proceeds of the requested  Loan available to the Borrower by
crediting  the account of the  Borrower on the books of its Lending  Office with
the  requested  amount.  The Bank shall  render to the  Borrower  monthly a loan
account  statement.  Each statement shall be considered correct and binding upon
Borrower,  except to the extent that the Bank receives,  within thirty (30) days
after the  mailing  of such  statement,  written  notice  from  Borrower  of any
specific exceptions by Borrower to that statement.

        (b)   The obligations of the Borrower to pay the principal
of and interest on all Loans shall be evidenced by the Note duly

                                              15

<PAGE>



executed and  delivered by the Borrower  substantially  in the form of Exhibit C
hereto.  At the time of each Loan,  and upon each  payment of  principal of each
Loan,  the Bank  shall,  and is hereby  authorized  to,  make a notation  on the
schedule annexed to and constituting a part of the Note of the Borrower to which
such Loan is being made,  and any such notation  shall be conclusive and binding
for all purposes absent manifest error;  provided,  however, that failure by the
Bank to make any such notation shall not affect the  obligations of the Borrower
under the Note or this Agreement.

        Section 2.04.  Interest.

        (a) Rate of  Interest.  Each Loan  shall  bear  interest  on the  unpaid
principal  amount  thereof  from the date such Loan is extended to the  Borrower
until  such  principal  amount  is paid in full  at a rate or  rates  per  annum
determined in accordance  with this Section 2.04.  Each Loan shall bear interest
at a rate per annum equal to the sum of (A) the Base Rate in effect from time to
time, plus (B) the Applicable Margin,  payable monthly,  in arrears, on the last
Business  Day of each such  month,  commencing  with the first of such  dates to
occur after the date of such Base Rate Loan and on the date the principal amount
of such Loan shall be paid or prepaid,  to the extent of the interest accrued on
the principal  amount of such Base Rate Loan so paid or prepaid.  From and after
the occurrence of any Event of Default under Section 10.01(a) hereof, and for so
long as such Event of Default shall  continue,  the unpaid  principal  amount of
each Loan and any other  amount then due and payable but not yet paid  hereunder
shall bear  interest  at a rate per annum  equal to the rate per annum in effect
from time to time with  respect to the Loan,  plus two  percent  (2%) per annum,
payable on demand.

        (b)  Calculation of Interest.  Interest shall be calculated on the daily
outstanding  amount of the Loans on the basis of a 360-day  year for the  actual
number of days  elapsed.  Any  change in the  interest  rate on the Loans  shall
become  effective  as of the opening of business on the day on which such change
in the Base Rate  becomes  effective.  The Bank shall,  as soon as  practicable,
notify the Borrower of the effective  date and the amount of each such change in
the Base  Rate;  provided,  however,  that any  failure  by the Bank to give the
Borrower any such notice shall not affect the  application of such change in the
Base Rate.  Each  determination  of an interest rate by the Bank pursuant to any
provision of this  Agreement  shall be, absent  manifest  error,  presumed to be
correct.

        Section 2.05 Indemnity. The Borrower agrees to indemnify the Bank and to
reimburse and hold the Bank harmless from any loss,  liability,  cost or expense
(including, without limitation,  reasonable in-house and outside attorney's fees
and expenses incurred in connection with any action or proceeding between the

                                              16

<PAGE>



Borrower  and the Bank or between  the Bank and any third  party or  otherwise),
that the Bank may  sustain  or incur  as a  consequence  of (a)  default  by the
Borrower in the payment of principal  of, or interest on, any Loan,  (b) default
by the  Borrower  in  borrowing  (or in  fulfilling  on or  before  the  request
Borrowing  Date the  applicable  conditions  set forth in Article 5 hereof  with
respect  to such  borrowing),  or (c)  default  by the  Borrower  in making  any
prepayment  after notice thereof has been given in accordance  with Section 2.06
or 2.07 hereof;  including,  but not limited to, all losses,  costs and expenses
incurred by reason of  liquidation  or  reemployment  of deposits or other funds
acquired  by the  Bank  in  connection  with  such  matters  (including  loss of
anticipated  profits caused by such liquidation or redeployment of such deposits
or funds); provided; however; that the Borrower shall not have any obligation to
the Bank under this  Section  2.05 for any losses,  costs or  expenses  directly
caused by or resulting solely form the willful misconduct or gross negligence of
the Bank.  The Bank shall deliver to the Borrower a certificate as to the amount
of such loss, liability,  cost or expense, which certificate shall be conclusive
in absence of manifest  error.  This covenant shall survive payment of the Loans
and termination of this Agreement.

        Section  2.06.  Mandatory  Prepayments  of  Loans.  If at any  time  the
aggregate unpaid  principal  amount of the Loans  outstanding plus the aggregate
face  amount of any  Letters  of Credit  outstanding  exceeds  the lessor of the
Commitment or the Formula  Amount,  the Borrower  shall  immediately  repay such
Loans,  without premium or penalty, in a principal amount at least equal to such
excess,  together  with  accrued  interest on the amount  prepaid to the date of
repayment.  Prepayments  of Loans may be reborrowed as Loans in accordance  with
the terms  hereof.  If at any time  following the repayment in full of the Loans
pursuant  to this  paragraph  2.06 the  aggregate  face amount of any Letters of
Credit  outstanding  exceeds the Formula Amount,  the Borrower shall immediately
pay to the Bank a principal  amount equal to such excess as cash  collateral for
such Letters of Credit.

        Section 2.07.  Optional Prepayments of the Loans.

        (a) The Borrower may voluntarily prepay any Loan in whole at any time or
in part from time to time, without premium or penalty.

        (b) The Borrower  may,  upon at least ten Business  Days' prior  written
notice to the Bank, elect to terminate or permanently  reduce the Commitment not
more than once  during  any Fiscal  Quarter in an amount not less than  $250,000
with such  additional  increments in integral  multiples of $100,000;  provided,
however,  that (i) any  reduction  of the  Commitment  shall be  accompanied  by
prepayment of Loans, together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid to the
date of such prepayment, to

                                              17

<PAGE>



the  extent  (if any) that the  aggregate  principal  amount  of the Loans  then
outstanding exceeds the amount of the Commitment as then reduced,  (ii) any such
termination of the Commitment  shall be accompanied by prepayment in full of all
Loans then  outstanding;  together with accrued  interest thereon to the date of
such prepayment and any unpaid commitment fee then accrued under Section 2.11(b)
hereof,  and by payment of a fee  ("Commitment  Reduction Fee") equal to two per
cent of the amount so reduced or terminated in the first twelve months following
the date of execution and delivery of this  Agreement,  and equal to one-half of
one per cent of the amount so reduced or  terminated in the second twelve months
following the date of execution and delivery of this Agreement.

        Section  2.08.  Payment;  Debiting  Accounts.  All  payments  (including
prepayments)  to be made by any Borrower under this  Agreement  shall be made to
the Bank at its  Lending  Office  in New  York,  New  York,  in  Dollars  and in
immediately  available  funds. All payments to be made hereunder by the Borrower
shall be made without setoff,  counterclaim or defense. If any payment hereunder
becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business  Day,  such payment shall
be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of
principal,  interest thereon shall be payable at the applicable rate during such
extension;  provided,  however,  that no such  payments  shall extend beyond the
Commitment  Expiration  Date. The Borrower hereby  authorizes the Bank to charge
any account of the Borrower maintained at any office of the Bank with the amount
of any principal,  interest,  fee,  expense or other monetary  obligation of the
Borrower hereunder,  including without limitation  attorney's fees and expenses,
and including  principal and interest payable under the Note when it becomes due
and payable under the terms hereof or thereof.

        Section 2.09.  Loans Made By Bank.  The Borrower  hereby  authorizes the
Bank to make Loans to the Borrower  and to use the  proceeds  thereof to pay any
amount  owed by the  Borrower  under this  Article  2, or to pay the  Borrower's
debits to any accounts of the Borrower at the Bank.

        Section 2.10. Use of Loan Proceeds.  The Borrower shall use the proceeds
of the Loans to (i) refinance the Existing  Loans;  (ii) to fund the  continuing
working  capital  requirements  of  the  Borrower  and  (iii)  to  purchase  F/X
Commitments,  in an amount not to exceed any one time  outstanding,  the Maximum
F/X Commitment.

        Section 2.11.  Fees.

               (a)  Commitment Fee.  The Borrower agrees to pay the
Bank a commitment fee from and including the date hereof to the
Commitment Expiration Date, computed at the rate of one-half of
one per cent (1/2%) per annum on the average daily amount by

                                              18

<PAGE>



which the Commitment exceeds the aggregate amount of Loans outstanding,  payable
quarterly,  in arrears, on the last Business Day of each month,  commencing with
the first such day following the date hereof,  and on the Commitment  Expiration
Date;  provided;  however;  that for purposes of this section 2.11(a),  from the
date  hereof  until June 30,  1996 only,  the  Commitment  shall be deemed to be
$3,250,000.  Such fee shall be  calculated  on the  basis of a 360-day  year and
actual days elapsed.

               (b) Collateral  Maintenance  Fee. The Borrower shall pay the Bank
(i) a collateral  maintenance fee of $1,000 per month, payable in advance on the
Initial Borrowing Date and on each month thereafter,  plus (ii) $600 per man-day
and all  expenses  for  any  audits  conducted  by the  Bank at its  discretion;
provided, however, that prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Bank
may only conduct four audits per Fiscal Year at the Borrower's expense.

               (c) Closing  Fees The  Borrower  and the Bank hereby  acknowledge
that the  Borrower  (A) has paid the Bank a deposit  fee of  $25,000  and (B)the
Borrower will pay the Bank a non-refundable  closing fee of $40,000,  payable on
the date hereof.

        Section 2.12.  Increased Costs.  If any Regulatory Change:

               (a)  subjects  the  Bank to any tax of any kind  whatsoever  with
respect  to this  Agreement,  the  Note,  the  Letters  of Credit or any Loan or
changes the basis of taxation  of payments to the Bank of  principal,  interest,
commitment  fees, or any other amount payable  hereunder in any of the foregoing
(except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of the Bank);

               (b)  imposes,  modifies or holds  applicable  to the Bank (or any
corporation  controlling the Bank) any reserve or capital adequacy  requirements
or liquidity  ratios or requires  the Bank or any  corporation  controlling  the
Bank) to make special  deposits  against or in respect of assets or  liabilities
of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, the Bank; or

               (c)    imposes on the Bank any other condition affecting
this Agreement, the Note, the Letters of Credit or the Loans;

and the result of any of the  foregoing  is (i) to increase the cost to the Bank
of making or maintaining Loans or the Letters of Credit therein or to reduce any
amount  received or receivable by the Bank  hereunder,  (ii) to require the Bank
(or any  corporation  controlling  the Bank) to make any  payment to any fiscal,
mone tary,  regulatory or other  authority  calculated on or by reference to any
amount received or receivable by the Bank under this  agreement,  the Letters of
Credit or the Note, or (iii) to reduce the rate of return on the Bank's  capital
as a consequence of its

                                              19

<PAGE>



obligations  hereunder to a level below that which the Bank could have  achieved
but for such  adoption,  change or  compliance  (taking into  consideration  the
Bank's  policies  with  respect to capital  adequacy),  in any case by an amount
deemed by the Bank to be material,  then, in any such case,  the Borrower  shall
promptly pay the Bank (or such corporation controlling the Bank), on its written
demand,  any  additional  amount  necessary  to  compensate  the  Bank  (or such
corporation) for such additional cost, reduced amount receivable or reduction in
rate of return with respect to this  Agreement,  the Note, the Letters of Credit
or the Loans,  to gether with  interest  on such  amount from the date  demanded
until  payment  in full  thereof  at the rate per  annum  applicable  to  Loans,
calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed.


                     ARTICLE 2A. LETTERS OF CREDIT FACILITY

        Section 2.01A.  Letters of Credit.  At all times prior to the Commitment
Expiration  Date (or earlier  termination of the Commitment  Period  hereunder),
subject to the terms and conditions  hereinafter  set forth,  the Bank agrees to
issue for the  account  of the  Borrower,  (i)  irrevocable  documentary  and/or
standby letters of credit in the aggregate face amount not to exceed the Maximum
Letter of Credit Commitment (such letters of credit individually being a "Letter
of Credit" and  collectively  being the "Letters of Credit";  the  beneficiaries
under the Letters of Credit being the  "Beneficiaries").  Payment under a Letter
of Credit shall be  available by drafts or demands for payment when  accompanied
by the documents specified by such Letter of Credit.  Drawings under the Letters
of Credit shall be payable  solely in  accordance  with the terms  thereof.  The
Letters of Credit shall  provide that drawings  thereunder  must be presented to
the Bank on or before the  expiration  date  thereof and that the Bank may defer
for three Business Days payment of any drawing made thereunder.

        Section  2.02A.   Reimbursement  Obligation.   The  Borrower  agrees  to
reimburse  the Bank for any  amount  paid by the Bank on drafts or  demands  for
payment  drawn or made or  purporting  to be drawn or made under the  Letters of
Credit (the Borrower's  obligation so to reimburse the Bank  hereinafter  called
the "LOC Reimbursement Obligation").  Each LOC Reimbursement Obligation owing to
the Bank shall automatically be converted into, and shall be deemed to have been
paid  with  the  proceeds  of a Loan  made by the  Bank  on the  date  such  LOC
Reimbursement  Obligation arises,  whether or not an Event of Default or Default
then  exists or would be caused  thereby,  which  Loan  shall be  subject to the
prepayment  provisions  of this  Agreement;  provided,  however,  that  upon the
occurrence  of an Event of  Default  the Bank  may  require  by a notice  to the
Borrower  immediate  payment to the Bank of the amount of the LOC  Reimbursement
Obligation  which  would then exist if all  outstanding  Letters of Credit  were
drawn upon at that

                                              20

<PAGE>



time. Any LOC  Reimbursement  Obligation which is not paid when due or converted
into a Loan in accordance with the terms hereof shall bear interest,  payable on
demand, for each day on which said LOC Reimbursement  Obligation remains unpaid,
at a rate per  annum  equal to the  interest  rate  borne  by  Loans,  or if the
Borrower is in default under the provisions of this sentence of Section 2.02A at
the default rate stated in Section  2.04(a)(ii).  The  Borrower's  obligation to
reimburse the Bank in accordance  with the terms hereof for all payments made by
the Bank under each Letter of Credit and to pay interest on the unpaid amount of
each  LOC   Reimbursement   Obligation   shall  be  absolute,   irrevocable  and
unconditional  under  any and all  circumstances  whatsoever  and  shall  not be
terminated for any reason whatsoever.

        Section 2.03A.  Letter of Credit Fees. As consideration for the issuance
of the  Letters of Credit,  the  Borrower  shall pay to the Bank a fee (the "LOC
Utilization  Fee") on the face  amount  of all  Letters  of Credit at a rate per
annum equal to  one-eighth  of one percent  (1/8%) for each thirty day period or
any portion  thereof in which the LOC  Reimbursement  Obligation is outstanding.
The LOC  Utilization  Fee shall be calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days
for the actual  number of days from the issuance of the Letters of Credit to the
expiration  date of each in arrears on the last  Business  Day of each month and
shall be payable in arrears on the last Business Day of each month.

        Section 2.04A.  General Instructions:  Limitation on
Responsibility.  The Borrower hereby agrees that:

        (a) The Bank may accept or pay, as complying  with the terms of a Letter
of Credit, any drafts or other documents  otherwise in order which may be signed
or issued by a trustee in  bankruptcy,  debtor in  possession,  assignee for the
benefit  of   creditors,   liquidator,   receiver,   successor  or  other  legal
representative  of the party who is  authorized  under such  Letter of Credit to
draw or issue any drafts or other documents; and

        (b)  The  Bank  may,  without  limiting  any  other  provisions  of this
Agreement,  accept  documents of any character which comply with the provisions,
definitions,  interpretations and practices contained in The Uniform Customs and
Practice for  Documentary  Credits  (1983  Revision),  International  Chamber of
Commerce Publication No. 400, and accept or pay any draft dated on or before the
expiration of any time limit expressed in a Letter of Credit, regardless of when
drawn and when or whether negotiated,  provided the other required documents are
dated prior to the expiration date of such Letter of Credit.

        Section 2.05A.  Reimbursement Obligation Absolute.  The
Borrower's obligation to pay the full amount of each LOC
Reimbursement Obligation, or to discharge the same with the

                                              21

<PAGE>



proceeds of a Borrowing  hereunder,  is absolute  and  unconditional,  under all
circumstances whatsoever, and shall not be affected by:

        (a)    any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of
Credit; or

        (b)    any lack of validity or enforceability of this
Agreement, the Note or any Related Document; or

        (c)    any amendment or waiver of, or any consent to departure
from this Agreement, the Note or any Related Document; or

        (d)    any exchange, release or non-perfection of any col
lateral or any release of any guarantor; or

        (e) the  existence of any claim,  set-off,  defense or other right which
the Borrower may have at any time against a  Beneficiary,  any  transferee  of a
Letter of Credit (or any person for whom any such transferee may be acting), the
Bank or any other Person, whether in connection with such Letter of Credit, this
Agreement, the transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transaction; or

        (f) any  statement  or any  other  document  (including  insurance),  or
endorsements  thereof,  presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged,
fraudulent,  invalid or  uncollectible  in any respect or any statement  therein
being untrue or inaccurate in any respect whatsoever; or

        (g)    any irregularity in the transactions with respect to
which a Letter of Credit is issued, including, without
limitation, any fraud by a Beneficiary; or

        (h)    breach of contract between the Bank or the Borrower and
a Beneficiary or any other third party; or

        (i) consequences of compliance with laws, orders, regulations or customs
in effect  in  places of  negotiation  or  payment  of drafts  under a Letter of
Credit; or

        (j)  failure of drafts to bear  reference  or adequate  references  to a
Letter of Credit,  or failure of any person to  surrender  a Letter of Credit or
failure of any person to note the amount of any draft of a Letter of Credit,  or
forward documents as may be required by the terms of a Letter of Credit (each of
which requirements the Borrower hereby waives even if included in such Letter of
Credit); or

        (k)  errors,  omissions,  interruptions  or delays in trans  mission  or
delivery of any  messages,  however sent and whether plain or in code or cipher,
or errors in translation or in inter pretation of technical or other terms; or

                                              22

<PAGE>



        (l)    any failure by any the Bank to honor its obligation to
make Loans; or

        (m)    without limiting the foregoing, any act or omission not
done or omitted in bad faith.

        Section  2.06A.  Non-Conforming  Documents.  In  case  of any  variation
between  the  documents  called  for by a Letter  of  Credit  or the  Borrower's
instructions  and  documents  accepted  by  the  Bank,  the  Borrower  shall  be
conclusively  deemed to have waived any right to object to such  variation  with
respect  to any  action  of the Bank  relating  to such  documents,  and to have
ratified  and  approved  such  action as  having  been  taken at the  Borrower's
direction, unless the Bank has acted in bad faith or with gross negligence.

                          ARTICLE 3. SECURITY INTERESTS

        Section 3.01. Grant of Security  Interest.  The Borrower,  to secure the
Obligations  (as said term is defined in Section 3.02 hereof),  hereby  assigns,
pledges and grants to the Bank a continuing first and prior security interest in
all of its rights,  title and interests in and to all of the following  property
of the Borrower  whether now owned or existing or hereafter  acquired or arising
and  regardless of where located and all  proceeds,  products and  substitutions
thereof  (all  of  the  same  being  herein  collectively  referred  to  as  the
"Collateral"):


               (a)  ACCOUNTS:  All  present  and future  accounts,  receivables,
contract  rights,   including,   but  not  limited  to,  the  Borrower's  rights
(including,  without  limitation,  any and all rights to receive  any  payments)
under any and all leases  and/or  agreements  to which the  Borrower is a party,
chattel paper, instruments,  documents,  general intangibles and other rights to
payment of any kind now or hereafter  existing  arising out of or in  connection
with the sale or lease of goods,  merchandise  or inventory or the  rendering of
services,  including,  without  limitation,  those  which are not  evidenced  by
instruments  or  chattel  paper and  whether  or not they  have  been  earned by
performance;  all  proceeds  of any letters of credit or  insurance  policies on
which the Borrower is now (or may hereafter be) named as beneficiary; all claims
against any third parties for advances or other financial  accommodations or any
other obligations  whatsoever owing to the Borrower; all rights now or hereafter
existing in and to all security agreements, leases, documents of title and other
contracts  securing,  evidencing  or  otherwise  relating to any such  accounts,
contract rights,  chattel paper,  instruments,  documents,  general intangibles,
other rights of payment or proceeds or to any such claims against third parties,
together with all rights in any returned or repossessed  goods,  merchandise and
inventory and all right, title, security and

                                              23

<PAGE>



guaranties with respect to each of the foregoing, including, without limitation,
any right of stoppage in transit (any and all such  accounts,  contract  rights,
chattel paper, instruments,  documents,  rights of payment, proceeds, claims and
rights being hereinafter referred to as the "Accounts")

               (b) INVENTORY: All goods, merchandise and other personal property
furnished or to be furnished  under any contract of service or intended for sale
or lease,  including,  without limitation whole goods, spare parts,  components,
supplies,  mate rials and consigned goods;  all raw materials,  work-in-process,
finished goods or materials or supplies of any kind, nature or description, used
or consumed in the  Borrower's  businesses  or which might be used in connection
with the manufacture,  assembling,  packing, shipping,  advertising,  selling or
finishing  of such goods,  merchandise  and personal  property;  all returned or
repossessed goods; and all documents of title or documents  evidencing the same;
in each  instance  whether now owned or  hereafter  acquired by the Borrower and
wherever  located,  whether in the  possession of the Borrower or of a bailee or
other person for sale, storage,  transit,  processing,  use or otherwise (all of
the foregoing, collectively, being the "Inventory");

               (c) EQUIPMENT: All machinery,  equipment and fixtures, including,
without  limitation,  all manufacturing,  assembling,  packaging,  distribution,
selling,  data  processing and office  equipment,  all  furniture,  furnishings,
appliances,  trade fix tures, tools, tooling,  molds, vehicles,  vessels and all
other goods of every type and description (other than Inventory),  and all parts
thereof  and  all  accessions  thereto,  and  all  substitutions   therefor  and
replacements  thereof,  in each instance whether now owned or hereafter acquired
by the Borrower and wherever located (all of the foregoing,  collectively, being
the "Equipment");

               (d) GENERAL INTANGIBLES: All rights, interests, choses in action,
causes of actions,  claims and all other intangible  property of the Borrower of
every kind and nature (other than  Accounts) in each instance  whether now owned
or  hereafter  acquired by the  Borrower,  including,  without  limitation,  all
corporate  and  other  business  records;  all  loans,   royalties,   and  other
obligations receivable; all trademarks,  non-compete agreements,  service marks,
trademark  applications,  patents, patent applications,  tradenames,  fictitious
names,  inventions,   designs,  trade  secrets,  computer  programs,   software,
printouts and other computer  materials,  goodwill,  registrations,  copyrights,
copyright applications,  permits, licenses,  franchises,  customer lists, credit
files,  correspondence,  and  advertising  materials;  all customer and supplier
contracts, firm sale orders, rights under license and franchise agreements,  and
other contracts and contract  rights ; all interests in  partnerships  and joint
ventures; all tax refunds and tax refund

                                              24

<PAGE>



claims;  all right,  title and interest  under leases,  subleases,  licenses and
concessions  and other  agreements  relating to real or personal  property;  all
payments  due or  made to the  Borrower  in  connection  with  any  requisition,
confiscation,  condemnation, seizure or forfeiture of any property by any person
or governmental  authority;  all deposit accounts  (general or special) with any
bank or other financial  institution;  all credits with and other claims against
third parties (including carriers and shippers);  all rights to indemnification;
all reversionary interests in pension and profit sharing plans and reversionary,
beneficial and residual  interest in trusts;  all proceeds of insurance of which
the Borrower is a  beneficiary;  and all letters of credit,  guaranties,  liens,
security  interests and other  security held by or granted to the Borrower;  and
all other intangible property,  whether or not similar to the foregoing; in each
instance, whether now or hereafter existing and however and wherever arising and
all renewals  thereof (all of the  foregoing,  collectively,  being the "General
Intangibles");

               (e)    CHATTEL PAPER, INSTRUMENTS AND DOCUMENTS:  All
chattel paper, all instruments, all bills of lading, warehouse
receipts and other documents of title and documents, in each
instance whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower;
and

               (f) OTHER  PROPERTY:  All  property or  interests in property now
owned or hereafter  acquired by the Borrower which now may be owned or hereafter
may come into the  possession,  custody or control of the Bank,  or any agent or
affiliate of the Bank, in any way or for any purpose  (whether for  safekeeping,
deposit, custody, pledge, transmission, collection or otherwise); and all rights
and interests of the Borrower, now existing or hereafter arising and however and
wherever  arising,  in  respect  of any and all (i)  notes,  drafts,  letters of
credit,  stocks,  bonds,  and  debt  and  equity  securities,   whether  or  not
certificated  (other  than the capital  stock of the  Borrower),  and  warrants,
options, puts and calls and other rights to acquire or otherwise relating to the
same;  (ii)  money;  (iii)  proceeds  of loans,  advances  and  other  financial
accommodations,   including,  without  limitation,  loans,  advances  and  other
financial accommodations,  made or extended under the Credit Agreement; and (iv)
insurance  proceeds  and books and  records  relating  to any of the  Collateral
covered by this Agreement;  together, in each instance,  with all accessions and
additions  thereto,  substitutions  therefor,  and  replacements,  proceeds  and
products thereof.

        Section 3.02. Security for Obligations.  This Agreement secures the full
and prompt payment and performance of (a) all obligations and liabilities of the
Borrower to the Bank now or hereafter  existing under this  Agreement,  the Note
and any other  Related  Document  to which it is a party,  and any other  future
loan, advance or financial accommodation made by the Bank in

                                              25

<PAGE>



favor of the  Borrower or any other  person  whose  indebtedness  to the Bank is
guaranteed by the Borrower,  whether for principal,  interest, LOC Reimbursement
Obligations,  fees,  indemnification,  expenses or otherwise,  and (c) all other
obligations,  liabilities, covenants and duties owing to the Bank from or by the
Borrower of any kind or nature,  present or future,  whether or not evidenced by
any note,  guaranty  or other  instrument,  whether  arising  under  the  Credit
Agreement or any of the other  Related  Documents or under any other  agreement,
instrument or document,  whether or not for the payment of money, whether direct
or indirect  (including  those acquired by assignment),  absolute or contingent,
due or to become due,  now existing or  hereafter  arising and however  acquired
(all such  obligations and liabilities  described in the foregoing  clauses (a),
(b),  (c)  and (d)  above  being  hereinafter  collectively  referred  to as the
"Obligations").  The  Borrower  and the Bank agree that they intend the security
interest hereby granted to attach upon the execution of this Agreement.

        Section 3.03.  Borrower Remains Liable.  Anything herein to the contrary
notwithstanding,  (a) the Borrower  shall remain  liable under any contracts and
agreements included in the Collateral to the extent set forth therein to perform
all of its  duties  and  obligations  thereunder  to the same  extent as if this
Agreement  had not been  executed,  (b) the  exercise  by the Bank of any of the
rights  hereunder  shall not  release  the  Borrower  from any of its  duties or
obligations under any contracts and agreements  included in the Collateral,  and
(c) the Bank shall have no  obligation  or  liability  under any  contracts  and
agreements included in the Collateral by reason of this Agreement, nor shall the
Bank be  obligated to perform any of the  obligations  or duties of the Borrower
thereunder  or to take any action to collect  or enforce  any claim for  payment
assigned hereunder.



                    ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

        In order to induce the Bank to enter into this  Agreement  and to extend
the financial accommodations  hereunder, the Borrower represents and warrants to
the Bank on the Initial Borrowing Date, unless otherwise specified, that:

        Section  4.01.   Organization   and  Powers.   (a)  The  Borrower  is  a
corporation,  duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation. The Borrower is duly qualified to
do  business  as  a  foreign  corporation  and  is  in  good  standing  in  each
jurisdiction (other than the state of its incorporation) in which the conduct of
its business or the  ownership or  operation of its  properties  or assets makes
such qualification necessary and in which the

                                              26

<PAGE>



failure  to be so  qualified  would  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  its
management,  business,  assets, properties,  operations,  prospects or condition
(financial  or  other)  or on  the  ability  of  the  Borrower  to  perform  its
obligations  under this Agreement or any of the Related Documents to which it is
a party.  The Borrower has full power and  authority to own its  properties  and
assets and carry on its business as now conducted.

        Section 4.02. Power and Authorization.  (a) The Borrower has full power,
right and legal authority to execute,  deliver and perform its obligations under
this Agreement,  the Note and such of the other Related Documents to which it is
a party.  The Borrower has taken all corporate action necessary to authorize the
execution and delivery of, and the  performance  of its  respective  obligations
under  such  documents  and  to  make  Borrowings  under  this  Agreement.  This
Agreement,  the Note and such of the other  Related  Documents  to which it is a
party,   constitute  legal,  valid  and  binding  obligations  of  the  Borrower
enforceable  against it in accordance with their respective terms subject to the
effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or moratorium or
similar  laws  affecting  the rights of creditors  generally.  No consent of any
person, and no consent, license,  approval or authorization,  or registration or
declaration  with,  any  governmental  authority,  bureau  or  agency,  which is
material to the ability of the  Borrower to perform its  obligations  under this
Agreement,  the Note or any of the Related  Documents to which it is a party, is
required  in  connection  with the  execution,  delivery or  performance  by the
Borrower of this Agreement,  the Note or the other Related Documents to which it
is a party, or the making of borrowings by the Borrower under this Agreement.

        Section 4.03. No Legal Bar. The execution,  delivery and  performance by
the Borrower of this Agreement, the Note and such of the other Related Documents
to which it is a party, and the making of borrowings  hereunder by the Borrower,
do not and will not (i) violate or  contravene  any  provisions  of any existing
law, statute,  rule, regulation or ordinance or of the Articles of Incorporation
or By-Laws of the  Borrower,  (ii) violate or  contravene  any  provision of any
order or decree of any court, governmental authority,  bureau or agency to which
the Borrower or any of its properties or assets is subject,  or of any mortgage,
indenture,  security  agreement,  contract,  undertaking  or other  agreement or
instrument to which the Borrower is a party or which purports to be binding upon
it or any of its properties or assets,  the violation or  contravention of which
would  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  management,  business,  assets,
properties,  operations,  prospects  or  condition  (financial  or other) of the
Borrower or (iii) result in the creation or  imposition  of any Lien,  charge or
encumbrance  on, or security  interest in, any of the properties of the Borrower
(other than as created pursuant to the Related Documents) pursuant to the

                                              27

<PAGE>



provisions of any mortgage, indenture, security agreement, contract, undertaking
or other agreement or instrument.

        Section 4.04.  Litigation.  Except as disclosed in Schedule 4.04 hereto,
no  litigation  or   administrative   proceeding  of  or  before  any  court  or
governmental  body or agency is now pending,  nor, to the best  knowledge of the
Borrower following  reasonable inquiry, is any such litigation or proceeding now
threatened,  against  the  Borrower  or  any  of its  properties,  involving  an
individual  claim in excess of $50,000 or claims in the  aggregate  in excess of
$100,000, nor, to the best knowledge, upon due inquiry, of the Borrower is there
a valid basis for the initiation of any such litigation or proceeding.

        Section 4.05. Solvency. Immediately after giving effect to the financing
transactions  contemplated hereby, the Borrower is solvent. For purposes of this
Section  4.05,  the  term  "solvent"  shall  mean  that,  at the  time  of  said
determination, (i) the fair value of the Borrower's assets exceeds the aggregate
sum of its liabilities (including, without limitation,  contingent liabilities),
(ii) the  Borrower is able to pay its debts as they  mature,  (iii) the property
owned by the Borrower has a value in excess of the total  aggregate sum required
to pay its debts,  and (iv) the Borrower has capital  sufficient to carry on its
business.

        Section 4.06. Assets and Properties.  The Borrower has good title to all
of  its  assets  (tangible  and  intangible)  owned  by  it,  including  without
limitation the  Collateral,  and all such assets are free and clear of all Liens
other than (i) Customary  Permitted  Liens,  (ii) Liens in favor of the Bank and
(iii) Liens disclosed in Schedule 4.06 hereto.  Substantially  all of the assets
and  properties  owned by,  leased to or used by the  Borrower  are in  adequate
operating  condition and repair,  ordinary wear and tear excepted,  are free and
clear of any known defects except such defects as do not substantially interfere
with the continued use thereof in the conduct of normal operations, and are able
to serve the function for which they are  currently  being used,  except in each
case where the failure of such asset to meet such requirements would not have or
is not reasonably  likely to have a material  adverse effect on the  management,
business,  properties,  assets,  operations or condition (financial or other) of
the Borrower.

        Section  4.07.  The  Collateral.  The chief place of business  and chief
executive  office of the Borrower,  and the office where the Borrower  keeps its
records  concerning  its  Accounts  Receiv  able,  and each  location  where the
Borrower  keeps any of the  Collateral is located at the addresses  specified on
Schedule 4.07 hereto. The Borrower owns the Collateral in which it has granted a
security interest in favor of the Bank pursuant to the Related  Documents,  free
and clear of any lien, security interest charge

                                              28

<PAGE>



or encumbrance, except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement or the
Related  Documents  or as  otherwise  disclosed  in Schedule  4.06  hereto.  All
financing  statements  and  filings  required  to be filed,  and all other steps
required to be taken, pursuant to this Agreement and the Related Documents, have
been filed in the proper offices or have been taken,  as the case may be, in all
jurisdictions  and offices  where such  filings or other steps are  necessary to
have been filed or taken, in order to cause the Bank to have, and the Bank has a
valid,  perfected,  continuing and enforceable  security interest in and Lien on
the  Collateral  and such  security  interest  and Lien ranks prior to any other
security  interest  in or Lien  upon  the  Collateral,  except  as set  forth on
Schedule 4.06 hereto and pursuant to this Agreement or the Related  Documents or
as otherwise permitted hereunder.

        Section 4.08.  Capitalization  and Corporate  Structure.  The authorized
capital stock of (i) the Borrower consists of 10,000,000 shares of Common Stock,
and  2,788,228  shares  of Common  Stock  are  validly  issued,  fully  paid and
nonassessable,  (ii) Vicon  Industries (UK) Limited consists of 75,000 shares of
ordinary stock and 25,000 shares of non-voting  stock, of which 75,000 shares of
ordinary stock are validly  issued,  fully paid and  nonassessable,  and 100% of
such common stock is owned of record and beneficially by the Borrower, and (iii)
Vicon Industries  Foreign Sales  Corporation  consists of 1,000 shares of Common
Stock of which 100 shares of common  stock are  validly  issued,  fully paid and
nonassessable.  There  are  no  outstanding  subscriptions,  warrants,  options,
convertible  securities or other rights  (contingent  or other),  or commitments
therefor, to subscribe for, purchase or acquire any shares of Common Stock or to
pay any  dividends  on any shares of Common  Stock,  except in  accordance  with
Section  7.08 and 7.09,  or to  distribute  to any  holders of Common  Stock any
properties or assets of the  Borrower.  The Borrower has no  Subsidiaries  other
than  Vicon  Industries  (UK)  Limited  and  Vicon   Industries   Foreign  Sales
Corporation.

        Section 4.09. No Default. The Borrower is not in default in any material
respect  in the  payment  or  performance  of any  of  its  respective  material
obligations  for the  payment  of money  or  under  any  franchise,  license  or
leasehold interest and no Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to
the Borrower, the effect of any of which would have a material adverse effect on
the management, business, properties, assets, operations, prospects or condition
(financial or other) of the Borrower.

        Section  4.10.  No  Secondary  Liabilities.  There  are no out  standing
contracts of guaranty or suretyship  made by the Bor rower,  nor is the Borrower
subject to any other material contingent  liability or obligation required to be
shown on the financial  statements of the Borrower,  except (a) as shown on such
financial  statements  previously  furnished to the Bank, (b) the endorsement of
negotiable instruments for deposit or collection

                                              29

<PAGE>



or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business and
(c) as set forth on Schedule 7.01(g) hereto.

        Section 4.11.  Taxes. The Borrower has filed, or caused to be filed, all
federal,  state,  local and foreign tax returns that are required to be filed by
it and has paid,  or caused to be paid,  all taxes,  and interest and  penalties
thereon, on or before the due dates thereof. Except to the extent that reserves,
determined  in accordance  with GAAP,  therefor are reflected in the most recent
audited financial statements of the Borrower: (a) there are no material federal,
state or local tax  liabilities of the Borrower due or to become due for any tax
year ended on or prior to the date of the  balance  sheet  included  in the most
recent financial  statements of the Borrower,  whether incurred in respect of or
measured by the income of such entity,  which are not properly  reflected in the
such balance sheet, and (b) there are no material claims pending or, to the best
knowledge of the Borrower,  proposed or threatened against the Borrower for past
federal,  state  or local  taxes,  except  those,  if any,  as to  which  proper
reserves,  determined in accordance  with GAAP, are reflected in the most recent
audited financial statements.

        Section 4.12. Financial Statements and Condition.  The audited financial
statements  of the Borrower as of September  30,  1993,  September  30, 1994 and
September 30, 1995 present  fairly the financial  position of the Borrower as of
the dates of said statements,  and the results of operations of the Borrower for
the periods  covered by said statements of earnings are in accordance with GAAP,
except as disclosed  therein.  As of September  30, 1995,  there are no material
obligations or liabilities,  direct or indirect, fixed or contingent,  which are
not  reflected  in such  financial  statements  and that are  required  to be so
reflected  thereon  under GAAP. No material  adverse  change in the manage ment,
business, assets, properties,  operations,  prospects or condition (financial or
otherwise) of the Borrower has occurred since September 30, 1995.

        Section 4.13.  Compliance  with ERISA.  Each Plan that is intended to be
"qualified"  within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the IRC either (i) has been
determined  by the Internal  Revenue  Service to be so qualified  and each trust
created  thereunder has been  determined by the Internal  Revenue  Service to be
tax-exempt  under  Section  501(a) of the IRC or (ii) has been or will be timely
submitted  to the  Internal  Revenue  Service for such  determinations,  and the
Borrower knows of any fact that would indicate that the qualified  status of any
such Plan, or the tax-exempt  status of any trust created  thereunder,  has been
materially  adversely  affected.  No material  "accumulated  funding deficiency"
(within  the  meaning  of  Section  302 of ERISA or  Section  412 of the IRC) or
"waived  funding  deficiency"  (within  the  meaning of Section  303 of ERISA or
Section 412 of the IRC) has been  incurred by any Plan.  No material  Reportable
Event or

                                              30

<PAGE>



material Prohibited Transaction has occurred with respect to any Plan. There are
no  "multiemployer  plans"  (within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA) which
are  "pension  plans"  (within  the  meaning of Section  3(2) of ERISA) that are
maintained,  or  otherwise  contributed  to,  or have ever  been  maintained  or
otherwise contributed to, by the Borrower. The Borrower has neither incurred any
material  liability  under  Title IV of ERISA  arising  in  connection  with the
termination  of, or withdrawal  from, any Plan covered or previously  covered by
Title IV of ERISA nor has any  outstanding  liability or  obligation to the PBGC
(other than for premiums).  No Plan is currently under  investigation,  audit or
review by the Internal Revenue Service or any other federal or state agency.

        Section 4.14.  Retiree  Health and Life  Insurance  Benefits.  Except as
described in Schedule 4.14, no retiree health or retiree life insurance benefits
are  provided  under  the  terms of any Plan that is  maintained,  or  otherwise
contributed to, by the Borrower for the benefit of employees (including, without
limi tation, any retired employees), except as may be required by law.

        Section 4.15. Patents and trademarks.  The Borrower possesses sufficient
valid  patents,  patent rights or licenses,  trademark  rights or trade name and
trade rights to conduct its  business as now  operated,  with no known  conflict
with valid patent  rights or licenses,  trademarks,  trademark  rights and trade
names or trade  rights of others  which may  reasonably  be  expected  to have a
material  adverse  effect  on  the  management,  business,  properties,  assets,
operations or condition (financial or other) of the Borrower.  Each such patent,
patent right, license,  trademark right, trade name and trade right is listed in
Schedule 4.15 hereto.

        Section  4.16.  Environmental  Matters.  Except as disclosed in Schedule
4.16 hereto, the Borrower and each parcel of real property owned or leased by it
are in material  compliance with all Environmental Laws; there are no conditions
existing  currently  or likely to exist  that  would  subject  the  Borrower  to
damages,  penalties,  injunctive  relief or cleanup costs in an aggregate amount
exceeding $50,000 under any Environmental Laws or assertions  thereof,  or which
require or are  likely to require  cleanup,  removal,  remedial  action or other
response pursuant to Environmental  Laws by the Borrower;  the Borrower is not a
party to any litigation, governmental,  regulatory or administrative proceedings
involving an individual claim in excess of $50,000 or claims in the aggregate in
excess  of  $50,000,  nor so far as is known by it,  is any such  litigation  or
administrative  proceeding  threatened against it, which asserts or alleges that
the  Borrower  has  violated  or is  violating  Environmental  Laws or that  the
Borrower is required to clean up,  remove or take  remedial or other  responsive
action due to the disposal,  depositing,  storage,  discharge,  leaking or other
release of any hazardous substances

                                              31

<PAGE>



or  materials;  the Borrower has obtained all  applicable  permits,  licenses or
authorizations from governmental  authorities  required under Environmental Laws
relative to each parcel of real property  owned or leased by it; the Borrower is
in  compliance  with all terms and  conditions  of such  permits,  licenses  and
authoriza  tions;  and  there  are not  now,  nor to the best  knowledge  of the
Borrower have there ever been, materials stored,  spilled,  deposited,  treated,
recycled  or disposed of on,  under or at any parcel of real  property  owned or
leased by the Borrower,  or stored,  spilled,  deposited,  treated,  recycled or
disposed of at the direction of the Borrower,  present in soils or ground water,
that  would  require  cleanup,  removal  or some  other  remedial  action  under
Environmental Laws.

        Section 4.17. Investment Company Act. The Borrower is not an "investment
company" or a company "controlled" by an "investment company" within the meaning
of the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940,  as  amended,  or subject to any other
statute that regulates the incurring of indebtedness for borrowed money.

        Section  4.18.  Margin  Regulations.  The Borrower is not engaged in the
business of extending  credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying  "margin
stock" or "margin  securities" (within the meaning of Regulation U), none of the
obligations or liabilities of the Borrower are secured,  directly or indirectly,
by "margin  stock" or "margin  securities",  and no part of the pro ceeds of any
extension of credit hereunder will be used for the purpose,  whether  immediate,
incidental  or ultimate,  of purchasing or carrying any margin stock" or "margin
securities",  or in a manner which would breach of contravene any of Regulations
G, T, U, or X.

        Section 4.19.  Subsequent  Funding  Representations  and Warranties.  In
order to induce the Bank to make any Loans after the Initial Borrowing Date, the
Borrower  hereby  represents  and  warrants  that,  on and as of the date of the
making of each Loan (a) the  representations  and  warranties  set forth in this
Article 4 are true and  correct  as if made on and as of such  date,  except for
changes which occur and which are not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement.

        Section  4.20.  Labor  Relations.  There are no  material  controversies
pending  between the Borrower and any of its employees,  which in the aggregate,
might  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  management,  business,  assets,
properties,  operations,  prospects or  conditions  (financial  or other) of the
Borrower.


Representations Concerning the Collateral


                                              32

<PAGE>



        Section 4.21.        Collateral: Instruments, Etc.  (a)  None of
the Collateral is evidenced by a promissory note or other
instrument, except such promissory notes or other instruments as
have been delivered to the Bank hereunder or will be delivered to
the Bank prior to the initial borrowing date under the Credit
Agreement.

        Section 4.22.        Receivables.          All Receivables (i) represent
complete bona fide transactions (except for minimal training and
installation) which require no further act under any circumstances on Borrower's
part to make such Receivables  payable by the account debtors,  (ii) to the best
of Borrower's  knowledge,  are not subject to any present,  future or contingent
offsets  or  counterclaims,  and  (iii)  do  rot  represent  consignment  sales,
guaranteed sales,  sale or return or other similar  understanding or obligations
of any Affiliate or Subsidiary of Borrower.

        Section 4.23. Name. The correct  corporate name of the Borrower is Vicon
Industries,  Inc. and,  except as set forth on Schedule 4.07 attached hereto and
made a part hereof,  the Borrower has no other corporate name or fictitious name
and has not, during the immediately  preceding five (5) years,  been known under
or used any other corporate or fictitious name.


                         ARTICLE 5. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

        Section 5.01. Conditions Precedent to Initial Funding. The obligation of
the Bank to make any  Loan to the  Borrower  on the  Initial  Borrowing  Date is
subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions precedent:

               (a) The  Bank  shall  have  received  on or  before  the Ini tial
Borrowing Date each of the following documents and instru ments, each dated such
date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Bank:

                      (i) (a) a  certificate  of the  Secretary  of the Borrower
        dated the Initial  Borrowing Date,  certifying that (I) attached thereto
        are  true  and  complete  copies  of the  resolutions  of the  Board  of
        Directors  of the  Borrower  authorizing  the  execution,  delivery  and
        performance by the Borrower of this Agreement,  the borrowings hereunder
        by the  Borrower and the  execution,  delivery  and  performance  by the
        Borrower of the Note and such of the Related  Documents to which it is a
        party, and (II) said resolutions are all the resolutions  adopted by the
        Board of Directors of the Borrower in connection  with the  transactions
        contemplated   thereby  and  are  in  full  force  and  effect   without
        modification as of such date;


                                              33

<PAGE>



                      (ii) (a) a copy of the Certificate of Incorporation of the
        Borrower  certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the
        jurisdiction of its  incorporation;  (b) a certificate of said Secretary
        of  State  as to the due  organization,  corporate  existence  and  good
        standing of the Borrower as of a recent date; (c)  certificates  of good
        standing of the  Secretary  of State of each  jurisdiction  in which the
        Borrower is  qualified  to do  business;  and (d) a  certificate  of the
        Secretary  or  Assistant  Secretary  of the  Borrower  dated the Initial
        Borrowing  Date,  certifying  (I) that  attached  thereto  is a true and
        complete  copy  of  its  By-laws  as in  effect  on  the  date  of  such
        certification,  (II) that its Certificate of Incorporation  has not been
        amended since the date of the last  amendment  thereto  indicated in the
        certificate of the Secretary of State  furnished  pursuant to clause (a)
        above,  and (III) as to the  incumbency  and  signatures  of each of its
        officers  executing  this  Agreement,  the Note  and  such of the  other
        Related Documents to which it is a party;

                      (iii) this Agreement,  the Note, the Letters of Credit, if
        any, the Pledge  Agreement,  the  Landlord  Waivers,  the  Subordination
        Agreement and the Lock-Box  Agreement,  duly executed by all the parties
        thereto (other than the Bank) and the Borrower shall have  established a
        lock-box  account  at the Bank and all steps  shall  have been  taken to
        commence operation thereof;

                      (iv)  evidence  that  all  actions  necessary  or,  in the
        opinion of the Bank and its  counsel,  desirable,  to create and perfect
        the  security  interests  and other  Liens  granted  under  the  Related
        Documents, have been duly taken and that there are no security interests
        senior to the security interests granted in favor of the Bank;

                      (v) an opinion of Schoeman,  Marsh & Updike,  LLP, counsel
        to  the   Borrower,   or  other  counsel   satisfactory   to  the  Bank,
        substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto;

                      (vi) such  consents,  approvals  or  acknowledgments  with
        respect to such of the transactions  hereunder as may be necessary or as
        the Bank or its counsel may deem appropriate;

                      (vii) a certificate  of the Borrower  signed on its behalf
        by its  president  or  chief  financial  officer  that  (A)  each of the
        Financial  Covenants  contained  in Article VII is complied  with by the
        Borrower, and calculating such covenants, (B) no material adverse change
        in  the  business,  assets,  properties,  operations,  prospects  or the
        condition  (financial or  otherwise) of the Borrower has occurred  since
        September 30, 1995, (C) no material litigation or

                                              34

<PAGE>



        administrative proceeding of or before any court or governmental body or
        agency is pending  or  threatened  against  the  Borrower  or any of its
        properties other than as disclosed in Schedule 4.04 hereto,  and (D) the
        Borrower is in compliance  with all pertinent  federal,  state and local
        laws, rules and regulations,  including,  without limitation, those with
        respect to ERISA, OSHA and all Environmental Laws;

                      (viii) the  completed  field audit of the  Borrower by the
        Bank or a  Person  designated  by the Bank of the  Accounts  Receivable,
        Inventory and accounting systems of the Borrower;

                      (ix) a certificate  showing that,  (A) after giving effect
        to (I) the issuance of the Letters of Credit,  if any,  requested by the
        Borrower (II) the consummation of all other transactions contemplated by
        this  Agreement,   and  (III)  all  Transaction  Costs,  and  (B)  after
        subtracting trade payables (excluding trade payables to the Subordinated
        Lenders) 60 days or more past due and any uncovered book overdrafts, the
        Available Commitment is not less than $1,000,000;

                      (x)   satisfactory   review,   in  the  Bank's  sole  sole
        discretion,  of the books and  records  of the  Borrower,  all  material
        contracts of the Borrower,  including, but not limited to, vendor supply
        agreement, and all trade references of the Borrower;

                      (xii) evidence that the Existing  Credit Facility has been
        satisfied  in full  (and all UCC  termination  statements  signed by the
        appropriate  Existing  Lender which  terminate all  financing  statement
        filed in favor of the Existing Lenders have been delivered to the Bank);

                      (xii) evidence  that, as of the date hereof,  the Borrower
        has paid all past and current  premiums  due and payable on its existing
        insurance policies,  together with copies of insurance policies required
        hereby  and  all  loss  payee/additional   insured  endorsements,   duly
        executed, required under the terms of this Agreement, to be delivered no
        later than the Initial Borrowing Date; and

                      (xiii)  such other and further  documents  as the Bank and
        its  counsel  may  have  reasonably  requested  and all  legal  matters,
        incident to this Agreement,  the transactions  contemplated  hereby, the
        Letters of Credit and the Loans shall be reasonably  satisfactory to the
        Bank and its counsel;

               (b)    At the time of the Initial Borrowing Date, the
following statements shall be true and correct and the Bank shall

                                              35

<PAGE>



have  received  a  certificate  of the  Borrower  signed on its behalf by a duly
authorized  officer  of the  Borrower,  dated such  date,  stating  that (i) the
representations  and  warranties  contained in this Agreement and in the Related
Documents  are true and correct on and as of such date  before and after  giving
effect to the initial  funding  hereunder and to the application of the proceeds
therefrom,  as though  made on or as of such  date;  and (ii)  before  and after
giving effect to the initial funding  hereunder,  no Event of Default or Default
shall have occurred or would result in such Event of Default.

               (c) The Bank shall have received, concurrently with the making of
any Loan hereunder on the Initial Borrowing Date, payment in full of all amounts
then due and  payable  under the  terms of this  Agreement,  including,  without
limitation,  (i) all of the fees  payable to the Bank  pursuant to Section  2.11
hereof, and (ii) all of the Bank's out-of-pocket  expenses  (including,  without
limitation,  the reasonable  fees and  disbursements  of the Bank's in-house and
outside counsel).

        Section 5.02.  Conditions  Precedent to Initial and Subsequent Fundings.
The  obligation of the Bank to make or convert any Loan  (including any Loans to
be made on the Initial  Borrowing  Date) shall be subject to the  fulfillment of
the following conditions precedent on or before the relevant Borrowing Date:

               (a) (i) the  representations  and warranties set forth in Section
4.21 of this Agreement and in the Related Documents shall be true and correct on
and as of such  Borrowing  Date or  Conversion  Date as though made on and as of
such date,  (ii) the Borrower shall then be in compliance with all the terms and
provisions of this  Agreement  and the Note and the other  Related  Documents to
which it is a party,  (iii) no Event of Default or Default  shall have  occurred
and be continuing,  and (iv) the Bank, if the Bank requests the same, shall have
received a certificate of the Borrower  signed on its behalf by its president or
its chief financial officer to such effect;

               (b) the Bank shall have  received,  if it so requests,  the legal
opinion of counsel to the Borrower,  in form and substance  satisfactory  to the
Bank,  as to the  continuing  accuracy  of prior  opinions,  and as to any other
matters on which the Bank may reasonably request a legal opinion;

               (c)  the  Bank  shall  have   received  such  other  and  further
documents,  certificates,  reports and other  information  and  assurances  with
respect to the Borrower as the Bank may reasonably request; and


                                              36

<PAGE>



               (d) the Bank shall have  received  all fees  payable  pursuant to
Section 2.11 hereof and all other amounts due hereunder.


                        ARTICLE 6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

        The Borrower  hereby  covenants and agrees that, from and after the date
of  execution  of  this  Agreement  and so long as any  amount  may be  borrowed
hereunder or remains  unpaid on account of the Note,  or is otherwise due to the
Bank under this Agreement or any Related  Document,  and for a period of 91 days
thereafter, the Borrower shall comply with each of the following covenants:

        Section 6.01.  Maintenance of Corporate  Existence and Prop erties.  The
Borrower shall do or cause to be done all things  necessary to preserve and keep
in full force and effect its corporate existence and all of its other rights and
franchises and comply with all laws  applicable to it in all material re spects;
continue  to  conduct  its  business  substantially  as now and  proposed  to be
conducted;  and, in all material respects, at all times, maintain,  preserve and
protect all  franchises  and trade names and preserve  all the  remainder of its
property  in use or useful in the conduct of its  business  and keep the same in
good repair, working order and condition and from time to time make, or cause to
be  made,  all  necessary  and  proper  repairs,   renewals  and   replacements,
betterments  and  improvements  thereto  so  that  the  business  carried  on in
connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times.

        Section 6.02. Insurance.  (a) The Borrower shall maintain or cause to be
maintained with financially sound reputable  insurers  reasonably  acceptable to
the Bank, the insurance  policies and programs listed on Schedule 6.02(a) hereto
(including liability insurance) (which Schedule shall contain the information in
clauses  (i)-(iv)  below) or  substantially  similar  programs or  policies  and
amounts or other  programs,  policies and amounts  reasonably  acceptable to the
Bank.  Such  policies  shall provide for 30 days prior notice to the Bank of any
amendment,  modification,  cancellation or termination  thereof.  Not later than
thirty (30) days prior the renewal,  replacement or material modification of any
policy or program,  the Borrower  shall  deliver or cause to be delivered to the
Bank a detailed schedule setting forth for each such policy or program:  (i) the
amount of such policy,  (ii) the risks and amounts  (with  deductibles)  insured
against by such  policy,  (iii) the name of the insurer and each  insured  party
under such policy, (iv) the policy number of such policy and (v) a comparison of
such policy with the policy so renewed, replaced or modified. Not later than the
Initial  Bor  rowing  Date,  the  Borrower  shall  cause the Bank to be named as
beneficiary or loss payee on any such property insurance.


                                              37

<PAGE>



               (b) Within one Business Day after receipt by the Bor rower of any
insurance proceeds or a condemnation  award in excess of $100,000,  the Borrower
shall provide to the Bank written notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed
in writing)  thereof and a description of the property  damaged,  lost or taken.
Such notice shall  specify  whether or not the property  damaged,  lost or taken
will be  restored or  replaced,  and if so,  such  notice  shall also  include a
description of the plans, if any, to restore or replace such property; provided,
however,  that in the event that the amount of any such  insurance  proceeds  or
condemnation  award  exceeds  $250,000,  and if  the  Bank  in its  commercially
reasonable  discretion deems the subject property unrestorable or irreplaceable,
the  Borrower  shall not  restore or replace  such  property  without  the prior
written consent of the Bank, and absent such consent, such insurance proceeds or
condemnation  award  shall  forthwith  be paid to the  Bank and  applied  to the
Obligations  of the Borrower  then  outstanding  in such order as the Bank shall
determine.

        Section 6.03.  Punctual Payment.  The Borrower shall duly
and punctually pay the principal of and interest on the Note and
any other amount due under this Agreement or any of the Related
Documents to which it is a party.

        Section  6.04.  Payment  of  Liabilities.  The  Borrower  shall  pay and
discharge  in the  ordinary  course  of  business,  all of its  obligations  and
liabilities   (including,   without   limitation,   tax  liabilities  and  other
governmental  charges),  except where the same may be contested in good faith by
appropriate  proceedings,  and  maintain  in  accordance  with GAAP  appropriate
reserves for any of the same.

        Section  6.05.  Compliance  with Laws.  The Borrower  shall  observe and
comply  with  all  applicable  laws,  statutes,   rules,  regulations  or  other
requirements  having  the  force  of law,  including,  without  limitation,  all
Environmental  Laws, except where the failure to comply therewith will not have,
and is not  reasonably  likely  to have,  a  material  adverse  effect  upon its
management,  business,  assets, properties,  operations,  prospects or condition
(financial or other) of such Person.

        Section  6.06.  Payment  of  Taxes,  Etc.  The  Borrower  shall  pay and
discharge  all lawful taxes,  assessments,  and  governmental  charges or levies
imposed  upon it, or upon its  income or  profits,  or upon any of its  property
(including the Collateral),  before the same shall become in default, as well as
all lawful claims for labor,  materials,  and supplies which,  if unpaid,  might
become a Lien or  charge  upon  such  property  or any part  thereof;  provided,
however,  that no such tax,  assessment,  charge,  levy,  claim need be paid and
discharged  so long as the validity  thereof shall be contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings and there shall have been set aside on the books of such
Person

                                              38

<PAGE>



adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP applied with respect thereto, but such
tax,  assessment,  charge,  levy,  or claim  shall be paid  before the  property
subject thereto shall be sold to satisfy any Lien which had attached as security
therefor.

        Section 6.07.  Financial Statements and Certificates.  The
Borrower shall furnish to the Bank:

               (a) within 90 days  after the end of each  Fiscal  Year,  audited
consolidated  and   consolidating   balance  sheets  of  the  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries  as at the  end  of  such  Fiscal  Year  and  the  related  audited
consolidated  and  consolidating  statements  of income and changes in financial
position of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year,  prepared in
accordance with GAAP, including consolidated and consolidating financial reports
with all related  schedules and notes attached  thereto,  including  comparative
statements  from the prior Fiscal Year, and prepared by, and with an unqualified
certification  of,  independent  public  accountants  satisfactory  to the Bank,
together with a (i) statement (A) stating whether or not such  accountants  have
any  knowledge  that the  Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  is then or has been in
violation of any  covenants  pertaining  to this  Agreement or pertaining to any
other debt covenant of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries and that, to the best of
their  knowledge,  no event has occurred which,  with the passage of time or the
giving  of  notice  or  both,  would  constitute  any  such  violation,  and (B)
certifying  the  amount  of Net  Cash  Flow  for  such  Fiscal  Year,  and  (ii)
accompanied  by a  certificate  signed by the  chief  financial  officer  of the
Borrower  calculating and stating each of the financial  covenants  contained in
Article 9 and commenting upon the financial  statements to an extent  reasonably
satisfactory to the Bank, as requested by the Bank;

               (b) within 45 days after the end of each  Fiscal  Quarter  (other
than the Fiscal  Quarter  ending on the last day of the Fiscal Year),  quarterly
unaudited  consolidated and consolidating  financial  statements of the Borrower
and its  Subsidiaries,  each  certified  by the chief  financial  officer of the
Borrower and prepared in accordance with GAAP (but without footnotes) subject to
normal year-end  adjustments,  including  comparative  statements from the prior
Fiscal Year,  and  accompanied  by a certificate  signed by the chief  financial
officer of the Borrower  calculating and stating each or the financial covenants
contained in Article 9 and commenting upon the financial statements to an extent
reasonably satisfactory to the Bank, as requested by the Bank;

               (c)  within  45 days  after  the end of each  Fiscal  Quarter,  a
certificate  signed by the chief financial officer of the Borrower to the effect
that, to the best of his knowledge,  no Event of Default or Default has occurred
and is continuing,  or, if the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be so in default
or any

                                              39

<PAGE>



such condition,  event or act shall have occurred and be continuing,  specifying
each such default, condition, event or act and the nature and status thereof;

               (d) within 45 days after the end of each month, monthly unaudited
consolidated  and  consolidating  balance  sheets and income  statements  of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

               (e)  within  45 days  prior to the end of each  Fiscal  Year,  an
annual updated long-range  business and strategic plan,  including cash flow and
other financial  projections (setting forth in detail the assumptions  therefor)
on a  month-to-month  basis  for  the  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries  for the
immediately following Fiscal Year;

               (f) as soon as available,  a true copy of any "management letter"
or  other  communication  to the  Borrower  (or  any of its  Subsidiaries),  its
officers or its Board of Directors by its  accountants  regarding  matters which
arose or were  ascertained  during  the  course  of the  audit  and  which  said
accountants determined ought to be brought to management's attention;

               (g) appraisals of any of the assets of the Borrower as
the Bank from time to time may reasonably request; and

               (h) as soon as practicable, such other information concerning the
financial  affairs and  condition  of the  Borrower as the Bank may from time to
time reasonably request.

        Section  6.08.  Accounts and Reports.  The Borrower  shall keep accurate
records and books of account in which full, accurate and correct entries will be
made of all dealings or transactions in relation to its business and affairs.

        Section  6.09.  Inspection;  Audit.  (A) The  Borrower  shall permit any
authorized  representative  or agent designated by the Bank, to visit,  inspect,
audit and make  extracts  and/or copies of the  properties  and condition of the
Borrower,  including its books of account and accounts receivable, and the other
Collateral,  including,  but not  limited  to,  management  letters  prepared by
independent accountants;  and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with
its officers and  independent  accountants  at such times and as often as may be
requested  by  the  Bank,  and  to  make  and  obtain  such   confirmations  and
examinations  of the  books  and  records  of the  Borrower  as the  Bank  deems
appropriate  (including  without  limitation by means of verifications  from the
Borrower's  account  debtors).  Borrower will deliver to the Bank any instrument
necessary  for the Bank to obtain  records from any service  bureau  maintaining
records for Borrower.


                                              40

<PAGE>



               (B) The Borrower shall provide to the Bank, at the request of the
Bank made from time to time,  environmental  audit reports in form and substance
satisfactory to the Bank.

        Section 6.10. Auditors. The Borrower shall at all times retain a firm of
independent public  accountants  satisfactory to the Bank to act as the auditors
of  the  Borrower,  including,  without  limitation,  to  perform  the  auditing
functions required under the terms of this Article 6.

        Section 6.11.  ERISA. The Borrower shall (a) maintain each Plan so as to
satisfy  the  qualification  requirements  of  Section  401(a) of the IRC in all
material  respects,  (b)  contribute  in a timely  manner to each  Plan  amounts
sufficient to satisfy in all material respects, the minimum funding requirements
of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the IRC without any application for a
waiver from any such funding requirements,  (c) cause each Plan to comply in all
material  respects with  applicable  law (d) pay in a timely manner all required
premiums to the PBGC, and (e) furnish to the Bank (i) as soon as possible and in
any  event  within 30 days  after  the  Borrower  knows  thereof,  notice of the
occurrence or expected  occurrence of any ERISA Termination Event, waiver of the
minimum funding requirement for any Plan or any material Prohibited  Transaction
with respect to any Plan.

        Section 6.12. Notice of Default, Litigation. The Borrower shall promptly
give notice in writing to the Bank of (a) the occurrence of any Event of Default
or any Default,  or (b) the occurrence of any material litigation or proceedings
affecting  the Borrower or of any dispute  between the Borrower or any Affiliate
and any governmental regulatory body or any other person involving an individual
claim in excess of $50,000 or claims in the aggregate in excess of $100,000.

        Section 6.13. Bank Accounts; Lockbox. The Borrower shall maintain at all
times all  corporate  operating  demand  deposit and checking  accounts with the
Bank. The Lockbox Agreement will remain  continuously in effect and will provide
that all  remittances  from account debtors of the Borrower shall be credited to
the Borrower's account one (1) Business Day after the Business Day that the Bank
receives such  remittances  by wire  transfer,  electronic  depository  check or
otherwise in immediately available funds

        Section 6.14. UCC Filings. Within 30 days of the Initial Borrowing Date,
the Borrower  shall deliver to the Bank UCC search  reports  evidencing  (i) UCC
filings  made  in each  jurisdiction  required  pursuant  to the  terms  of this
Agreement on behalf of the Bank,  and (ii) that such filings were made within 10
days of the Initial Borrowing Date.



                                              41

<PAGE>



                          ARTICLE 7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

        The Borrower  hereby  covenants and agrees that, from and after the date
of  execution  of  this  Agreement  and so long as any  amount  may be  borrowed
hereunder or remains  unpaid on account of the Note,  or is otherwise due to the
Bank under this  Agreement or any Related  Document,  the Borrower  shall comply
with each of the following covenants:

        Section 7.01. Indebtedness.  The Borrower shall not,
directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or otherwise become
or remain liable with respect to any Indebtedness other than:

               (a) Indebtedness of the Borrower to the Bank incurred
pursuant to this Agreement or the Related Documents;

               (b)    Indebtedness of the Borrower to the Subordinated
Lenders incurred secured by liens which are subject to the terms
of the Subordination Agreement;

               (c)  Indebtedness  of the Borrower which is unsecured (or secured
by the Liens referred to in Section  7.02(c) and (d)) and incurred in the normal
course of business in  connection  with  installment  purchases  or  Capitalized
Leases of  equipment  or fixed  assets,  in an  aggregate  amount not  exceeding
$100,000 at any time outstanding;

               (d) taxes, assessments,  and governmental charges with respect to
the  Borrower  to the  extent  that  payment  thereof  shall  not at the time be
required to be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.06 hereof;

               (e) current trade accounts  payable or accrued,  operating  lease
obligations and deferred liabilities other than for borrowed money, all incurred
and continuing in the ordinary  course of business,  exclusive of trade accounts
payable and operating lease  obligations  which shall remain unpaid for a period
longer than six months after the same shall have become due and payable,  unless
they shall be contested in good faith and,  where  appropriate,  by  appropriate
proceedings;

               (f)    Indebtedness expressly permitted by Section 7.04;
and

               (g)  Indebtedness  set  forth  on  Schedule  7.01(g);   provided;
however;  that (i) such Indebtedness shall be reduced,  as scheduled on the date
hereof, as set forth in the agreements  evidencing such Indebtedness as noted in
Schedule 7.01(g) and (ii) with respect to item 3 on Schedule  7.01(g),  the Loan
Agreement shall never exceed $700,000 pounds sterling  without the prior written
consent of the Bank.


                                              42

<PAGE>



        Section 7.02.  Liens.  The Borrower  shall not,  directly or indirectly,
create,  incur,  assume or permit to exist any Lien on or with respect to any of
its property or assets,  whether now owned or hereafter acquired  (including the
Collateral),  except Liens arising under the Related Documents, and (a) Liens in
favor of the Bank;  (b)  Customary  Permitted  Liens;  (c) Liens in favor of the
Subordinated  Lenders  which  is  subject  to the  terms  of  the  Subordination
Agreement;  (d) Liens incurred in connection with the purchase or acquisition of
equipment or fixed assets,  as security for the deferred purchase or acquisition
price of such equipment or assets,  each of which Liens shall extend only to the
equipment  or fixed  assets so purchased or acquired and shall secure only up to
100% of the deferred purchase or acquisition price thereof;  provided,  however,
that the aggregate amount of all Indebtedness  (excluding all Indebtedness  owed
by the Borrower to the  Subordinated  Lenders secured by liens which are subject
to the terms of the  Subordination  Agreement)  secured by such Liens  shall not
exceed at any time $250,000; and (e) Liens disclosed on Schedule 4.06.

        Section  7.03.   Investments.   The  Borrower  shall  not,  directly  or
indirectly, except as otherwise expressly permitted by Section 7.11, purchase or
otherwise  acquire any Securities of any Person,  or make any direct or indirect
loan,  advance or other financial  accommodation or any capital  contribution to
any Person,  or make any  investment in any Person,  except  investments in Cash
Equivalents.

        Section 7.04. Contingent  Obligations.  The Borrower shall not, directly
or indirectly,  create,  incur, assume or otherwise become or remain liable with
respect to any Indebtedness or other obligation or liability of any Person other
than, (a) guaranties  resulting from  endorsement of negotiable  instruments for
collection in the ordinary  course of business;  (b) warranties  with respect to
performance,  and not relating to Indebtedness of any Person, which have been or
are made in the ordinary course of business of such Person to its customers; and
(c) such  contingent  obligations  as set forth on Schedule  7.01(g);  provided;
however;  that (i) such  Indebtedness  set forth on  Schedule  7.01(g)  shall be
reduced,  as  scheduled  on the date  hereof,  as set  forth  in the  agreements
evidencing such  Indebtedness as noted in Schedule 7.01(g) and (ii) with respect
to item 3 on Schedule  7.01(g),  the Loan Agreement  shall never exceed $700,000
pounds sterling without the prior written consent of the Bank..

        Section 7.05. Fundamental Changes. (a) The Borrower shall not enter into
any merger or  consolidation,  or  liquidate,  wind-up or  dissolve,  or convey,
lease, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, in one transaction or a series of
transactions,  all or  substantially  all of its  business,  property or assets,
whether now or hereafter acquired.


                                              43

<PAGE>



               (b)  The   Borrower   shall  not   purchase  or  acquire  all  or
substantially  all of the  business,  properties,  assets or  Securities  of any
Person, or create or form any Subsidiary.

               (c) The  Borrower  shall not change the nature of its business as
currently  conducted or engage in any new business which is not an integral part
of its business as currently conducted.

               (d) The Borrower shall not undergo any Change in
Control.

        Section 7.06.  Dispositions  of Assets.  The Borrower  shall not assign,
sell,  lease or otherwise  dispose of, whether by sale,  merger,  consolidation,
liquidation,  dissolution  or  otherwise,  any of its assets,  without the prior
written  consent  of the  Bank,  except  dispositions  of (a)  Inventory  in the
ordinary  course of  business;  and (b)  obsolete  or replaced  Equipment  in an
aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000 during each Fiscal Year.

        Section 7.07. Sales and Leasebacks. The Borrower shall not become liable
directly or  indirectly,  with respect to any lease,  whether a Capital Lease or
any other lease,  of any property  (whether real or personal or mixed),  whether
now owned or here after acquired,  which the Borrower has sold or transferred or
is to sell or transfer to any other Person.

        Section 7.08.  Issuances and  Dispositions  of Securities.  The Borrower
shall not make any  change in its  capital  structure  or issue any  Securities,
excluding any Securities  issued pursuant to stock options set forth on Schedule
7.08 hereto,  without the prior written consent of the Bank, which consent shall
not be unreasonably withheld.

        Section 7.09.  Dividends and Redemptions.  (a) The Borrower
shall not declare, pay or make any dividend or other distribution
of assets, properties, cash, rights, obligations or Securities on
account of any shares of its Securities.

               (b) The Borrower  shall not,  directly or  indirectly,  purchase,
redeem or retire or otherwise acquire any shares of its Securities,  without the
prior  written  consent of the Bank,  which  consent  shall not be  unreasonably
withheld.

        Section 7.10.  Amendment of Charter.  The Borrower shall not
make any amendment to its charter documents.

        Section 7.11.  Transactions  with  Affiliates and Certain Other Persons.
The Borrower shall not,  directly or  indirectly,  enter into or permit to exist
any transaction (including,  without limitation,  the purchase,  sale, lease, or
exchange of any property and guarantees and assumptions of obligations of an

                                              44

<PAGE>



Affiliate) with any stockholder, officer, director, employee or Affiliate of the
Borrower, other than (a) as otherwise expressly permitted by Sections 7.08, 7.09
and 7.12; (b) with the Permitted Affiliates provided such transactions are on an
arm's-length,  third-party  basis; and (c) loans or advances to employees of the
Borrower in an aggregate amount not exceeding $25,000 at any time outstanding.

        Section  7.12.  Compensation.  The Borrower  shall not make any loans or
other advances of money (other than salary to its officers and employees) to any
stockholder, officer, director, employee or Affiliate of the Borrower, except as
expressly permitted by Section 7.09 and 7.11.

        Section 7.13.  Certain other Transactions.  The Borrower
shall not enter into any transaction that materially adversely
affects the Collateral.

        Section 7.14.  Fiscal Year.  The Borrower shall not change
its Fiscal Year.

        Section 7.15.  Formula  Amount.  (A) The Borrower  shall not request any
Loan  hereunder,  which after  giving  effect to the making of such Loan,  would
cause at any time the aggregate  principal amount  outstanding under the Note to
exceed the lesser of the  Commitment  or the Formula  Amount,  (B) the  Borrower
shall not  purchase any F/X  Commitment  such that the  principal  amount of F/X
Commitments outstanding at any one time shall exceed the Maximum F/X Commitment.

        Section 7.16.  ERISA.  The Borrower shall not be or become  obligated to
PBGC in excess of  $50,000 or be or become  obligated  to the  Internal  Revenue
Service with respect to excise or other  penalty  taxes  provided for in Section
4975 of the Code in excess of $50,000.  The  Borrower  shall not seek any waiver
from the  minimum  funding  standard  set forth  under  Section  302 of ERISA or
Section 412 of the IRC or engage in any  material  Prohibited  Transaction  with
respect to any Plan.

        Section 7.17.  Regulations  G, T, U and X. The Borrower shall not apply,
directly or  indirectly,  any part of the proceeds of the Loans for the purpose,
whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of purchasing or carrying any "margin
security" as defined in  Regulation U or for the purpose of reducing or retiring
any  Indebtedness  which was  originally  incurred for any such  purpose,  or in
violation of Regulation G, T, U or X.

        Section  7.18.  Subsidiaries.  The  Borrower  shall  not  form  any  new
Subsidiary  without  the  prior  written  consent  of the  Bank,  and  any  such
Subsidiary shall execute and deliver a Subsidiary Guaranty in form and substance
satisfactory to the Bank.


                                              45

<PAGE>



        Section  7.19.  Supplier  Contracts.  No  change  shall  occur in any of
material supplier  contracts and arrangements of the Borrower which would have a
material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Borrower.


        Section 7.20.  Minimum Payables to Subordinated Lenders.
The Borrower shall not permit its accounts payable to the
Subordinated Lenders to be less than $5,000,000.

        Section 7.21.  Minimum  Availability.  From the date hereof  through and
including June 30, 1996, the Borrower shall not permit,  after subtracting trade
payables (excluding trade payables to the Subordinated  Lenders) 60 days or more
past due and any uncovered book overdrafts,  the Available Commitment to be less
than $750,000.

                   ARTICLE 8. COVENANTS CONCERNING COLLATERAL

        Section 8.01.   Maintenance of Collateral.  (a) The
                        --------------------------
Borrower shall preserve and maintain the security interest
created by this Agreement and will protect and defend its title
to the Collateral so that the security interest so granted shall
be and remain a continuing first and prior perfected security
interest in the Collateral.  The Borrower will not create, assume
or suffer to exist any security interest or other lien or
encumbrance in the Collateral except Permitted Liens.

               (b) The Borrower shall  maintain books and records  pertaining to
the  Collateral  in such  detail,  form and  scope  as the  Bank may  reasonably
require.

        Section 8.02. Taxes, Etc. The Borrower shall pay all taxes,  assessments
and other charges lawfully levied or assessed upon its properties or upon any of
the Collateral when due as and to the extent  required by the Credit  Agreement.
If any such tax or other  charge or  assessment  remains  unpaid  after the date
fixed for its payment  (except  where the same may be contested in good faith by
appropriate  proceeding and the Borrower  maintains in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles  appropriate reserves for any of the same), or if
any lien shall be claimed  which in the Bank's  opinion  may  possibly  create a
valid obligation having priority over the security interest granted hereby,  the
Bank may pay such taxes,  assessments,  charges or claims, without notice to the
Borrower,  and the amount of such  payment  shall be charged to the Borrower and
the Borrower  shall repay the entire amount of such payment within five business
days of its  receipt  of a notice to do so given by the Bank.  The amount of any
payment made pursuant to this Section shall become an obligation of the Borrower
secured by the security interest granted hereby.


                                              46

<PAGE>



        Section 8.03.  Collection and  Verifications  of Collateral and Records.
The  Bank may at any  time  verify  Borrower's  Receivables  utilizing  an audit
control company or any other agent of the Bank,  which  verification may include
direct  requests for  verifications  from the  Borrower's  customers and account
debtors.  At any time following the  occurrence  and  continuance of an Event of
Default, the Bank or the Bank's designee may notify customers or account debtors
of the Bank's security interest in Receivables, collect them directly and charge
the collection costs and expenses to Borrower's  account,  but, unless and until
the Bank does so or gives  Borrower other  instructions,  Borrower shall collect
all  Receivables  for the Bank,  receive  all  payments  thereon  for the Bank's
benefit in trust as the Bank's trustee and immediately  deliver them to the Bank
in the  original  form with all  necessary  endorsements  or, as directed by the
Bank, deposit such payments as directed by the Bank. Promptly after the creation
of any  Receivables,  Borrower shall provide the Bank with schedules  describing
all  Receivables  created or acquired by Borrower and shall  execute and deliver
confirmatory  written  assignments of such  Receivables to the Bank,  Borrower's
failure  to  execute  and  deliver  such   schedules  or  written   confirmatory
assignments of such  Receivables  shall not affect or limit the Bank's  security
interest or other rights in and to the Receivables.  Borrower shall furnish,  at
the Bank's request,  copies of contracts,  invoices or the  equivalent,  and any
original  shipping and delivery  receipts for all  merchandise  sold or services
rendered  and such other  documents  and  information  as the Bank may  require.
Borrower shall also provide the Bank on a monthly (within thirty (30) days after
the end of each month) or more  frequent  basis,  as  requested  by the Bank,  a
detailed  or  aged  trial  balance  of all of  Borrower's  existing  Receivables
specifying  the names and balances  due for each  account  debtor and such other
information  pertaining  to the  Receivables  as the Bank may request.  Borrower
shall  provide the Bank on a monthly  (within  thirty (30) days after the end of
each month),  or more frequent basis, as requested by the Bank, a summary report
of Borrower's  current  Inventory,  certified as true and accurate by Borrower's
President  or Chief  Financial  Officer,  as well as an aged  trial  balance  of
Borrower's  existing  accounts  payable.  Borrower  shall  provide the Bank,  as
requested  by the Bank,  such  other  schedules,  documents  and/or  information
regarding the Collateral as the Bank may require.

        Section 8.04.  Power of Attorney.  Borrower  hereby appoints the Bank or
any other Person whom the Bank may designate as Borrower's attorney,  with power
to: (i) endorse Borrower's name on any checks, notes, acceptances, money orders,
drafts or other  forms of  payment  or  security  that may come into the  Bank's
possession;  (ii) sign Borrower's name on any invoice or bill of lading relating
to any  Receivables,  drafts  against  customers,  schedules and  assignments of
Receivables,  notices  of  assignment,  financing  statements  and other  public
records, verifications of

                                              47

<PAGE>



account and notices to or from customers;  (iii) verify the validity,  amount or
any other matter  relating to any  Receivable by mail,  telephone,  telegraph or
otherwise with account  debtors;  (iv) on or after the occurrence of an Event of
Default,  execute  customs  declarations  and  such  other  documents  as may be
required to clear  Inventory  through  Customs;  (v) do all things  necessary to
carry out this  Agreement  and any  Related  Document;  and (vi) on or after the
occurrence and during the  continuation of an Event of Default,  notify the post
office  authorities to change the address for delivery of Borrower's  mail to an
address  designated  by the Bank,  and to receive,  open and dispose of all mail
addressed to  Borrower.  Borrower  hereby  ratifies and approves all acts of the
attorney.  Neither  the Bank nor the  attorney  will be  liable  for any acts or
omissions  or for any error of judgment  or mistake of fact or law.  This power,
being coupled with an interest,  is irrevocable so long as any Receivable  which
is  assigned  to the Bank or in which the Bank has a security  interest  remains
unpaid and until the Obligations have been fully satisfied.

        Section 8.05. Further Assurances. (a) The Borrower agrees that from time
to time, at the expense of the Borrower,  the Borrower will promptly execute and
deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that
may be  necessary  or  appropriate,  or that the Bank may  request,  in order to
create, evidence, perfect or preserve any security interest granted or purported
to be granted  hereby or to enable the Bank to  exercise  and enforce its rights
and remedies  hereunder  with respect to any  Collateral.  Without  limiting the
generality of the foregoing,  the Borrower will: (i) at the request of the Bank,
mark conspicuously each chattel paper included in the Collateral and each of its
records  pertaining  to the  Collateral  with a  legend,  in form and  substance
satisfactory  to the Bank,  indicating that such chattel paper is subject to the
security  interest  granted hereby;  (ii) if any account shall be evidenced by a
promissory note or other instrument or chattel paper,  deliver and pledge to the
Bank  hereunder  such note,  instrument  or  chattel  paper  duly  endorsed  and
accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment,  all in form
and substance satisfactory to the Bank; (iii) execute and file such financing or
continuation  statements,  or amendments thereto,  and such other instruments or
notices, as may be necessary or desirable,  or as the Bank may request, in order
to create,  evidence,  perfect or preserve  the  security  interests  granted or
purported to be granted hereby;  and (iv) immediately  deliver to the Bank, duly
endorsed over to the Bank,  all payments  received from the City of New York, or
any agency,  instrumentality,  department or branch thereof, whether they are in
the form of checks, money orders,  drafts, notes, bills of exchange,  commercial
paper or otherwise.


                                              48

<PAGE>



               (b) The Borrower  hereby  authorizes the Bank to file one or more
financing  or  continuation  statements,  and  amendments  thereto,  (including,
without  limitation,  any filings with the United States Copyright Office and/or
United States Patent and Trademark  Office or in any similar office or agency of
the United States thereof or in any other appropriate  jurisdiction) relative to
all or any part of the  Collateral  without the signature of the Borrower  where
permitted  by law.  The  Borrower  hereby  agrees  that a carbon,  photographic,
photostatic or other reproduction of this Agreement or of a financing  statement
is sufficient as a financing statement where permitted by law.

               (c) The Borrower  will furnish to the Bank from time to time,  in
addition to the  information  required to be  delivered to the Bank by the other
provisions of this Agreement,  such statements and schedules further identifying
and  describing  the  Collateral  and such other reports in connection  with the
Collateral as the Bank may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail.

                         ARTICLE 9. FINANCIAL COVENANTS

        The  Borrower  covenants  and  agrees  that,  from and after the date of
execution of this Agreement and so long as any amount may be borrowed  hereunder
or remains  unpaid on account of the Note or is otherwise  due to the Bank under
this  Agreement  or any  Related  Document,  it shall  comply  with  each of the
following  covenants  which shall be calculated for the Borrower based on a non-
consolidating, stand alone basis:

        Section 9.01. Interest Coverage Ratio. The Interest Coverage Ratio shall
be equal to or exceed as at the end of each Fiscal Quarter  commencing  with the
Fiscal Quarter ending June 30, 1996, for such Fiscal Quarter, 1.0 to 1.0.

    Section 9.02. Maximum Indebtedness to Net Worth Ratio. As of the end of each
Fiscal Quarter  commencing  March 31, 1996, the  Indebtedness to Net Worth Ratio
shall not exceed 2.25 to 1.0.

    Section 9.03.  Net Income.  Net Income shall not be less than
the following amounts (which represent losses), for the following
periods:

    (A)               Period:                     Amount:

          1/1/96  - 3/31/96                        [$220,000]
          4/1/96  - 6/30/96                        [$60,000]
          7/1/96  - 9/30/96                        [$60,000]
          10/1/96 - 12/31/96                           $0
          1/1/97  - 3/31/97                            $0
          4/1/97  - 6/30/97                            $0
          7/1/97  - 9/30/97                            $0

                                              49

<PAGE>



          For each Fiscal                              $0
          Quarter thereafter

    (B) In addition,  for the Fiscal Year ending  September  30,  1996,  the Net
Income shall not be less than, in the aggregate, a loss of $200,000.

    Section 9.04.  Minimum Net Worth.  Net Worth shall not be less
than, the following amount for the following periods:

                      Period:                     Amount:

          1/1/96  - 3/31/96                        $8,100,000
          4/1/96  - 6/30/96                        $8,100,000
          7/1/96  - 9/30/96                        $8,200,000
          10/1/96 - 12/31/96                       $8,200,000
          1/1/97  - 3/31/97                        $8,200,000
          4/1/97  - 6/30/97                        $8,300,000
          7/1/97  - 9/30/97                        $8,400,000
          For each Fiscal                          $8,450,000
          Quarter thereafter

    Section 9.05.  Maximum Capital Expenditures.  During each of
the Fiscal Years specified below, Capital Expenditures shall not
exceed $500,000 per Fiscal Year.


                          ARTICLE 10. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

        Section 10.01.  Events of Default.  Each of the following
events or conditions shall constitute an Event of Default under
this Agreement:

        (a) the  Borrower  shall fail to pay (i) when due any  principal  of any
Loan (including mandatory prepayments), (ii) any interest on any Loan or any LOC
Reimbursement  Obligation within two Business Days after its due date, (iii) any
Loans in excess of the lesser of the Commitment or the Formula Amount within two
Business  Days,  or (iv) any other  amount  due and  payable  hereunder  or with
respect to any Loan within five  Business  Days after its due date, in each case
in the manner provided herein;

        (b) any representation, warranty or statement given in this Agreement or
in any Related  Document by any party  thereto or in any  certificate,  opinion,
report,  financial  statement or other written  statement  furnished at any time
pursuant to this  Agreement  shall prove to be or have been untrue or misleading
in any material respect as of the date on which it is made or deemed to be made;

        (c)    the Borrower shall fail to perform, keep or observe in
any respect any covenant or condition contained in Articles 5, 6

                                              50

<PAGE>



or 7 of this Agreement or in the Lock-Box Agreement or Pledge Agreement,  or the
Bank shall not have at any time a prior, sole, first perfected lien and security
interest (subject to Customary Permitted Liens) in all of the Collateral;

        (d) (i) the Borrower or any other party to a Related Document shall fail
to perform, keep or observe in any respect any other term, provision, condition,
covenant,  waiver, warranty or representation  contained in this Agreement or in
any Related  Document  to which it is a party that is required to be  performed,
kept or observed by the Borrower,  or any party to a Related Document other than
the Bank, and such failure shall continue for a period of 30 days;

               (e) any of the Related Documents shall at any time for any reason
cease to be in full force and effect or shall be  declared  to be null and void,
or the  validity or  enforceability  thereof  shall be  contested  by any of the
parties  thereto (other than the Bank) or any of such parties shall deny that it
has any or further liability or obligation thereunder;

               (f) a default shall occur and be continuing  and not be waived in
writing upon the  expiration  of any  applicable  grace period under any debt or
lease  agreement,  document,  or  instrument  (other than this  Agreement or any
Related  Document)  to which the Borrower is a party or by which the Borrower is
bound,  and such  default has, or if  continued  would have, a material  adverse
effect on the management, business, assets, properties, operations, prospects or
condition (financial or other) of the Borrower;

               (g) the  Borrower  permits  one or more  judgments  against it in
excess of  $250,000  in the  aggregate  (to the extent  that such  amount is not
covered by  insurance)  to remain  unstayed,  unbonded or not  discharged  for a
period of more than 60 days,  unless such  judgment is being  contested  in good
faith and the Borrower has established reserves in accordance with GAAP that are
satisfactory to the Bank;

               (h) a  substantial  part of any of the  operations or business of
the Borrower is suspended  other than in the  ordinary  course of its  business,
which  suspension  has a material  adverse effect on the  management,  business,
assets, properties,  operations,  prospects or condition (financial or other) of
the Borrower;

               (i) the Borrower  commences any case,  proceeding or other action
relating  to  it  in   bankruptcy   or  seeking   reorganization,   liquidation,
dissolution,  winding-up, arrangement,  composition, compromise, readjustment of
its debts or any other relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency,  reorganization,
liquidation, dissolution, arrangement,

                                              51

<PAGE>



composition,  compromise,  readjustment  of  debt or  similar  act or law of any
jurisdiction,  now or  hereafter  existing,  or  consents  to;  approves  of, or
acquiesces  in, any such case,  proceeding  or other  action,  or applies  for a
receiver,  trustee or custodian for itself or for all or a  substantial  part of
its  properties or assets,  or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors,
or fails  generally  to pay its debts as they  mature or admits in  writing  its
inability  to pay its  debts as they  mature,  or is  adjudicated  insolvent  or
bankrupt; or

               (j)  there  is  commenced   against  the  Borrower  any  case  or
proceeding  or any other action is taken  against the Borrower in  bankruptcy or
seeking  reorganization,   liquidation,  dissolution,  winding-up,  arrangement,
composition, compromise, readjustment of its debts or any other relief under any
bankruptcy, insolvency,  reorganization,  liquidation, dissolution, arrangement,
composition,  compromise,  readjustment  of  debt or  similar  act or law of any
jurisdiction,  now or  hereafter  exist ing;  or there is  appointed a receiver,
trustee or custodian  for the Borrower or for all or a  substantial  part of its
properties or assets;  or there is issued a warrant of attachment,  execution or
similar process against any substantial  part of the properties or assets of the
Borrower;  and any such event  continues  for 60 days  undismissed,  unbonded or
undischarged; or

               (k) the occurrence of any Change in Control

        An Event of  Default  shall  be  deemed  "continuing"  until  cured  (if
curable) or waived in writing in accordance with Section 11.06.  For purposes of
this  Section  10.01 and  Section  10.02,  any Event of  Default  under  Section
10.01(c) and (j) shall not be curable.

        Section  10.02.  Remedies upon an Event of Default.  (a) If any Event of
Default  shall have  occurred and be  continuing,  the Bank may by notice to the
Borrower (i) declare the  commitment  of the Bank to make Loans  hereunder to be
terminated,  whereupon the same shall forthwith terminate,  and (ii) declare the
Loans, all interest  thereon,  any accrued and unpaid fees and all other amounts
payable  hereunder or in respect of the Loans to be  forthwith  due and payable,
whereupon  they  shall  become  and  be  forthwith  due  and  payable,   without
presentment,  demand,  protest,  or further notice of any kind, all of which are
hereby expressly waived by the Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the
occurrence of any of the events or conditions  described in Section  10.01(i) or
(j) above,  the  commitment  of the Bank to make Loans  shall  automatically  be
terminated and the Loans,  all interest  thereon and all accrued and unpaid fees
and all other  amounts  payable  hereunder  or in respect of the Loans  shall im
mediately  become due and payable,  without any  requirement  on the part of the
Bank to give notice,  or make  declaration,  of any kind regarding such Event of
Default and without presentment, demand,

                                              52

<PAGE>



protest  or any  other  requirement  on the part of the  Bank,  all of which are
hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.

        (b) The Bank may exercise in respect of the  Collateral,  in addition to
other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise  available to it, all
the rights and remedies of a secured party under  applicable law and also may do
any or all of the following:

                       (i) In  the  name  of the  Bank  or in  the  name  of the
        Borrower or otherwise,  demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or
        property at any time payable or  receivable on account of or in exchange
        for, or make any compromise or settlement  deemed desirable with respect
        to, any of the Collateral,  but the Bank shall be under no obligation so
        to do, and the Bank may extend the time of payment,  arrange for payment
        in installments,  or otherwise  modify the terms of, or release,  any of
        the  Collateral   without  thereby  incurring   responsibility   to,  or
        discharging or otherwise affecting any liability of, the Borrower.

                      (ii) Enter upon the premises,  or wherever the  Collateral
        may be, and take possession thereof, and maintain such possession on the
        Borrower's  premises,  or demand and receive  such  possession  from any
        person who has possession  thereof, or remove the Collateral or any part
        thereof,  to such other places as the Bank may desire,  without any obli
        gation to pay the Borrower for any use and occupancy of such premises.

                      (iii) Without notice except as specified below and with or
        without taking the possession  thereof,  sell, lease,  assign,  grant an
        option or options to purchase or otherwise  dispose of the Collateral or
        any part  thereof in one or more parcels at public or private  sale,  at
        any  location  chosen by the Bank,  for  cash,  on credit or for  future
        delivery,  and at such price or prices and upon such other  terms as the
        Bank may deem commercially reasonable.  The Borrower agrees that, to the
        extent  notice of sale  shall be  required  by law,  at least five days'
        notice to the  Borrower  of the time and place of any public sale or the
        time  after  which  any  private  sale  is to be made  shall  constitute
        reasonable notification, but notice given in any other reasonable manner
        or  at  any  other   reasonable   time   shall   constitute   reasonable
        notification.  The  Bank  shall  not be  obligated  to make  any sale of
        Collateral  regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Bank may
        adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by  announcement at
        the time and place fixed  therefor,  and such sale may,  without further
        notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned.  The
        Borrower  agrees  that the Bank shall  have no  obligation  to  preserve
        rights in the

                                              53

<PAGE>



        Collateral  against  prior parties or to marshal any Col lateral for the
        benefit  of any  Person.  The Bank is hereby  granted a license or other
        right  to  use,  without  charge,   the  Borrower's   labels,   patents,
        copyrights,  rights  of use of any name,  trade  secrets,  trade  names,
        trademarks and advertising  matter, or any property of a similar nature,
        as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing advertising for the sale
        of, and the selling of any Collateral,  and the Borrower's  rights under
        all licenses and franchise agreements shall inure to the Bank's benefit.

                        (iv) The Bank may, in  addition  to any other  rights it
        may have under this  Agreement or  otherwise,  appoint by  instrument in
        writing a receiver  or receiver  and  manager  (both of which are herein
        called  a  "Receiver")  of all  or any  part  of the  Collateral  or may
        institute  proceedings  in any court of competent  jurisdiction  for the
        appointment  of such a Receiver.  Any such  Receiver is hereby given and
        shall  have the same  powers  and  rights  as the  Bank has  under  this
        Agreement,  at law or in equity. In exercising any such powers, any such
        Receiver  shall  act as and for all  purposes  shall be deemed to be the
        agent of the Borrower and the Bank shall not be responsible  for any act
        or default of any such  Receiver  absent the gross  negligence or wilful
        misconduct of the Bank or the Receiver. The Bank may appoint one or more
        Receivers  hereunder  and may remove any such  Receiver or Receivers and
        appoint  another or other in his or their  stead from time to time.  Any
        Receiver so  appointed  may be an officer or  employee of the Bank.  The
        Borrower  agrees  that any  Receiver  appointed  by the Bank need not be
        appointed by, nor is his appointment  required to be ratified by nor his
        actions in any way supervised by, a court.

                       (v)  Apply,  without  notice,  any  cash  or  cash  items
        constituting  Collateral in the possession of the Bank  (constructive or
        otherwise) to payment of any of the obligations.

                      (vi) The Bank may carry on or concur  in the  carrying  on
        of, all or any part of the business or under takings of the Borrower and
        may, to the exclusion of all others, including the Borrower, enter upon,
        occupy  and  use  all  or any of the  premises,  buildings,  plants  and
        undertakings  of or occupied or used by the  Borrower and may use all or
        any of the  Collateral  of the  Borrower  for such time as the Bank sees
        fit,  free of charge,  to carry on the business of the Borrower  and, if
        applicable,  to manufacture or complete the manufacture of any Inventory
        and to pack and ship any Inventory.  The Bank shall not be liable to the
        Borrower for any negligence in so doing or in respect of any

                                              54

<PAGE>



        rent, charges, depreciation or damages incurred in
        connection with such actions.

        The Borrower  waives,  to the extent  permitted by  applicable  law, all
        rights of the  Borrower  to prior  notice  and  hearing  under any other
        applicable statute or constitution.

               (c) All cash proceeds received by the Bank in respect of any sale
of, collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral
may,  in the  discretion  of the Bank,  be held by the Bank as  Collateral  for,
and/or  then or at any time  thereafter  applied in whole or in part by the Bank
against  all or any part of the  Obligations  in such  order  as the Bank  shall
elect.  Any surplus of such cash or cash proceeds held by the Bank and remaining
after payment in full of all the Obligations  shall be paid over to the Borrower
or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive such surplus.

                            ARTICLE 11. MISCELLANEOUS

        Section 11.01.  Notices.  All notices  hereunder shall be in writing and
shall be conclusively deemed to have been received and shall be effective except
as explicitly  noted  hereinabove (a) on the day on which delivered if delivered
personally,  or  transmitted  by telex or telegram or  telecopier,  or (b) three
business  days  after  the  date on  which  the  same is  mailed,  and  shall be
addressed:

        (a)    in the case of the Borrower, to:

                      Vicon Industries, Inc.
                      525 Broad Hollow Road
                      Melville, New York  11747
                      Attention:  Arthur D. Roche

               With a copy:

                      Schoeman, Marsh & Updike, LLP
                      60 East 42nd Street, Suite 3906
                      New York, New York 10165
                      Attention:  Michael Schoeman, Esq.

        (b)    in the case of the Bank, to:

                      IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company
                      One State Street
                      New York, New York  10004
                      Attention:  Kevin M. Madigan

               With a copy:

                      Pryor, Cashman, Sherman & Flynn

                                              55

<PAGE>



                      410 Park Avenue
                      New York, New York 10022
                      Attention:  Lawrence Remmel


or at such other address as the party giving such notice shall have been advised
of in writing for such purpose by the party to which the same is directed.

        Section 11.02.  Survival of this Agreement.  All covenants,  agreements,
representations  and warranties made herein,  or in the Related  Documents or in
any certificate delivered pursuant hereto or thereto shall survive the execution
by the  Borrower and deliv ery to the Bank of this  Agreement,  the Note and the
other Related Documents and the making and repayment of the Loans hereunder, and
shall  continue  in full  force  and  effect so long as any  Obligations  of any
Borrower remain outstanding and unpaid or this Agreement remains in effect.

        Section  11.03.  Indemnity.  The  Borrower  agrees to  defend,  protect,
indemnify  and hold  harmless  the Bank  and each of its  Affiliates,  officers,
directors, employees, agents, attorneys and consultants (collectively called the
"Indemnitees")  from and against any and all liabilities,  obligations,  losses,
damages,  penalties,  actions,  judgments,  suits, claims,  costs,  expenses and
disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever  (including,  without limitation,
the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for such indemnities whether or
not such Indemnitees shall be designated a party thereto),  imposed on, incurred
by,  or  asserted  against  such  Indemnitees   (whether  direct,   indirect  or
consequential and whether based on any Federal, state or local, or foreign, laws
or other statutory  regulations,  including,  without limitation,  Environmental
Laws,  securities and commercial  laws and  regulations,  under common law or at
equitable  cause,  or on contract  or  otherwise)  in any manner  relating to or
arising out of this Agreement or any of the Related Documents, or any act, event
or  transaction  related or attendant  thereto or  contemplated  hereby,  or any
action or inaction  by any  Indemnitee  under or in  connection  therewith,  any
commitment of the Bank hereunder,  or the making of the Loans, or the management
of such Loans,  or the use or intended use of the proceeds of any Loan,  advance
or other financial  accommodation  provided  hereunder  including,  in each such
case,  any  allegation  of  any  such  matters,   whether   meritorious  or  not
(collectively,  the "Indemnified Matters"); provided, however, that the Borrower
shall  have  any  obligation  to  any  Indemnitee   hereunder  with  respect  to
Indemnified  Matters directly caused by or resulting  primarily from the willful
misconduct or gross negligence of such Indemnitee. The covenants of the Borrower
contained in this Section 11.03 shall survive the payment in full of all amounts
due and payable under this Agreement or any of the Related

                                              56

<PAGE>



Documents and the full satisfaction of all other Obligations of the Borrower.

        Section 11.04. Costs, Expenses and Taxes. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay
on  demand  (i) all  reasonable  costs  and  expenses  in  connection  with  the
preparation,  execution, delivery, filing, recording, and administration of this
Agreement,  each of the Related Documents, and any other documents,  instruments
or  agreements  which  may be  delivered  in  connection  with  this  Agreement,
including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of
counsel for the Bank,  and local  counsel  who may be retained by said  counsel,
with respect  thereto and with respect to advising the Bank as to its rights and
responsibilities  under  this  Agreement;  provided;  that the  costs,  fees and
expenses in this clause (i) shall be limited to $15,000 excluding disbursements,
(ii) all costs and expenses in connection with the audit, appraisal,  valuation,
investigation,  and the  creation,  perfection,  priority or  protection  of the
Bank's Liens against the Collateral,  including,  without limitation,  all costs
and expenses (A) to pay or discharge taxes,  liens,  security interests or other
encumbrances  levied,  placed or threatened  against the  Collateral and (B) for
title and lien searches,  filing and recording fees and taxes, duplication costs
and  corporate  search  fees,  and  (iii)  all  costs  and  expenses  (including
reasonable  counsel fees and expenses) in connection  with the  enforcement  and
administration  of this  Agreement  and each of the Related  Documents  and such
other documents,  instruments or agreements which may be delivered in connection
with this Agreement.

               (b) Any and all payments by the Borrower  under this Agreement or
the Note shall be made free and clear of and without  deduction  for any and all
present or future taxes, levies, imposts,  deductions,  charges or withholdings,
and all liabilities  with respect thereto,  excluding,  in the case of the Bank,
taxes  imposed  on or in respect of its  income  (all such  non-excluded  taxes,
levies,  imposts,  deductions,  charges,  withholdings,  and  liabilities  being
hereinafter referred to as "Taxes"). If the Borrower shall be required by law to
deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum  payable  hereunder  to the Bank,
(i) the sum payable shall be increased as may be necessary so that, after making
all required  deductions  (including  deductions  applicable to additional  sums
payable under this Section 11.04),  the Bank receives an amount equal to the sum
it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall
make such deductions,  and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted
to the  relevant  taxation  authority  or other  authority  in  accordance  with
applicable law.

               (c) The  Borrower  further  agrees to pay any  present  or future
stamp or documentary  taxes or any other excise or property taxes,  charges,  or
similar levies which arise in connection with

                                              57

<PAGE>



the execution and delivery of this  Agreement,  any of the Related  Documents or
any of the other instruments,  documents or agreements executed and/or delivered
in  connection  herewith or  therewith,  or any  payment  made  hereunder  or in
connection herewith (hereinafter collectively referred to as "Other Taxes").

               (d) The Borrower shall  indemnify the Bank for the full amount of
Taxes and Other Taxes (including,  without limitation,  any Taxes or Other Taxes
imposed by any  jurisdiction  on  amounts  payable  by the  Borrower  under this
Section  11.04)  paid  by the  Bank  and  any  liability  (including  penalties,
interest,  and expenses) arising  therefrom or with respect thereto,  whether or
not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally asserted.

               (e) Without  prejudice to the survival of any other  agreement of
the Borrower hereunder, the agreements and obligations of the Borrower contained
in this Section  11.04 shall  survive the payment in full of all amounts due and
payable  under  this  Agreement  or any of the  Related  Documents  and the full
satisfaction of all other Obligations of the Borrower.

        Section  11.05.  Further  Assurances.  (a) At any time and from  time to
time,  upon the request of the Bank,  the Borrower  shall  execute,  deliver and
acknowledge, or cause to be executed,  delivered and acknowledged,  such further
documents  and  instruments  and do such  other  acts and things as the Bank may
reasonably  request in order to effect  fully the intent  and  purposes  of this
Agreement and the Related Documents,  and any other agreements,  instruments and
documents  delivered  pursuant  hereto or in  connection  with the making of the
Loans,  in  proper  form for  recording  and  otherwise  in form  and  substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Bank and its counsel.

               (b) The Borrower  agrees that from time to time,  at its expense,
it shall promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and
take all further action, that may be necessary or appropriate,  or that the Bank
may  request,  in order to create,  evidence,  perfect or preserve  any security
interest granted or purported to be granted hereby or by any Related Document or
to enable the Bank to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies  hereunder or
under any Related Document with respect to any Collateral.

        Section  11.06.  Amendment  and Waiver.  No  amendment  or waiver of any
provision of this Agreement or any of the Related  Documents,  or any consent to
any departure by the Borrower therefrom,  shall in any event be effective unless
the same shall be in writing  and  signed by the Bank,  and then such  waiver or
consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for
which  given.  Neither  any  failure  nor any  delay  on the part of the Bank in
exercising any right,  power or privilege  hereunder or under any of the Related
Documents shall

                                              58

<PAGE>



operate  as a waiver  thereof,  nor shall a single or partial  exercise  thereof
preclude  any other or further  exercise  thereof or the  exercise  of any other
right,  power or  privilege.  No notice to or demand on the Borrower in any case
shall entitle the Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in the same,
similar or other circumstances.

        Section 11.07.  Marshalling,  Recourse to Security:  Payments Set Aside.
The Bank shall not be under any obligation to marshal any assets in favor of the
Borrower  or any  other  party or  against  or in  payment  of any or all of the
Obligations of the Borrower to the Bank hereunder or under the Related Documents
or  otherwise.  Recourse to security  shall not be required at any time.  To the
extent that the  Borrower  makes a payment or payments to the Bank,  or the Bank
enforces its security  interests  or  exercises  its rights of setoff,  and such
payment or payments or the  proceeds of such  enforcement  or setoff or any part
thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential,
set aside and/or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party
under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law,  common law or equitable  cause,
then to the extent of such recovery,  the obligation or part thereof  originally
intended to be satisfied,  and all Liens, rights and remedies therefor, shall be
revised and  continued  in full force and effect as if such payment had not been
made or such enforcement or setoff had not occurred.

        Section 11.08.  Dominion Over Cash;  Setoff.  (A) The Bank shall, at all
times,  have sole  dominion and control  over all bank  accounts of the Borrower
established  pursuant to the Lock-Box  Agreement  pursuant to the terms thereof.
The Borrower  shall take all action  requested  from time to time by the Bank as
necessary or appropriate to carry out the provisions of this Section (A).

               (B) In  addition  to any rights and  remedies  of the Bank now or
hereafter  provided by law, the Bank shall have the right,  without prior notice
to the Borrower,  any such notice being ex pressly waived by the Borrower to the
extent   permitted  by  applicable   law,  on  the  occurrence  and  during  the
continuation  of any  Event  of  Default  to  set  off  and  apply  against  any
Obligation, whether matured or unmatured, of the Borrower, any amount owing from
the Bank to the  Borrower,  at or at any time  after the hap  pening of any such
Event of Default,  and such right of setoff may be exercised by the Bank against
the  Borrower  or  against  any  trustee  in  bankruptcy,  debtor-in-possession,
assignee for the benefit of creditors, receiver or execution, judgment or attach
ment creditor, notwithstanding the fact that such right of setoff shall not have
been exercised by the Bank before the making, fil ing or issuance, or service on
the Bank of, or of notice of, any such event or proceeding.

        Section 11.09.  Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall become
effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrower and

                                              59

<PAGE>



the Bank, and  thereafter  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
Borrower and the Bank and their  respective  successors  and assigns;  provided,
however,  that the  Borrower  shall  not have the  right to  assign  its  rights
hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Bank.

        Section  11.10.  Applicable  Law.  This  Agreement  and the  rights  and
obligations  of the parties  hereunder  shall be governed by, and  construed and
interpreted in accordance  with, the  substantive  law of the State of New York,
without regard to its choice of law provisions.

        Section 11.11. Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process; Waiver of
Jury Trial. All judicial  proceedings  brought against the Borrower with respect
to this Agreement or any Related Document may be brought in any state or federal
court of competent  jurisdiction  in the State of New York and, by its execution
and  delivery  of this  Agreement,  the  Borrower  accepts,  for  itself  and in
connection with its properties, generally and unconditionally,  the nonexclusive
jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts. The Borrower  irrevocably  consents to the
service  of process of any of the  aforementioned  courts in any such  action or
proceeding by the mailing of copies  thereof by  registered  or certified  mail,
postage prepaid,  to its notice address specified in Section 11.01 hereof,  such
service  to become  effective  five (5) days after such  mailing.  The  Borrower
irrevocably waives (a) trial by jury in any action or proceeding with respect to
this  Agreement  or any  Related  Document,  and (b) any  objection  (including,
without limitation, any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds
of forum non  conveniens)  which it may now or hereafter have to the bringing of
any such action or  proceeding  with  respect to this  Agreement  or any Related
Document in any jurisdiction set forth above.

        Section 11.12. Performance of Obligations. The Borrower acknowledges and
agrees that the Bank may, but shall have no  obligation  to, make any payment or
perform any act  required of the  Borrower  under this  Agreement or any Related
Document  or take  any  other  action  which  the Bank in its  discretion  deems
necessary or desirable to protect or preserve the Collateral, including, without
liquidation,  any action to pay or discharge taxes, Liens, security interests or
other encumbrances levied or placed on or threaten any Collateral.

        Section 11.13. Assignment,  Participations. The Bank may, at any time or
times, assign (by novation), participate or syndicate its interests in the Loans
and/or Letters of Credit without  restriction.  The Borrower agrees to cooperate
with the Bank to effect  assignments  and/or  participations  made with  respect
hereto.


                                              60

<PAGE>



        Section 11.14. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, taken together with all
of the Related  Documents and all certificates and other documents  delivered by
the Borrower to the Bank, embodies the entire agreement and supersedes all prior
agreements, written and oral, relating to the subject matter hereof.

        Section 11.15.  Severability.  Any provision of this Agreement  which is
prohibited,  unenforceable  or not authorized in any  jurisdiction  shall, as to
such   jurisdiction,   be  ineffective  to  the  extent  of  such   prohibition,
unenforceability  or   non-authorization   without  invalidating  the  remaining
provisions hereof or affecting the validity,  enforceability or legality of such
provision in any other jurisdiction.

        Section 11.16. Execution of Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed
in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to
be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the
same agreement.

        IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized,  as of the date
first above written.



                                              61

<PAGE>




                             VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                    By:
                                       Name: Kenneth M. Darby
                                       Title: President



                                    IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY


                                    By:
                                       Name: Kevin M. Madigan
                                       Title: Vice President


                                              62

<PAGE>



                         Schedule 7.01(g) (Indebtedness)



1.      Borrower's  Guaranty of the Mortgage of Vicon Industries (UK) Limited to
        Chugai Boyeki  Company  Limited,  dated , which as of December 27, 1995,
        approximately  $369,000 pounds sterling  remains  outstanding  under the
        Mortgage.

2.      $1,000,000 Release Fee, which has been reduced to
        approximately $666,000 as of December 27, 1995, payable by
        the Borrower, pursuant to Paragraph 9 of the Consent of
        Overlandlord/Release Agreement between the Borrower and
        Allan V. Rose, dated January 1, 1993 which Release Fee
        becomes due pursuant to the Borrower's receipt of a Vacate
        Notice in connection with AVR Mart, Inc.'s option under
        paragraph 5 of the sublease dated as of January 1, 1993
        between the Borrower and AVR Mart, Inc. or Allan V. Rose's
        right of termination under paragraph 8 of such Consent of
        Overlandlord/Release Agreement.

3.      Borrower's  Guaranty of the  $700,000  pounds  sterling  Loan  Agreement
        between Vicon  Industries  (UK) Limited and National  Westminster  Bank,
        PLC, to National Westminster Bank, PLC, dated .




























                                              63

<PAGE>




                                PLEDGE AGREEMENT

        THIS  PLEDGE  AGREEMENT  dated as of  December  27,  1995  made by VICON
INDUSTRIES, INC. (the "Pledgor"), in favor of IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY,
a New York banking corporation (the "Pledgee"),

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

        WHEREAS,  the Pledgor is the  beneficial  and record owner of all of the
issued and  outstanding  shares (the "Shares") of Vicon  Industries (UK) Limited
("Vicon UK") and Vicon Industries  Foreign Sales  Corporation  ("Vicon Foreign",
and  together  with Vicon UK, the  "Companies"),  which  Shares are set forth on
Schedule 1 hereto (the "Pledged Shares"); and

        WHEREAS,  the Pledgor has entered into a Credit and  Security  Agreement
dated  as of the  date  hereof  (as  it  may  hereafter  be  amended,  extended,
supplemented,  modified or restated form time to time,  the "Credit  Agreement";
with the capitalized terms used herein, and not otherwise defined herein, having
the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit  Agreement)  between the Pledgor and
the Pledgee,  pursuant to which the Pledgor has executed a $4,000,000 Note dated
as of the date hereof in favor of the Pledgee (collectively, the "Note"); and


        WHEREAS,  as a  condition  precedent  to the Pledgee  entering  into the
Credit  Agreement,  the Pledgee has  required  the Pledgor to grant,  assign and
pledge, and the Pledgor has agreed to grant,  assign and pledge, to the Pledgee,
a continuing first priority  security  interest in and to all its rights,  title
and interests in the Pledged  Collateral (as hereinafter  defined) to secure all
of the obligations of the Pledgor to the Pledgee under the Credit Agreement, the
Note and the other Related Documents;

        NOW,  THEREFORE,   the  Pledgor,   intending  to  be  bound  hereby,  in
consideration of the premises hereof,  in order to induce the Pledgee to provide
the Loans under and in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement and for
other good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt and sufficiency of which is
hereby acknowledged,  hereby agrees with, and for the benefit of, the Pledgee as
follows:

        SECTION 1. Pledge. The Pledgor hereby pledges and assigns to the Pledgee
and grants to the Pledgee a continuing first and prior security  interest in all
of  its  rights,  title  and  interests  in and to  the  Pledged  Shares  of the
Companies,  whether  now owned or  existing  or  hereafter  acquired or arising,
including,   without   limitation,   all  income,   cash,   dividends  or  other
distributions received therefrom, and all proceeds thereof, including, without

                                              64

<PAGE>



limitation,  proceeds received from any sale, financing or refinancing above the
existing  amount  of  debt  so  refinanced,  and  all  products,  substitutions,
additions,  changes  and  replacements  thereof  (all of the same  being  herein
referred to as the "Pledged Collateral").

        SECTION 2.  Security for  Obligations.  This  Agreement  secures (a) the
indefeasible payment of all liabilities, obligations and indebtedness of any and
every  kind and nature  heretofore,  now or  hereafter  owing,  arising,  due or
payable from the Pledgor to the Pledgee  pursuant to the Credit  Agreement,  the
Note and all other  Related  Documents to which the Pledgor is a party,  however
evidenced,   created,  incurred,  acquired  or  owing,  whether  for  principal,
interest,  fees,  indemnification,  expenses or  otherwise,  whether  primary or
secondary,  direct or  indirect,  joint or  several,  contingent  or  fixed,  or
otherwise,  including,  without limitation,  obligations of performance,  now or
hereafter given by the Pledgor to the Pledgee and whether arising by book entry,
oral  agreement  or  operation  of law (all  such  obligations  and  liabilities
described  in  the  foregoing  clauses  (a)  and  (b)  above  being  hereinafter
collectively  referred  to as the  "Obligations").  The  Pledgor and the Pledgee
hereby agree that they intend the  security  interest  hereby  granted to attach
upon the execution of this Agreement.

        SECTION 3.  Delivery  of Pledged  Collateral.  (A) All  certificates  or
instruments  representing  or evidencing  the Pledged  Collateral as of the date
hereof or should the Pledged  Collateral at any time be represented or evidenced
by a certificate  or  instrument,  such  certificates  or  instruments  shall be
delivered to and held by or on behalf of the Pledgee  pursuant  hereto and shall
be in suitable form for transfer by delivery,  or shall be  accompanied  by duly
executed  instruments  of  transfer  or  assignment  in  blank,  all in form and
substance  satisfactory  to the Pledgee.  Upon the maturity of the Loans or upon
the  occurrence  and  continuation  of an  Event of  Default  under  the  Credit
Agreement  and/or  the  other  Related   Documents  (any  such  event  being  an
"Acceleration  Default"),  the Pledgee shall have the right,  at any time in its
discretion and without  notice to the Pledgor,  to transfer to or to register in
the  name  of the  Pledgee  or any of  its  nominees  any or all of the  Pledged
Collateral.  In  addition,  the  Pledgee  shall  have  the  right at any time to
exchange  certificates  or  instruments  representing  or evidencing the Pledged
Collateral for certificates or instruments of smaller or larger denominations.

        (B) Should the  Pledged  Collateral  at any time not be  represented  or
evidenced by a certificate or instrument, the books and records of the Companies
shall be marked to  reflect  the pledge and  security  interests  granted to the
Pledgee under this Agreement.


                                              65

<PAGE>



        SECTION 4.  Representations and Warranties.  The Pledgor
hereby represents and warrants to the Pledgee as follows:

               (a) The  Pledged  Shares  have been duly  authorized  and validly
issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and represent,  as of the date hereof,
100% of the issued  and  outstanding  capital  stock of the  Companies;  and the
Companies have no other outstanding  securities,  and no warrants,  subscription
rights or options are outstanding with respect thereto.

               (b) The Pledgor is the legal and beneficial  owner of the Pledged
Collateral,  free and clear of any Liens,  adverse claims,  security  interests,
options or other  charges or  encumbrances,  except for the  security  interests
created by this Agreement and security interests permitted pursuant to the terms
of the Credit Agreement.

               (c)  The  pledge  of the  Pledged  Collateral  pursuant  to  this
Agreement  creates a valid and  perfected  continuing  first  priority  security
interest  in the  Pledged  Collateral,  securing  the  indefeasible  payment and
performance of the Obligations.

               (d) No authorization,  consent,  approval or other action by, and
no notice to or filing with,  any  governmental  authority,  regulatory  body or
other  Persons is required to be obtained or made by the Pledgor  either (i) for
the pledge by the Pledgor of the Pledged  Collateral  pursuant to this Agreement
or for the execution,  delivery or performance of this Agreement by the Pledgor,
or (ii) for the exercise by the Pledgee of the voting or other  rights  provided
for in this  Agreement  or the  remedies  in respect of the  Pledged  Collateral
pursuant to this Agreement,  subject to applicable state and federal  securities
laws.

               (e) There are no  restrictions  on the  transfer  of the  Pledged
Collateral,  except  such,  if any, as are imposed by  operation of law or court
order,  and there are no options,  warrants or rights  pertaining  thereto.  The
Pledgor  has  the  right  to  transfer  the  Pledged   Collateral  free  of  any
encumbrances and without the consent of the creditors of the Pledgor (other than
the Pledgee), any persons or any governmental agency whatsoever.

               (f) Neither the execution or delivery of this Agree ment, nor the
consummation of the transactions  contemplated  here by, nor the compliance with
or  performance of the terms and con ditions of this Agreement by the Pledgor is
prevented  by,  limited  by,  conflicts  with or will  result  in the  breach or
violation of or a default  under the terms,  conditions or provisions of (i) the
by-laws or the  certificate of  incorporation  (or an equivalent  organizational
document)  of  the  Pledgor  or  the  Companies  or  any  agreement   among  the
shareholders  of the  Pledgor  or the  Companies,  (ii) any  mortgage,  security
agreement, indenture, evidence of

                                              66

<PAGE>



indebtedness, loan or financing agreement, trust agreement or other agreement or
instrument to which the Pledgor is a party or by which it is bound, or (iii) any
provision of law, any order of any court or administrative agency or any rule or
regulation  applicable to the Pledgor,  subject to applicable  state and federal
securities laws.

               (g) This  Agreement  constitutes  the  legal,  valid and  binding
obligation of the Pledgor,  enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to
the  effect  of  any  applicable  bankruptcy,   insolvency,   reorganization  or
moratorium or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

               (h) Any assignee of all or any portion of the Pledged  Collateral
is  entitled to receive  payments  with  respect  thereto  without any  defense,
counterclaim,  setoff, abatement,  reduction,  recoupment or other claim arising
out of the actions of the Pledgor.

               (i) There are no actions,  suits or  proceedings  (whether or not
purportedly  on behalf of the Pledgor)  pending or, to the best knowledge of the
Pledgor,  threatened  affecting the Pledgor that involve the Pledged Collateral,
this  Agreement,  the  Credit  Agreement,  the Note or any of the other  Related
Documents.

               (j) All consents or  approvals,  if any,  required as a condition
precedent to or in  connection  with the due and valid  execution,  delivery and
performance  by the Pledgor of this  Agreement  have been  obtained,  subject to
applicable state and federal securities laws.

        SECTION 5. Further  Assurances.  The Pledgor  hereby  agrees that at any
time and from time to time, at its expense,  the Pledgor will  promptly  execute
and deliver all further instruments and documents,  and take all further action,
that  may be  reasonably  necessary  or  desirable,  or  that  the  Pledgee  may
reasonably  request,  in order to perfect  and  protect  any  security  interest
granted or purported  to be granted  hereby or to enable the Pledgee to exercise
and enforce its rights and remedies  hereunder,  subject to applicable state and
federal securities laws, with respect to any Pledged Collateral.

        SECTION 6.  Voting Rights; Distributions, Etc.  (a)  So long
as no Acceleration Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

               (i) The Pledgor  shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting
        and other consensual rights pertaining to the Pledged  Collateral or any
        part  thereof for any purpose  not  inconsistent  with the terms of this
        Agreement,  the Credit  Agreement or any other Related Document to which
        the Pledgor is a party;  provided,  however, that the Pledgor shall give
        the Pledgee prior written notice whenever the Pledgor shall

                                              67

<PAGE>



        exercise or refrain from exercising any such voting or other  consensual
        right if such action would have a material  adverse  effect on the value
        of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof.

               (ii) The Pledgor  shall be entitled to receive and retain any and
        all  income,  dividends  and  interest  paid in respect  of the  Pledged
        Collateral; provided, however, that any and all:

                      (A) income,  dividends and  distributions  paid or payable
               other  than in cash in  respect  of,  and  instruments  and other
               property received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect
               of, or in exchange for, any Pledged Collateral;

                      (B)  income,  dividends  and other  distributions  paid or
               payable  in  cash  in  respect  of  any  Pledged   Collateral  in
               connection with a partial or total  liquidation or dissolution or
               in connection  with a reduction of contributed  capital,  capital
               surplus or paid-in-surplus; and

                      (C) cash paid, payable or otherwise distributed in respect
               of principal  of, or in  redemption  of, or in exchange  for, any
               Pledged Collateral,

        shall  be  forthwith  delivered  to the  Pledgee  to  hold  as,  Pledged
        Collateral and shall,  if received by the Pledgor,  be received in trust
        for the benefit of the Pledgee, be segregated from the other property or
        funds of the  Pledgor,  and be  forthwith  delivered  to the  Pledgee as
        Pledged  Collateral in the same form as so received  (with all necessary
        endorsements).

               (iii) The  Pledgee  shall  execute  and  deliver  (or cause to be
        executed  and  delivered)  to the  Pledgor  all such  proxies  and other
        instruments  as the  Pledgor may  reasonably  request for the purpose of
        enabling the Pledgor to exercise the voting and other rights which it is
        entitled  to  exercise  pursuant  to clause (i) above and to receive the
        income, dividends or interest payments which it is authorized to receive
        and retain pursuant to clause (ii) above.

        (b)  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an
Acceleration Default:

               (i) All rights of the  Pledgor to  exercise  the voting and other
        consensual  rights  which it would  otherwise  be  entitled  to exercise
        pursuant to Section 6(a)(i) hereof and to receive the income,  dividends
        and  interest  payments  which they would  otherwise  be  authorized  to
        receive and retain

                                              68

<PAGE>



        pursuant to Section  6(a)(ii)  hereof shall  cease,  and all such rights
        shall  thereupon  become vested in the Pledgee who shall  thereupon have
        the sole right to exercise such voting and other  consensual  rights and
        to receive and hold as Pledged  Collateral  such income,  dividends  and
        interest payments.

               (ii) All  income,  dividends  and  interest  payments  which  are
        received by the Pledgor contrary to the provisions of clause (i) of this
        Section  6(b) shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Pledgee,
        shall be  segregated  from  other  funds  of the  Pledgor  and  shall be
        forthwith  paid over to the  Pledgee as Pledged  Collateral  in the same
        form as so received (with all necessary endorsements).

        SECTION 7. Transfers and Other Liens; Additional Interests.  The Pledgor
hereby agrees that it will not (i) sell or otherwise  transfer or dispose of, or
grant any interest in or option with respect to, any of the Pledged  Collateral,
or (ii) create or permit to exist any Lien,  security interest,  or other charge
or encumbrance upon or with respect to any of the Pledged Collateral, except for
the security interests under this Agreement and if allowed pursuant to the terms
of the Credit Agreement.

        SECTION 8. Litigation  Respecting the Pledged  Collateral.  In the event
any action, suit or other proceeding at law, in equity, in arbitration or before
any other authority  involving or affecting the Pledged Collateral becomes known
to or is  contemplated  by the  Pledgor,  the  Pledgor  shall  give the  Pledgee
immediate notice thereof and if the Pledgor is contemplating  such action,  suit
or other  proceeding,  the  Pledgor  shall be  required  to receive  the written
consent  of the  Pledgee  prior to  commencing  any such  action,  suit or other
proceeding, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

        SECTION 9. Pledgee  Appointed  Attorney-in-Fact.  (a) The Pledgor hereby
appoints the Pledgee (and any officer or agent of the Pledgee with full power of
substitution  and  revocation)  the Pledgor's true and lawful  attorney-in-fact,
coupled  with an  interest,  with full  authority  in the place and stead of the
Pledgor  and in the name of the Pledgor or  otherwise,  from time to time in the
Pledgee's discretion to (i) if an Acceleration  Default is continuing,  take any
action and to execute any  instrument  which the Pledgee may deem  necessary  or
advisable to  accomplish  the  purposes of this  Agreement,  including,  without
limitation,  (I) to receive, endorse and collect all instruments made payable to
the Pledgor  representing any income,  dividend or other distribution in respect
of the  Pledged  Collateral  or any part or  proceeds  thereof  and to give full
discharge for the same; and (II) to transfer the Pledged Collateral, in whole or
in part, to the name of the Pledgee or such other Person or Persons as the

                                              69

<PAGE>



Pledgee may  designate;  take  possession of and endorse any one or more checks,
drafts,  bills of  exchange,  money  orders or any other  documents  received on
account of the Pledged  Collateral;  collect,  sue for and give acquittances for
moneys  due  on  account  of the  foregoing;  withdraw  any  claims,  suits,  or
proceedings pertaining to or arising out of the foregoing; take any other action
contemplated  by this  Agreement;  and  sign,  execute,  acknowledge,  swear to,
verify, deliver, file, record and publish any one or more of the foregoing,  and
(ii) at any time  execute  and  record  or file on  behalf  of the  Pledgor  any
evidence  of  a  security  interest  contemplated  by  this  Agreement  and  any
refilings, continuations or extensions thereof.

               (b) The powers of  attorney  which  shall be granted pur suant to
Section 9(a) hereof and all  authority  thereby  conferred  shall be granted and
conferred  solely to protect the Pledgee's  interests in the Pledged  Collateral
and shall not impose any duty upon the attorney-in-fact to exercise such powers.
Such powers of attorney shall be irrevocable  prior to the indefeasible  payment
and  performance in full of the  Obligations  and shall not be terminated  prior
thereto or affected by any act of the Pledgor or by operation of law, including,
but not  limited to,  dissolution,  death,  disability  or  incompetency  of any
Person,  the termination of any trust, or the occurrence of any other event, and
if the  Pledgor  should  become  bankrupt,  insolvent,  or come under the direct
regulation of similar laws which affect the rights of creditors generally or any
other event should occur before the indefeasible payment and performance in full
of the  Obligations and  termination of the Credit  Agreement,  the Note and the
other Related  Documents,  such  attorney-in-fact  shall  nevertheless  be fully
authorized  to act  under  such  powers  of  attorney  as if such  event had not
occurred and regardless of notice thereof.

        SECTION 10.  Pledgee May  Perform.  If the Pledgor  fails to perform any
agreement contained herein, the Pledgee may itself perform, or cause performance
of, such  agreement,  and the  expenses of the  Pledgee  incurred in  connection
therewith shall be payable by the Pledgor under Section 13 hereof.

        SECTION  11.  Reasonable  Care.  The  Pledgee  shall be  deemed  to have
exercised  reasonable  care  in the  custody  and  preservation  of the  Pledged
Collateral in its  possession  if the Pledged Col lateral is accorded  treatment
substantially equal to that which the Pledgee accords its own property, it being
understood that the Pledgee shall not have any  responsibility for (i) ascertain
ing or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, ex changes, maturities,
tenders or other matters relative to any Pledged Collateral,  whether or not the
Pledgee has or is deemed to have  knowledge of such matters,  or (ii) taking any
necessary  steps to preserve  rights  against any  parties  with  respect to any
Pledged Collateral.

                                              70

<PAGE>



        SECTION 12.  Remedies Upon Acceleration Default.

               (a)  If any Acceleration Default shall have occurred
and be continuing:

                      (i) The Pledgee may notify the obligors or other  parties,
        if any,  interested in any items of Pledged Col lateral of the interests
        of the  Pledgee  therein  and of any  action  proposed  to be taken with
        respect  thereto,  and inform  any of those  parties  that all  payments
        otherwise  payable to the Pledgor with respect  thereto shall be made by
        the Pledgee until all amounts due under the Credit  Agreement,  the Note
        and the other Related Documents have been indefeasibly paid in full;

                      (ii) The  Pledgee  may  exercise in respect of the Pledged
        Collateral, in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein
        or  otherwise  available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured
        party on  default  under the  Uniform  Commercial  Code (the  "Code") in
        effect in the State of New York at that time,  and the Pledgee may also,
        without notice except as specified below, sell the Pledged Collateral or
        any part  thereof in one or more parcels at public or private  sale,  at
        any  exchange,  broker's  board or at any of the  Pledgee's  offices  or
        elsewhere,  for cash,  on credit or for future  delivery,  and upon such
        other terms as the Pledgee may deem commercially reasonable. The Pledgor
        hereby  agrees that,  to the extent  notice of sale shall be required by
        law, at least five days'  notice to the Pledgor of the time and place of
        any public sale or the time after  which any private  sale is to be made
        shall  constitute  reasonable  notification.  The  Pledgee  shall not be
        obligated to make any sale of Pledged Collateral regardless of notice of
        sale having  been  given.  The Pledgee may adjourn any public or private
        sale  from  time to time by  announcement  at the time and  place  fixed
        therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time
        and place to which it was so adjourned;

                      (iii) Any cash held by the  Pledgee as Pledged  Collateral
        and all cash proceeds received by the Pledgee in respect of any sale of,
        collection  from,  or  other  realization  upon  all or any  part of the
        Pledged Collateral may, in the discretion of the Pledgee, be held by the
        Pledgee as collateral for, and/or then or at any time thereafter applied
        (after payment of any amounts payable to the Pledgee pursuant to Section
        13 hereof) in whole or in part by the Pledgee  against,  all or any part
        of the Obligations in such order as the Pledgee shall elect. Any surplus
        of such cash or cash proceeds  held by the Pledgee and  remaining  after
        the  indefeasible  payment in full of all the Obligations  shall be paid
        over to the Pledgor or to

                                              71

<PAGE>



        whomsoever may lawfully entitled to receive such surplus;
        and

                      (iv) The  Pledgee may  otherwise  use or deal from time to
        time with the Pledged  Collateral,  in whole or in part, in all respects
        as if the Pledgee were the outright owner thereof.

               (b) Except as set forth in Section 12(a)(iii) hereof, the Pledgee
shall have the sole right to determine the order in which  Obligations  shall be
deemed  discharged  by the  application  of the Pledged  Collateral or any other
property or money held hereunder or any amount realized thereon. Any requirement
of  reasonable  notice  imposed by law shall be deemed met if such  notice is in
writing and is mailed, teletransmitted or hand delivered to the Pledgor at least
five days prior to the sale,  disposition  or other  event  giving  rise to such
notice requirement.

               (c) The Pledgee shall collect the cash proceeds received from any
sale or  other  disposition  or from any  other  source  contemplated  by and in
accordance  with  Subsection  (a)  above and shall  apply the full  proceeds  in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

               (d)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  none of the provi sions of
this  Section 12 shall confer on the Pledgee any rights or  privileges  that are
not permissible under applicable law.

               (e) In connection  with the  provisions  of this Agree ment,  the
Pledgor from time to time shall  promptly  execute and  deliver,  or cause to be
executed and  delivered,  to the Pledgee such documents and  instruments,  shall
join in such  notices and shall take,  or cause to be taken,  such other  lawful
actions  as the  Pledgee  shall  deem  necessary  or  desirable  to enable it to
exercise any of the rights with respect to the Pledged  Collateral granted to it
pursuant to this Agreement.

        SECTION 13. Expenses.  The Pledgor will, upon demand, pay to the Pledgee
the amount of all expenses,  including the  reasonable  fees and expenses of its
counsel and of any experts and agents, which the Pledgee may incur in connection
with (i) the perfection,  custody or preservation of, or the sale of, collection
from,  or  other  realization  upon,  any of the  Pledged  Collateral,  (ii) the
exercise or enforcement of any of the rights of the Pledgee hereunder, (iii) the
failure by the Pledgor to perform or observe any of the  provisions  hereof,  or
(v) any actual or attempted sale, assignment of rights or interests, or exchange
of, or any  enforcement,  collection,  compromise or settlement  respecting  the
Pledged  Collateral or any other property or money held hereunder,  or any other
action taken by the Pledgee hereunder whether directly or as attorney-in-fact

                                              72

<PAGE>



pursuant to the power of attorney herein conferred,  and all such expenses shall
be deemed a part of the  Obligations  for all purposes of this Agreement and the
Pledgee may apply the  Pledged  Collateral  or any other  property or money held
hereunder  to  payment of or  reimbursement  of itself  for such  expenses.  The
Pledgor  shall pay all such expenses on demand,  together with interest  thereon
from the date the expense is paid or incurred by the Pledgee at an interest rate
equal to that under the Note (computed on the basis of the actual number of days
elapsed over a 360-day year).

        SECTION 14. Waivers and  Amendments,  Etc. The rights and remedies given
hereby are in addition to all others  however  arising,  but it is not  intended
that any  right  or  remedy  be exer  cised in any  jurisdiction  in which  such
exercise would be pro hibited by law. No action,  failure to act or knowledge of
the Pledgee shall be deemed to constitute a waiver of any power, right or remedy
hereunder,  nor shall any  single or  partial  exer cise  thereof  preclude  any
further exercise  thereof or the exer cise of any other power,  right or remedy.
Any waiver or consent respecting any covenant, representation, warranty or other
term or provision of this  Agreement  shall be effective  only in the  specified
instance and for the  specific  purpose for which given and shall not be deemed,
regardless of frequency given, to be a further or continuing  waiver or consent.
The failure or delay of the Pledgee at any time or times to require  performance
of, or to exercise  its rights with respect to, any  representation,  war ranty,
covenant or other term or provision of this  Agreement in no manner shall affect
its rights at a later time to enforce any such provision. No notice to or demand
on a party in any case shall  entitle such party to any other or further  notice
or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances. Any right or power of the
Pledgee  hereunder  respecting the Pledged  Collateral and any other property or
money held  hereunder may at the option of the Pledgee be exercised as to all or
any part of the same and the term the "Pledged Collateral" wherever used herein,
unless the  context  clearly  requires  otherwise,  shall be deemed to mean (and
shall be read as) the "Pledged  Collateral  and any other property or money held
hereunder or any part thereof".  This  Agreement  shall not be amended nor shall
any right  hereunder be deemed  waived except by a written  agreement  expressly
setting  forth the  amendment or waiver and signed by the party  against whom or
which such amendment or waiver is sought to be charged.

        SECTION 15.  Notices. Any notice or other communication to
be given or made to the Pledgee hereunder shall be sent or
otherwise communicated to the Pledgee at: IBJ Schroder Bank &
Trust Company, One State Street, New York, New York 10004,
attention:  Kevin M. Madigan, with a copy to Messrs. Pryor,
Cashman, Sherman & Flynn, 410 Park Avenue, New York, New York
10022, attention:  Lawrence Remmel, or such other address and/or
for such other attention as may be notified to the Pledgor in

                                              73

<PAGE>



accordance with this Section 15. Any notice or other  communication  to be given
to the Pledgor shall be sent or otherwise  communicated to the Pledgor at: Vicon
Industries,  Inc., 525 Broad Hollow Road, Melville,  New York 11747,  attention:
Arthur D.  Roche,  with a copy to  Schoeman,  Marsh & Updike,  LLP, 60 East 42nd
Street, Suite 3906, New York, New York 10165 attention:  Michael Schoeman, Esq.,
or such other address and/or for such other  attention as may be notified to the
Pledgee in accordance with this Section 15. Any notice or other communication to
be given or made  pursuant  to this  Agreement  may be given or made by personal
delivery,  or  by  overnight  courier,  or by  postage  prepaid,  registered  or
certified  first class mail,  return  receipt  requested,  or by  telecopy.  All
notices or other  communications  to be given or made pursuant to this Agreement
shall be deemed to have been given or made when received as established,  in the
case of delivery by overnight courier, on the next Business Day and, in the case
of delivery by mail, five Business Days after mailing.

        SECTION 16. Continuing Security Interest.  This Agreement shall create a
continuing first priority security interest in the Pledged  Collateral and shall
(i) remain in full force and effect  until the  indefeasible  payment in full or
performance of the Obligations, (ii) be binding upon the Pledgor, its successors
and assigns  and (iii)  inure to the benefit of the Pledgee and its  successors,
transferees and assigns. Upon the indefeasible payment in full or performance of
the Obligations,  the Pledgor shall be entitled to the return,  upon its request
and at its  expense,  of such of the Pledged  Collateral  as shall not have been
sold or otherwise applied pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

        SECTION  17.  Severability.  In the  event  that any  provision  of this
Agreement   shall  be  determined  to  be   superseded,   invalid  or  otherwise
unenforceable  pursuant to applicable law, such  determination  shall not affect
the validity of the remaining  provisions of this  Agreement,  and the remaining
provisions of this Agreement shall be enforced as if the invalid  provision were
deleted.

        SECTION  18.  Survival of  Representations,  etc.  All  representations,
warranties,  covenants  and other  agreements  made  herein  shall  survive  the
execution and delivery of this  Agreement  and shall  continue in full force and
effect until all amounts due under the Credit Agreement,  the Note and the other
Related  Documents have been  indefeasibly  paid in full.  This Agreement  shall
remain and continue in full force and effect without regard to any modification,
execution,  renewal,  amendment or waiver of any  provision of any of the Credit
Agreement, the Note and the other Related Documents.


                                              74

<PAGE>



        SECTION 19.  Termination and  Miscellaneous  Provisions.  This Agreement
shall continue in full force and effect until all of the Obligations  shall have
been indefeasibly  paid and satisfied.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and
shall  inure  to  the  benefit  of  the  parties  hereto  and  their  respective
successors,  and assigns.  Section headings used herein are for convenience only
and shall not  affect  the  meaning  or  construction  of any of the  provisions
hereof.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts  with the
same  effect  as if the  signatures  thereto  and  hereto  were  upon  the  same
instrument.

        SECTION 20. Entire Agreement.  This Agreement,  the Credit Agreement and
the other  Related  Documents  contain the entire  agreement  of the parties and
supersedes all other agreements,  understandings  and  representations,  oral or
otherwise, between the parties with respect to the matters contained herein.

        SECTION 21.  Governing Law;  Terms.  This Agreement shall be governed by
and  construed  in  accordance  with the laws of the State of New York,  without
giving  effect to its  conflict of laws  provisions.  Unless  otherwise  defined
herein or in the Credit  Agreement,  terms  defined in Article 9 of the  Uniform
Commercial Code in the State of New York are used herein as therein defined.



                                              75

<PAGE>



        IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Pledgor,  and the Pledgee have each caused this
Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.


                                            VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.



                                            By:
                                               Name: Kenneth M. Darby
                                               Title: President



                                            IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY


                                            By:
                                               Name: Kevin M. Madigan
                                               Title: Vice President


        The undersigned  hereby  acknowledges  receiving notice of, and consents
to, the  foregoing  Pledge  Agreement  and agrees to recognize all of the rights
granted to the Pledgee  therein and, to the full extent of its ability,  to take
all actions  reasonably  necessary to effectuate said rights and the purposes of
the Pledge Agreement, as requested by the Pledgee pursuant to the terms thereof.

Date:          December 27, 1995


                                            VICON INDUSTRIES (UK) LIMITED


                                            By:
                                            Name: Kenneth M. Darby
                                            Title: Secretary


                                            VICON INDUSTRIES FOREIGN SALES
                                   CORPORATION


                                            By:
                                            Name: Kenneth M. Darby
                                            Title: President


                                              76

<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE 1

                                 PLEDGED SHARES


I. VICON INDUSTRIES (UK) LIMITED


Name of Holder:       No. of Shares:   Certificate No.:     Issue Date:

Vicon Industries, Inc.     750               1            June 24, 1981

Vicon Industries, Inc.     74,250            2         October 10, 1981


II. VICON INDUSTRIES FOREIGN SALES CORPORATION


Name of Holder:     No. of Shares:     Certificate No.:     Issue Date:

Vicon Industries, Inc.      100              1          January 1, 1985
































                                                  77

<PAGE>



                             VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.

                              OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE


        Pursuant to the terms of the Credit and Security  Agreement  dated as of
December 27, 1995,  between  Vicon  Industries,  Inc. (the  "Borrower")  and IBJ
Schroder Bank & Trust Company (the "Agreement"),  the undersigned officer of the
Borrower  hereby  certifies,  in his capacity as Executive Vice President of the
Borrower,  as set forth  below.  Terms  used  herein  which are  defined  in the
Agreement have the respective meanings specified in the Agreement.

        1.     The representations and warranties of the Borrower contained
in the Agreement and in each of the other Related Documents are true
and correct on and as of the date hereof.

        2. The Borrower  has duly  performed  and  complied  with all the terms,
provisions  and  conditions  set forth in the  Agreement  ,  including,  without
limitation,  each of the financial  covenants contained in Article IX, or in any
other  Related  Document  to which it is a party on its part to be  observed  or
performed.

        3. No Default or Event of Default has  occurred  and is  continuing,  or
would result from the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of the
Agreement or any of the other Related Documents to which they are a party.

        4. Neither the Borrower  nor any of its  Subsidiaries  are in default in
the payment or  performance  of any of their  respective  obligations  under any
mortgage,  indenture,  security  agreement,   contract,   undertaking  or  other
agreement  or  instrument  to which  they are a party  or which  purports  to be
binding upon them or any of their respective properties or assets, which default
would have a material  adverse effect on the management,  business,  operations,
properties, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower or such
Subsidiary, as applicable.

        5. The Borrower and each of its  Subsidiaries are in compliance with all
applicable  statutes,  laws,  rules,  regulations,  orders and  judgements,  the
contravention  or violation of which would have a material adverse effect on the
management, business, operations,  properties, assets or condition (financial or
otherwise) of the Borrower or such, as applicable.

        6. There has  occurred no  material  adverse  change in the  business or
assets,  or in the condition  (financial  or  otherwise)  of the Borrower  since
November  24,  1995,  the  date  of the  last  financial  statements  previously
delivered to the Bank.

        7.     There are no litigation or administrative proceedings, of or
before any court or governmental body or agency now pending, nor, to

                                                  78

<PAGE>



the best knowledge of the undersigned  upon reasonable  inquiry,  now threatened
against  the  Borrower  or any of its  respective  properties,  nor, to the best
knowledge of the undersigned upon reasonable inquiry, is there a valid basis for
the  initiation  of any  such  litigation  or  proceeding,  which  if  adversely
determined  would  have a material  adverse  effect on the  business,  assets or
condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower.



        IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 27th
day of December, 1995.


                                            VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                            By:
                                                   Name: Arthur D. Roche
                                                   Title: E.V.P.

































                                                  79

<PAGE>



                             VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.



                      RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS




        The  undersigned,  being  the sole  members  of the  Directors  of Vicon
Industries, Inc., a New York corporation (the "Corporation") do hereby adopt the
following resolutions:

               RESOLVED,  that (i) the Credit and Security Agreement dated as of
        the date hereof (the "Credit Agreement") between the Corporation and IBJ
        Schroder  Bank  &  Trust  Company  (the  "Bank"),  (ii)  the  $4,000,000
        Promissory Note (the "Note") from the Corporation to the Bank, (iii) the
        Pledge  Agreement  dated as of the date hereof (the "Pledge  Agreement")
        between the Corporation and the Bank, (iv) the Lock-Box  Agreement dated
        as of the date hereof (the "Lock-Box Agreement") between the Corporation
        and the  Bank,  and (v) any other  documents  or  certificates  required
        pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement,  each in a
        substantially  final form  previously  delivered to the Directors of the
        Corporation, are hereby approved; and further

               RESOLVED,  that the  appropriate  officers of the Corporation be,
        and they hereby are,  authorized and directed to execute and deliver for
        and on behalf of the  Corporation  the Credit  Agreement,  the Note, the
        Pledge  Agreement,  the  Lock-Box  Agreement  and  other  documents  and
        certificates required pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Credit
        Agreement,  with such further changes therein and modifications  thereof
        as the  officers  executing  the same shall,  in their sole  discretion,
        approve,  and  all  instruments,   documents,  agreements  or  financing
        statements  which such officers  determine are necessary or desirable to
        effectuate  the  performance  of such  Credit  Agreement,  Note,  Pledge
        Agreement,  Lock-Box  Agreement  and other  documents  and  certificates
        required  pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Credit  Agreement,
        such  approval  to be  conclusively  evidenced  by their  execution  and
        deliver  thereof,  and to affix the  corporate  seal of the  Corporation
        thereto, where applicable; and further

               RESOLVED,  that this  Resolution  be filed  with the  minutes  of
        proceedings of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

                                          80

<PAGE>




Dated:         December 27, 1995


















































                                                81

<PAGE>



                              REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE



$4,000,000                          DECEMBER 27, 1995
                                                             NEW YORK, NEW YORK


            FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  VICON INDUSTRIES,  INC., A NEW YORK CORPORATION
(THE  "BORROWER"),  PROMISES  TO PAY TO THE ORDER OF IBJ  SCHRODER  BANK & TRUST
COMPANY  (THE  "BANK")  ON  THE  COMMITMENT  EXPIRATION  DATE  SPECIFIED  IN THE
AGREEMENT  HEREINAFTER  REFERRED  TO, AT THE  OFFICE OF THE BANK  LOCATED AT ONE
STATE STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK, OR AT SUCH OTHER PLACE AS THE BANK MAY SPECIFY
FROM TIME TO TIME,  IN LAWFUL  MONEY OF THE  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  AND IN
IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS, THE PRINCIPAL SUM OF THE LESSER OF (A) FOUR MILLION
DOLLARS ($4,000,000), AND (B) THE AGGREGATE UNPAID PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF ALL LOANS
MADE BY THE BANK TO THE BORROWER PUR SUANT TO SECTION 2.02 OF THE AGREEMENT. THE
BORROWER FURTHER PROMISES TO PAY INTEREST IN LIKE MONEY AND FUNDS TO THE BANK AT
ITS OFFICE  SPECIFIED ABOVE ON THE UNPAID PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE LOANS FROM AND
INCLUDING THE DATE THEREOF UNTIL PAYMENT IN FULL AT THE RATE OR RATES AND ON THE
DATES  DETERMINED IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH THE TERMS OF THE  AGREEMENT.  THE BANK IS
HEREBY  AUTHORIZED  TO RECORD THE DATE,  AMOUNT AND  INTEREST  RATE OF EACH LOAN
EVIDENCED BY THIS NOTE AND THE DATE AND AMOUNT OF EACH PAYMENT OR  PREPAYMENT OF
PRINCIPAL HEREOF ON THE SCHEDULE ANNEXED HERETO AND MADE A PART HEREOF,  OR ON A
CONTINUATION  THEREOF WHICH SHALL BE ATTACHED HERETO AND MADE A PART HEREOF, AND
ANY SUCH  NOTATION  SHALL BE  CONCLUSIVE  AND  BINDING FOR ALL  PURPOSES  ABSENT
MANIFEST  ERROR;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  THAT FAILURE BY THE BANK TO MAKE ANY SUCH
NOTATION SHALL NOT AFFECT THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE BORROWER HEREUNDER OR UNDER THE
AGREEMENT.

            IF ANY  PAYMENT ON THIS NOTE  BECOMES DUE AND PAYABLE ON A DAY OTHER
THAN A BUSINESS DAY (AS DEFINED IN THE AGREEMENT),  THE PAYMENT THEREOF SHALL BE
EXTENDED TO THE NEXT  SUCCEEDING  BUSINESS DAY, AND, WITH RESPECT TO PAYMENTS OF
PRINCIPAL,  INTEREST THEREON SHALL BE PAYABLE AT THE THEN APPLICABLE RATE DURING
SUCH EXTENSION.

            THIS  NOTE  IS THE  NOTE  REFERRED  TO IN THE  CREDIT  AND  SECURITY
AGREEMENT,  DATED AS OF THE DATE  HEREOF,  BETWEEN THE BORROWER AND THE BANK (AS
THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED,  SUPPLEMENTED OR OTHERWISE MODIFIED,  THE "AGREEMENT"),
AND IS ENTITLED TO THE BENEFITS THEREOF AND IS SUBJECT TO OPTIONAL AND MANDATORY
PREPAYMENT IN WHOLE OR IN PART AS PROVIDED  THEREIN.  TERMS USED BUT NOT DEFINED
IN THIS NOTE HAVE THE RESPECTIVE MEANINGS ASSIGNED TO THEM IN THE AGREEMENT.

            THE  BORROWER  SHALL  USE  ALL  OF THE  PROCEEDS  OF  THE  LOANS  IN
ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 2.10 OF THE AGREEMENT.

            UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF ANY ONE OR MORE OF THE EVENTS OF
DEFAULT SPECIFIED IN THE AGREEMENT, ALL AMOUNTS THEN REMAINING

                                                82

<PAGE>



UNPAID  ON  THIS  NOTE  MAY  BE  DECLARED  TO BE  OR  MAY  AUTOMATICALLY  BECOME
IMMEDIATELY DUE AND PAYABLE AS PROVIDED IN THE AGREEMENT.

            PRESENTMENT FOR PAYMENT, DEMAND, NOTICE OF DISHONOR, PROTEST, NOTICE
OF PROTEST AND ALL OTHER  DEMANDS AND NOTICES IN  CONNECTION  WITH THE DELIVERY,
PERFORMANCE AND ENFORCEMENT OF THIS NOTE ARE HEREBY WAIVED,  EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE
EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THE AGREEMENT.

            NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISIONS  CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE AGREEMENT
TO THE  CONTRARY,  THE  INDEBTEDNESS  EVIDENCED  BY THIS  NOTE  SHALL NOT (I) BE
SUBORDINATED  TO  CLAIMS  OF ANY  TRADE  CREDITORS  OF THE  BORROWER  OR (II) BE
SUBORDINATED  IN RIGHT OF  PAYMENT  TO THE  PAYMENT  OF ANY  EXISTING  OR FUTURE
UNSECURED INDEBTEDNESS OF THE BORROWER.

            THE  OBLIGATIONS  OF THE BORROWER TO MAKE  PAYMENTS  WHEN DUE OF ANY
MOUNT OWING  UNDER THIS NOTE ARE  ENTITLED  TO THE  BENEFITS  OF THE  COLLATERAL
SECURITY PROVIDED FOR IN THE AGREEMENT AND THE PLEDGE AGREEMENT.

            THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED  BY, AND  CONSTRUED  AND INTER PRETED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CHOICE
OF LAW PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN THE AGREEMENT.

            THE BORROWER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY
WAIVES (TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW) ANY RIGHT IT MAY
HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATING TO
THIS NOTE AND AGREES THAT ANY SUCH DISPUTE SHALL, AT THE OPTION OF
THE BANK, BE TRIED BEFORE A JUDGE SITTING WITHOUT A JURY.


                                                    VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                                    BY:
                                                        NAME: KENNETH M. DARBY
                                                        TITLE: PRESIDENT














                                                83

<PAGE>



                                    SCHEDULE
                                     TO NOTE
                           DATED DECEMBER 27, 1995 OF
                            VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. TO
                        IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY




                                AMOUNT OF        UNPAID
            AMOUNT              PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL             NOTATION
DATE        OF LOAN             PAID             BALANCE               MADE BY





                                                84

<PAGE>





                             VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.

                             SECRETARY'S CERTIFICATE


            I, ARTHUR D. ROCHE, THE DULY ELECTED  SECRETARY OF VICON INDUSTRIES,
INC., A NEW YORK CORPORATION (THE "COMPANY"), DO HEREBY CERTIFY THAT:

            1.  ATTACHED  HERETO AS EXHIBIT A IS A TRUE,  CORRECT,  AND COMPLETE
COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION  OF THE COMPANY,  DULY CERTIFIED BY THE
SECRETARY OF STATE,  WHICH  CERTIFICATE  OF  INCORPORATION  HAS NOT BEEN AMENDED
SINCE  THE DATE OF THE LAST  AMENDMENT  THERETO  INDICATED  IN SUCH  CERTIFICATE
ISSUED BY THE SECRETARY OF STATE.  THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION IS IN EFFECT
ON THE DATE HEREOF AND HAS NOT BEEN SUBSEQUENTLY AMENDED.

            2.        ATTACHED HERETO AS EXHIBIT B IS A TRUE, CORRECT, AND
COMPLETE COPY OF THE BY-LAWS OF THE COMPANY AS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE
HEREOF, TOGETHER WITH ALL AMENDMENTS THERETO.

            3. ATTACHED HERETO AS EXHIBIT C IS A CERTIFICATE,  DULY CERTIFIED BY
THE SECRETARY OF STATE, AS TO THE DUE ORGANIZATION, CORPORATE EXISTENCE AND GOOD
STANDING OF THE COMPANY, AND CERTIFICATES OF GOOD STANDING FOR THE COMPANY, DULY
CERTIFIED  WITHIN 10 DAYS PRIOR TO THE DATE HEREOF BY THE  SECRETARY OF STATE OF
EACH JURISDICTION IN WHICH THE COMPANY IS QUALIFIED TO DO BUSINESS.

            4.  ATTACHED  HERETO AS EXHIBIT D IS A TRUE,  CORRECT,  AND COMPLETE
COPY OF THE  RESOLUTIONS  DULY  ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY
DATED AS OF THE DATE  HEREOF  APPROVING,  AMONG  OTHER  THINGS,  THE  EXECUTION,
DELIVERY AND  PERFORMANCE  BY THE COMPANY OF THE CREDIT AND  SECURITY  AGREEMENT
DATED AS OF THE DATE  HEREOF  AMONG THE COMPANY  AND IBJ  SCHRODER  BANK & TRUST
COMPANY (THE "CREDIT  AGREEMENT"),  THE  BORROWINGS  THEREUNDER,  THE NOTE,  THE
RELATED DOCUMENTS AND ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS  CONTEMPLATED IN CONNECTION  THEREWITH
TO WHICH THE COMPANY IS A PARTY.  SUCH  RESOLUTIONS  HAVE NOT BEEN  RESCINDED OR
MODIFIED  AND  ARE IN FULL  FORCE  AND  EFFECT  ON THE  DATE  HEREOF,  AND  SUCH
RESOLUTIONS  CONSTITUTE  ALL THE  RESOLUTIONS  ADOPTED  IN  CONNECTION  WITH THE
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY.

            5. EACH OF THE INDIVIDUALS NAMED BELOW IS A DULY ELECTED,  QUALIFIED
AND ACTING OFFICER OF THE COMPANY, HOLDING THE OFFICE SET FORTH OPPOSITE HIS/HER
NAME AND HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED IN THE RESOLUTIONS  ATTACHED HERETO AS EXHIBIT D TO
EXECUTE  ALL  DOCUMENTS  MENTIONED  IN  OR  CONTEMPLATED  BY  SAID  RESOLUTIONS,
INCLUDING,  WITHOUT  LIMITATION,  THE CREDIT  AGREEMENT,  THE NOTE,  THE RELATED
DOCUMENTS AND SUCH OTHER DOCUMENTS CONTEMPLATED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH; AND THE
SIGNATURES  SET  FORTH  OPPOSITE  THEIR  NAMES  AS  FOLLOWS  ARE  THEIR  GENUINE
SIGNATURES:



<PAGE>




NAME:                                  OFFICE:                    SIGNATURE:

ARTHUR D. ROCHE                        SECRETARY/ E.V.P.

KENNETH M. DARBY                       PRESIDENT/C.E.O.


            CAPITALIZED  TERMS USED BUT NOT  DEFINED  HEREIN ARE  DEFINED IN THE
CREDIT  AGREEMENT AND ARE USED HEREIN WITH THE SAME MEANINGS AS ASCRIBED TO THEM
THEREIN.

            IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  THE UNDERSIGNED HAS EXECUTED THIS CERTIFICATE
AS OF THE 27TH DAY OF DECEMBER, 1995.


                                       ------------------------------
                                       NAME: ARTHUR D. ROCHE
                                       TITLE: SECRETARY




            THE  UNDERSIGNED,  THE DULY ELECTED  PRESIDENT OF THE COMPANY,  DOES
HEREBY  CERTIFY  THE OFFICE,  AUTHORIZATION  AND  SIGNATURE  OF ARTHUR D. ROCHE,
REFERRED TO IN SECTION 5 ABOVE.


                                       ------------------------------
                                       NAME: KENNETH M. DARBY
                                       TITLE: PRESIDENT




<PAGE>





                                    EXHIBIT A

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION







<PAGE>




                                    EXHIBIT B

                                     BY-LAWS





<PAGE>




                                    EXHIBIT C

                          GOOD STANDING CERTIFICATE(S)






<PAGE>




                                    EXHIBIT D

                              CORPORATE RESOLUTIONS



















































<PAGE>



                             SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

                      WHEREAS, VICON INDUSTRIES, INC., A CORPORATION
ORGANIZED  UNDER THE LAWS OF NEW YORK  HAVING ITS USUAL PLACE OF BUSINESS AT 525
BROAD HOLLOW ROAD, MELVILLE, NEW YORK 11747 (HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "BORROWER"),
IS INDEBTED TO THE  UNDERSIGNED  LENDER  (HEREINAFTER  CALLED THE  "SUBORDINATED
LENDER") IN THE AGGREGATE  PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF TWO MILLION DOLLARS  ($2,000,000)
EVIDENCED BY A PROMISSORY NOTE DATED OCTOBER 5, 1993 (THE "SUBORDINATED NOTE");

                      WHEREAS, THE BORROWER AND THE SUBORDINATED LENDER
HAVE REQUESTED IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY (HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "BANK")
TO EXTEND CREDIT TO THE BORROWER BUT THE BANK IS UNWILLING TO GRANT SUCH REQUEST
UNLESS THE  SUBORDINATED  LENDER SHALL (I)  SUBORDINATE IN THE MANNER AND TO THE
EXTENT  HEREINAFTER  PROVIDED  ALL  INTEREST  PAYMENTS,  ON THE ABOVE  MENTIONED
INDEBTEDNESS  EVIDENCED  BY  THE  SUBORDINATED  NOTE  OF  THE  BORROWER  TO  THE
SUBORDINATED  LENDER (ALL OF WHICH INTEREST  PAYMENTS ON SUCH  INDEBTEDNESS  ARE
HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS", IT BEING UNDERSTOOD THAT THE
PRINCIPAL  OF THE  SUBORDINATED  NOTE  SHALL NOT BE  DEEMED  TO BE  SUBORDINATED
INDEBTEDNESS),  AND (II) TO THE  EXTENT THE  SUBORDINATED  LENDER HAS A SECURITY
INTEREST  IN ANY  PROPERTY  IN  WHICH  THE  BANK HAS A  SECURITY  INTEREST,  THE
SUBORDINATED  LENDER SHALL SUBORDINATE SUCH SECURITY  INTERESTS IN SUCH PROPERTY
TO THE SECURITY INTERESTS OF THE BANK:

                      NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE PREMISES AND
AS AN INDUCEMENT  TO THE BANK TO CONTINUE TO EXTEND CREDIT TO THE BORROWER,  AND
IN CONSIDERATION THEREOF, THE SUBORDINATED LENDER HEREBY AGREES WITH THE BANK TO
SUBORDINATE,  AND DOES HEREBY SUBORDINATE,  THE SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS TO ANY
AND ALL INDEBTEDNESS  AND OTHER  LIABILITIES OF THE BORROWER TO THE BANK ARISING
UNDER THAT CERTAIN  CREDIT AND SECURITY  AGREEMENT  DATED AS OF THE DATED HEREOF
AND  EXECUTED BY THE  BORROWER  AND THE BANK (THE  "CREDIT  AGREEMENT")  AND ALL
DOCUMENTS  EXECUTED  IN  CONNECTION  THEREWITH,  AND  ANY  AND  ALL  EXTENSIONS,
MODIFICATIONS,   AMENDMENTS,   RENEWALS  OR  SUBSTITUTIONS  THEREOF,   INCLUDING
PRINCIPAL, INTEREST AND EXPENSES OF COLLECTION AND ALL OTHER INDEBTEDNESS OF ANY
NATURE  NOW OR  HEREAFTER  OWING  FROM  THE  BORROWER  TO THE  BANK  (ALL OF THE
FOREGOING  BEING  REFERRED  TO AS  THE  "SENIOR  INDEBTEDNESS"),  AND,  FOR  THE
CONSIDERATION  AFORESAID,  THE  SUBORDINATED  LENDER FOR ITSELF,  ITS EXECUTORS,
ADMINISTRATORS, SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, AGREES WITH THE BANK THAT :

                      1.    NOTWITHSTANDING THE TERMS OF THE INSTRUMENTS
AND AGREEMENTS GIVING RISE TO THE SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS,  IT WILL NOT AT ANY
TIME UNTIL ALL SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS SHALL HAVE BEEN PAID IN FULL, DEMAND,  ACCEPT
OR RECEIVE ANY COLLATERAL FOR THE SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS,  NOR WILL IT ASSERT
AGAINST THE BORROWER ANY RIGHT OF SETOFF OR OF  SUBROGATION  WITH RESPECT TO THE
SUBORDINATED  INDEBTEDNESS,  NOR WILL IT  TRANSFER  OR ASSIGN  ANY OR ALL OF THE
SUBORDINATED  INDEBTEDNESS  UNLESS THE TRANSFEREE OR ASSIGNEE AGREES TO BE BOUND
BY THE TERMS OF THIS SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT;



<PAGE>



PROVIDED;  HOWEVER;  THAT  THE  SUBORDINATED  INDEBTEDNESS  MAY  BE  SECURED  BY
COLLATERAL  PURSUANT TO LIENS WHICH ARE JUNIOR AND  SUBORDINATED TO THE LIENS OF
THE BANK IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH THE TERMS  HEREOF.  EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THE NEXT
SENTENCE,  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE PRINCIPAL OF THE  SUBORDINATED  NOTE BE DUE AND
PAYABLE (WHETHER BY ITS TERMS,  ACCELERATION OR OTHERWISE)  BEFORE JULY 1, 1998.
NOTWITHSTANDING  THE  FOREGOING,  PRINCIPAL  OF THE  SUBORDINATED  NOTE SHALL BE
PERMITTED TO BECOME DUE AND PAYABLE  (WHETHER BY ITS TERMS,  BY  ACCELERATION OR
OTHERWISE)  UPON THE FILING OF ANY  PETITION  IN  BANKRUPTCY  BY OR AGAINST  THE
BORROWER.

                      2.    THE SUBORDINATED LENDER MAY RECEIVE PAYMENTS ON
THE  SUBORDINATED  INDEBTEDNESS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE SUBORDINATED
NOTE AS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE  HEREOF IF AND SO LONG AS NO EVENT OF DEFAULT  (AS
DEFINED IN THE CREDIT  AGREEMENT),  OTHER THAN AN EVENT OF DEFAULT  DERIVED FROM
THE BREACH OF THE FINANCIAL  COVENANTS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 9.01,  9.02,  9.03,
9.04 AND 9.05 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, SHALL HAVE OCCURRED AND BE CONTINUING AND
SHALL NOT HAVE BEEN  WAIVED BY THE BANK IN  WRITING  IN  RESPECT  OF THE  SENIOR
INDEBTEDNESS.  NOTWITHSTANDING  THE TERMS OF ANY INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT  GIVING
RISE TO THE SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS,  THE SUBORDINATED LENDER WILL NOT DEMAND,
ACCEPT OR RECEIVE ANY PRINCIPAL  PREPAYMENT IN RESPECT OF THE SUBORDINATED NOTE,
AND IN THE EVENT IT RECEIVES ANY SUCH  PAYMENT,  THE  SUBORDINATED  LENDER SHALL
FORTHWITH  DELIVER THE SAME TO THE BANK IN PRECISELY THE FORM  RECEIVED  (EXCEPT
FOR THE SUBORDINATED  LENDER'S  ENDORSEMENT  WHERE NECESSARY) FOR APPLICATION ON
ACCOUNT OF THE BORROWER'S  OBLIGATIONS TO THE BANK, AND THE SUBORDINATED  LENDER
AGREES THAT,  UNTIL SO DELIVERED,  SUCH PAYMENTS SHALL BE DEEMED RECEIVED BY THE
SUBORDINATED  LENDER  AS AGENT  FOR THE  BANK AND  SHALL BE HELD IN TRUST BY THE
SUBORDINATED  LENDER AS PROPERTY  OF THE BANK.  IN THE EVENT OF A FAILURE OF THE
SUBORDINATED  LENDER TO  ENDORSE  ANY  INSTRUMENT  FOR THE  PAYMENT  OF MONEY SO
RECEIVED BY THE SUBORDINATED LENDER, PAYABLE TO THE SUBORDINATED LENDER'S ORDER,
THE BANK, OR ANY OFFICER OR EMPLOYEE THEREOF, IS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY  CONSTITUTED
AND APPOINTED  ATTORNEY- IN-FACT FOR THE SUBORDINATED  LENDER WITH FULL POWER TO
MAKE ANY SUCH ENDORSEMENT AND WITH FULL POWER OF SUBSTITUTION.  THE SUBORDINATED
LENDER  WILL  NOT  DEMAND  OR  CONSENT  TO ANY  AMENDMENT  OF THE  TERMS  OF THE
SUBORDINATED  NOTE WITH  RESPECT  TO THE  INTEREST  PAYABLE  THEREUNDER  AND THE
SCHEDULED AMORTIZATION OF THE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT THEREOF WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN
CONSENT OF THE BANK.  THE BANK  AGREES TO PROVIDE THE  SUBORDINATED  LENDER WITH
NOTICE OF EACH EVENT OF DEFAULT, OTHER THAN FOR AN EVENT OF DEFAULT DERIVED FROM
THE BREACH OF THE FINANCIAL  COVENANTS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 9.01,  9.02,  9.03,
9.04 AND 9.05 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.

                      3.    IF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT, OTHER THAN AN EVENT OF
DEFAULT DERIVED FROM THE BREACH OF THE FINANCIAL COVENANTS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS
9.01,  9.02,  9.03,  9.04 AND 9.05 OF THE CREDIT  AGREEMENT,  SHALL OCCUR AND BE
CONTINUING AND SHALL NOT HAVE BEEN WAIVED BY THE BANK IN WRITING WITH RESPECT TO
THE SENIOR  INDEBTEDNESS,  THE SUBORDINATED  LENDER WILL NOT RECEIVE FROM OR FOR
THE ACCOUNT OF THE



<PAGE>



BORROWER  ANY  PAYMENT OF THE  SUBORDINATED  INDEBTEDNESS  AND,  IN THE EVENT IT
RECEIVES ANY SUCH PAYMENT,  THE SUBORDINATED  LENDER SHALL FORTHWITH DELIVER THE
SAME TO THE BANK IN PRECISELY  THE FORM  RECEIVED  (EXCEPT FOR THE  SUBORDINATED
LENDER'S  ENDORSEMENT  WHERE  NECESSARY)  FOR  APPLICATION  ON  ACCOUNT  OF  THE
BORROWER'S  OBLIGATIONS  TO THE BANK, AND THE  SUBORDINATED  LENDER AGREES THAT,
UNTIL SO DELIVERED,  SUCH PAYMENTS SHALL BE DEEMED RECEIVED BY THE  SUBORDINATED
LENDER  AS AGENT  FOR THE BANK  AND  SHALL BE HELD IN TRUST BY THE  SUBORDINATED
LENDER AS  PROPERTY OF THE BANK.  IN THE EVENT OF A FAILURE OF THE  SUBORDINATED
LENDER TO ENDORSE  ANY  INSTRUMENT  FOR THE  PAYMENT OF MONEY SO RECEIVED BY THE
SUBORDINATED  LENDER,  PAYABLE TO THE SUBORDINATED  LENDER'S ORDER, THE BANK, OR
ANY OFFICER OR EMPLOYEE THEREOF, IS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSTITUTED AND APPOINTED
ATTORNEY-IN-FACT  FOR THE  SUBORDINATED  LENDER WITH FULL POWER TO MAKE ANY SUCH
ENDORSEMENT AND WITH FULL POWER OF SUBSTITUTION.

                      4.    IN THE EVENT THE BORROWER SHALL BECOME
INSOLVENT,  THE SUBORDINATED  LENDER WILL, IN ANY SUCH CASE, ASSIGN AND PAY OVER
OR  DELIVER  TO  THE  BANK,  TO THE  EXTENT  NECESSARY  TO  SATISFY  THE  SENIOR
INDEBTEDNESS IN FULL WITH INTEREST (PLUS REASONABLE EXPENSES OF COLLECTION), ANY
AND  ALL  DIVIDENDS,  PAYMENTS  AND  OTHER  DISTRIBUTIONS  WITH  RESPECT  TO THE
SUBORDINATED  INDEBTEDNESS  TO  WHICH  IT  WOULD  BE  ENTITLED,  OF ANY  KIND OR
CHARACTER,  EITHER IN CASH, PROPERTY OR SECURITIES TO THE EXTENT SUCH DIVIDENDS,
PAYMENTS OR OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS ARE PAID TO THE SUBORDINATED  LENDER, TO BE HELD
BY THE BANK AND  APPLIED  BY THE BANK FOR ITS OWN  ACCOUNT  TO THE EXTENT OF ITS
RIGHTS  HEREUNDER.  FOR PURPOSES HEREOF,  THE BORROWER SHALL BE CONSIDERED TO BE
"INSOLVENT" WHEN ANY OF THE FOLLOWING EVENTS SHALL HAVE OCCURRED WITH RESPECT TO
THE BORROWER:  ADMISSION IN WRITING OF ITS INABILITY, OR BE GENERALLY UNABLE, TO
PAY ITS  DEBTS  AS THEY  BECOME  DUE,  DISSOLUTION,  TERMINATION  OF  EXISTENCE,
CESSATION OF NORMAL BUSINESS OPERATIONS,  INSOLVENCY,  APPOINTMENT OF A RECEIVER
OF ANY PARTY OF,  LEGAL OR  EQUITABLE  ASSIGNMENT,  CONVEYANCE  OR  TRANSFER  OF
PROPERTY FOR THE BENEFIT OF CREDITORS BY THE BORROWER;  OR THE  COMMENCEMENT  OF
ANY PROCEEDINGS  UNDER ANY BANKRUPTCY OR INSOLVENCY LAWS BY THE BORROWER OR SUCH
A  PROCEEDING  SHALL  HAVE BEEN  COMMENCED  AGAINST  THE  BORROWER,  IN WHICH AN
ADJUDICATION  OR  APPOINTMENT  IS MADE OR ORDER FOR  RELIEF IS  ENTERED OR WHICH
PROCEEDING REMAINS UNDISMISSED OR UNSTAYED FOR A PERIOD OF 30 DAYS OR MORE.

                      5.    IN ORDER TO CARRY OUT THE TERMS AND INTENT OF
THIS UNDERTAKING  MORE  EFFECTIVELY,  THE  SUBORDINATED  LENDER WILL DO ALL ACTS
NECESSARY OR CONVENIENT IN THE  REASONABLE  JUDGMENT OF THE BANK TO PRESERVE FOR
THE BANK THE  BENEFITS  OF THIS  SUBORDINATION  AGREEMENT  AND WILL  EXECUTE ALL
AGREEMENTS WHICH THE BANK MAY REASONABLY REQUEST FOR THAT PURPOSE, AND IT HEREBY
ASSIGNS,  TRANSFERS  AND SETS OVER TO THE BANK ITS CLAIMS  AGAINST THE  BORROWER
ARISING ON ACCOUNT OF THE SUBORDINATED  INDEBTEDNESS  AND, WITHOUT IMPOSING UPON
THE BANK ANY DUTY WITH RESPECT TO PRESERVATION, PROTECTION OR ENFORCEMENT OF THE
CLAIMS  ARISING ON ACCOUNT OF THE  SUBORDINATED  INDEBTEDNESS,  CONSTITUTES  AND
APPOINTS THE BANK ITS



<PAGE>



TRUE AND LAWFUL ATTORNEY FOR THE FOLLOWING PURPOSES BUT ONLY WITH RESPECT TO THE
SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS:

                      (A)  TO  COLLECT   ANY   DIVIDENDS,   PAYMENTS   OR  OTHER
            DISTRIBUTIONS WHICH WOULD OTHERWISE BE PAYABLE TO, OR RECEIVABLE BY,
            IT ON  ANY  LIQUIDATION,  DISSOLUTION  OR  OTHER  WINDING  UP OF THE
            BORROWER  OR ANY  LIQUIDATION  OR  DISTRIBUTION  OF ANY  PART OF THE
            ASSETS  OF  THE  BORROWER  (OTHER  THAN  DISTRIBUTIONS  MADE  IN THE
            ORDINARY  COURSE OF THE BORROWER'S  BUSINESS) OR IN ANY  PROCEEDINGS
            AFFECTING HE BORROWER UNDER ANY BANKRUPTCY OR INSOLVENCY LAWS OR ANY
            LAWS RELATING TO THE RELIEF OF DEBTORS, READJUSTMENT, COMPOSITION OR
            EXTENSION OF INDEBTEDNESS,  OR  REORGANIZATION OR DISSOLUTION OF THE
            BORROWER,  OR EXECUTION  SALE ON, OR  MARSHALING  OF,  ASSETS OF THE
            BORROWER.

                      (B)    TO PROVE ITS CLAIM IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDINGS.

                      (C) TO ACCEPT OR REJECT,  TO THE EXTENT TO WHICH IT SHOULD
            BE  ENTITLED  TO ACCEPT OR  REJECT,  ANY PLAN OF  REORGANIZATION  OR
            ARRANGEMENT IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDINGS.

                      (D) TO ACCEPT  ANY NEW  SECURITIES  OR OTHER  PROPERTY  TO
            WHICH IT WOULD BE ENTITLED UNDER ANY SUCH PLAN OR  REORGANIZATION OR
            ARRANGEMENT OR OTHER PROCEEDINGS.

                      (E) AND IN  GENERAL TO DO ANY ACT IN  CONNECTION  WITH ANY
            SUCH  PROCEEDINGS  WHICH IT MIGHT OTHERWISE DO, IT BEING  UNDERSTOOD
            THAT THE BANK SHALL  ACCOUNT  TO IT FOR ANY  DIVIDENDS  OR  PAYMENTS
            RECEIVED  IN EXCESS OF THE AMOUNT TO SATISFY  THE CLAIMS OF THE BANK
            IN FULL WITH INTEREST AND EXPENSES OF COLLECTION.

                      6.    THE SUBORDINATED LENDER AGREES THAT THE
SUBORDINATED NOTE LISTED ABOVE EVIDENCING SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS
SHALL BE CONSPICUOUSLY MARKED WITH A LEGEND PROVIDING AS FOLLOWS:
"THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF A SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT,
DATED DECEMBER 27, 1995 EXECUTED BY CHUGAI BOYEKI COMPANY LIMITED,
CHUGAI BOYEKI (AMERICA) CORP. AND VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. IN FAVOR OF
IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY.

                      7.    NO ACTION WHICH THE BANK, OR THE BORROWER WITH
OR WITHOUT  THE  CONSENT OF THE BANK,  MAY TAKE,  OR REFRAIN  FROM  TAKING  WITH
RESPECT TO THE SENIOR  INDEBTEDNESS,  OR ANY NOTE OR AGREEMENT  REPRESENTING THE
SAME, OR ANY  COLLATERAL  THEREFOR,  OR ANY  AGREEMENT OR AGREEMENTS  (INCLUDING
GUARANTIES) IN CONNECTION THEREWITH,  SHALL AFFECT THIS SUBORDINATION  AGREEMENT
OR  THE  OBLIGATIONS  OF  THE  SUBORDINATED  LENDER  HEREUNDER;  PROVIDED,  THAT
OBLIGATIONS  CONSISTING  OF  PRINCIPAL  OF THE  BORROWER  TO THE BANK  SHALL NOT
CONSTITUTE SENIOR  INDEBTEDNESS TO THE EXTENT IN EXCESS OF $6,000,000 UNLESS THE
SUBORDINATED LENDER HAS CONSENTED IN WRITING THERETO.



<PAGE>



                      8.    IN THE EVENT THAT THE BANK SHALL TRANSFER
SENIOR   INDEBTEDNESS   TO  WHICH  THE   SUBORDINATED   INDEBTEDNESS  IS  HEREBY
SUBORDINATED THE TRANSFEREE THEREOF AND SUCCESSIVE  TRANSFEREES THEREAFTER SHALL
HAVE THE SAME RIGHTS  HEREUNDER AS THE BANK, IT BEING INTENDED THAT THE BENEFITS
OF  THIS  SUBORDINATION  AGREEMENT  SHALL  ATTACH  TO  AND  FOLLOW  SAID  SENIOR
INDEBTEDNESS IRRESPECTIVE OF
CHANGES IN THE OWNERSHIP THEREOF.

                      9.    TO THE EXTENT THAT THE SUBORDINATED LENDER HAS
A SECURITY  INTEREST IN ANY PROPERTY IN WHICH THE BANK HAS A SECURITY  INTEREST,
THE  SUBORDINATED  LENDER AGREES THAT ITS INTEREST IN SUCH PROPERTY SHALL BE, IN
ALL  RESPECTS,  SUBORDINATED  TO  THE  FULLEST  EXTENT  PERMITTED  BY LAW TO THE
SECURITY  INTEREST OF THE BANK AND THAT,  UNTIL ALL SENIOR  INDEBTEDNESS  OF THE
BORROWER  TO THE BANK ARE PAID IN FULL,  IT SHALL NOT TAKE ANY ACTION TO ENFORCE
ITS SECURITY INTEREST IN SUCH PROPERTY OR TO REALIZE VALUE ON SUCH PROPERTY.  IN
FURTHERANCE OF THE FOREGOING,  WHERE BOTH THE BANK AND THE  SUBORDINATED  LENDER
HOLD A SECURITY INTEREST IN THE SAME COLLATERAL, THEN REGARDLESS OF THE ORDER OF
FILING FINANCING  STATEMENTS UNDER THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE, OR THE TAKING OF
POSSESSION OF COLLATERAL AND REGARDLESS OF ANY OTHER PROVISION OF LAW, THE LIENS
OF THE BANK  SHALL BE  PRIOR  LIENS,  SENIOR  TO THE  LIENS OF THE  SUBORDINATED
LENDER. IN THE EVENT OF THE DECLARATION OF A DEFAULT BY THE BANK AND AN EXERCISE
OF THEIR  REMEDIES,  THE BANK SHALL NOT HAVE ANY  RESPONSIBILITY,  FIDUCIARY  OR
OTHERWISE,  TO  THE  SUBORDINATED  LENDERS  TO  REALIZE  MAXIMUM  VALUE  ON  THE
COLLATERAL.

                      10.    IN ADDITION TO THE SUBORDINATED NOTE, THE
SUBORDINATED LENDER AND CERTAIN OF ITS AFFILIATES WHOSE SIGNATURES APPEAR BELOW,
HAVE, OR MAY IN THE FUTURE EXTEND CREDIT,  HAVE OUTSTANDING TRADE PAYABLES,  AND
PROVIDED OTHER FINANCIAL ACCOMMODATIONS (AS NOW OR HEREAFTER INCURRED,  AMENDED,
INCREASED, EXTENDED, SUPPLEMENTED OR MODIFIED, "ADDITIONAL INDEBTEDNESS") TO THE
BORROWER  AND HAVE TAKEN  SECURITY  INTERESTS  IN SOME OR ALL OF THE  BORROWER'S
ASSETS.  WITH RESPECT TO THE LIENS  SECURING SUCH  ADDITIONAL  INDEBTEDNESS  THE
SUBORDINATED LENDER AND SUCH AFFILIATES AGREE,  NOTWITHSTANDING ANY AGREEMENT OR
ARRANGEMENT  WHICH THEY MAY NOW HAVE WITH THE BORROWER,  OR ANY RULE OF LAW, AND
NOTWITHSTANDING THE TIME, ORDER OR METHOD OF ATTACHMENT,  PERFECTION,  FILING OR
RECORDING,  TO SUBORDINATE TO THE PRIOR LIEN OF THE BANK ANY LIEN, RIGHT, TITLE,
INTEREST AND CLAIMS WHICH THEY MAY NOW OR HEREINAFTER  HAVE TO ANY OF THE ASSETS
OF THE BORROWER,  WHETHER NOW OR HEREAFTER  OWNED BY THE BORROWER,  THE CASH AND
NON-CASH PROCEEDS THEREOF AND ANY RETURNED OR REPOSSESSED GOODS RELATING THERETO
(HEREIN COLLECTIVELY CALLED THE "COLLATERAL"). THE SUBORDINATED LENDER AGREES TO
TAKE SUCH  ACTIONS  AS  REQUESTED  BY THE BANK TO CAUSE THE BANK TO HAVE A FIRST
LIEN ON ALL THE ASSETS OF THE BORROWER. EACH OF THE SUBORDINATED LENDER AND SUCH
AFFILIATES  AGREES THAT, SO LONG AS THE BORROWER MAY BE INDEBTED OR OBLIGATED TO
IT IN ANY MANNER WHATSOEVER,  INCLUDING ANY OBLIGATIONS OR INDEBTEDNESS  ARISING
FROM THE SALE OF ANY GOODS TO THE  BORROWER,  IT WILL NOT  EXERCISE  ANY RIGHTS,
ASSERT ANY CLAIM OR INTEREST, OR TAKE ANY ACTION OR



<PAGE>



INSTITUTE ANY PROCEEDING  WITH RESPECT TO THE  COLLATERAL  WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN
NOTICE TO AND THE  CONSENT  OF THE  BANK.  EXCEPT AS  PROVIDED  HEREIN,  NOTHING
CONTAINED  IN THIS  AGREEMENT  SHALL  PROHIBIT THE  SUBORDINATED  LENDER AND ITS
AFFILIATES  FROM  COLLECTING AND RETAINING  VOLUNTARY  PAYMENTS  (PRIOR TO THEIR
EXERCISE OF ANY REMEDIES OR  NOTIFICATION  TO THE BORROWER OF THEIR INTENTION TO
EXERCISE SUCH REMEDIES) OF THE ADDITIONAL INDEBTEDNESS TO THEM OR ANY PAYMENT OR
DISTRIBUTION IN ANY BANKRUPTCY,  INSOLVENCY,  RECEIVERSHIP OR SIMILAR PROCEEDING
WITH  RESPECT TO THE  BORROWER OR ITS ASSETS.  SUBJECT TO THE PAYMENT IN FULL OF
THE  INDEBTEDNESS  DUE TO THE BANK, THE  SUBORDINATED  LENDER AND ITS AFFILIATES
SHALL BE SUBROGATED TO THE BANK'S RIGHTS TO RECEIVE PAYMENTS OR DISTRIBUTIONS OF
ASSETS OF THE BORROWER  APPLICABLE TO THE INDEBTEDNESS DUE TO THE BANK UNTIL THE
INDEBTEDNESS  DUE TO THE BANK SHALL BE PAID IN FULL,  AND,  FOR THE  PURPOSES OF
SUCH  SUBROGATION,  (A) NO  PAYMENTS OR  DISTRIBUTIONS  TO THE BANK OF ANY CASH,
PROPERTIES  OR SECURITIES TO WHICH THE  SUBORDINATED  LENDER AND ITS  AFFILIATES
WOULD BE ENTITLED  EXCEPT FOR THIS AGREEMENT AND NO PAYMENT BY THE  SUBORDINATED
LENDER AND ITS  AFFILIATES TO THE BANK OF ANY AMOUNT  PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT
SHALL  AS  BETWEEN  THE  BORROWER,  ITS  CREDITORS  OTHER  THAN THE BANK AND THE
SUBORDINATED  LENDER  AND ITS  AFFILIATES,  BE  DEEMED  TO BE A  PAYMENT  BY THE
BORROWER TO OR ON ACCOUNT OF THE INDEBTEDNESS DUE TO THE BANK AND (B) NO PAYMENT
OR DISTRIBUTION TO THE  SUBORDINATED  LENDER OR ITS AFFILIATES  PURSUANT TO THIS
SUBROGATION  PROVISION WHICH WOULD OTHERWISE HAVE BEEN PAID TO THE BANK SHALL BE
DEEMED  TO BE A PAYMENT  BY THE  BORROWER  TO THE  SUBORDINATED  LENDER  AND ITS
AFFILIATES OR ON ACCOUNT OF THE INDEBTEDNESS DUE TO THE SUBORDINATED  LENDER AND
ITS  AFFILIATES.  THIS SECTION 10 SUPERSEDES  ALL PRIOR  AGREEMENTS  BETWEEN THE
SUBORDINATED LENDER AND ITS AFFILIATES OR ANY OF THEM WITH THE BANK WITH RESPECT
TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF.

                      11.    NO AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, TERMINATION, OR
WAIVER OF ANY  PROVISION  OF THIS  SUBORDINATION  AGREEMENT,  NOR CONSENT TO ANY
DEPARTURE BY THE BORROWER  FROM ANY PROVISION OF THIS  SUBORDINATION  AGREEMENT,
SHALL IN ANY EVENT BE  EFFECTIVE  UNLESS THE SAME SHALL BE IN WRITING AND SIGNED
BY THE BANK,  AND THEN  SUCH  WAIVER  SHALL BE  EFFECTIVE  ONLY IN THE  SPECIFIC
INSTANCE AND FOR THE SPECIFIC PURPOSE FOR WHICH GIVEN.

                      12.    NO FAILURE ON THE PART OF THE BANK TO
EXERCISE,  NO DELAY IN EXERCISING ANY RIGHT, POWER, OR REMEDY HEREUNDER,  OR ANY
SINGLE OR PARTIAL EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHT SHALL OPERATE AS A WAIVER THEREOF.

                      13.    THIS SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED
BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK.




<PAGE>




                      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE UNDERSIGNED, INTENDING THE
SAME TO TAKE EFFECT AS A SEALED  INSTRUMENT,  HAS EXECUTED THIS INSTRUMENT AS OF
THE 27TH DAY OF DECEMBER, 1995.

                                       CHUGAI BOYEKI COMPANY LIMITED


                      BY:
                         NAME: KAZUYOHSI SUDO
                         TITLE: ATTORNEY-IN-FACT


            THE UNDERSIGNED  AFFILIATES OF THE SUBORDINATED  LENDER HEREBY AGREE
TO BE BOUND BY THE PROVISIONS OF PARAGRAPH 10 HEREOF.

                                       CHUGAI BOYEKI (AMERICA) CORP.


                      BY:
                         NAME: KAZUYOSHI SUDO
                         TITLE: TREASURER AND SECRETARY

            THE   UNDERSIGNED,   DESIGNATED   AS  THE   BORROWER  IN  THE  ABOVE
SUBORDINATION  AGREEMENT,  HEREBY  AGREES NOT TO MAKE ANY  PAYMENTS  OR TAKE ANY
OTHER ACTION CONTRARY TO THE PROVISIONS OF SAID AGREEMENT.

                             VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.


                      BY:
                         NAME: KENNETH M. DARBY
                         TITLE: PRESIDENT

ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTED:

IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY


BY:
   NAME: KEVIN M. MADIGAN
   TITLE: VICE PRESIDENT












<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT B

                  FORM OF NOTICE OF REVOLVING CREDIT BORROWING



                                                                   DATE:


IBJ SCHRODER BANK
 & TRUST COMPANY
ONE STATE STREET
NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004
ATTENTION:  KEVIN M. MADIGAN


                      RE:  VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.

GENTLEMEN:

            THE UNDERSIGNED, VICON INDUSTRIES, INC. (THE "BORROWER"),  REFERS TO
THE CREDIT AND  SECURITY  AGREEMENT  DATED AS OF DECEMBER  27, 1995  BETWEEN THE
BORROWER AND IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY (THE "BANK"), (SAID AGREEMENT, AS
IT MAY BE AMENDED OR  OTHERWISE  MODIFIED  FROM TIME TO TIME,  BEING THE "CREDIT
AGREEMENT" AND  CAPITALIZED  TERMS USED HEREIN BUT NOT OTHERWISE  DEFINED HEREIN
BEING  DEFINED  THEREIN),  AND HEREBY GIVE YOU  IRREVOCABLE  NOTICE  PURSUANT TO
SECTION 2.03(A) OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT THAT THE BORROWER HEREBY REQUESTS A LOAN
UNDER  THE  CREDIT  AGREEMENT,  AND IN  THAT  CONNECTION  SET  FORTH  BELOW  THE
INFORMATION  RELATING TO SUCH LOAN (THE "PROPOSED  LOAN") AS REQUIRED BY SECTION
2.03(A) OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT:

                         (I)      THE REQUESTED BORROWING DATE OF THE
                      PROPOSED LOAN IS  ____________.

                        (II)           THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF THE PROPOSED LOAN
                      IS   $              .

                       (III)           AS OF THE DATE HEREOF, THE FORMULA AMOUNT
                      UNDER THE CREDIT AGREEMENT IS $             .
                                                     ------------- 

                       (IV)            AS OF THE DATE HEREOF, THE AVAILABLE
                      COMMITMENT UNDER THE CREDIT AGREEMENT IS $
                      .

                        (IV) THE GENERAL  PURPOSES FOR WHICH THE PROCEEDS OF THE
                      PROPOSED  LOAN  WILL BE USED  ARE  FOR  CONTINUED  WORKING
                      CAPITAL  REQUIREMENTS  OF THE BORROWER OR TO REFINANCE THE
                      EXISTING LOANS.




<PAGE>


            THE BORROWER HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS ARE TRUE
ON THE DATE HEREOF, AND WILL BE TRUE ON THE DATE OF THE

PROPOSED LOAN,  BEFORE AND AFTER GIVING EFFECT THERETO AND TO THE APPLICATION OF
THE PROCEEDS THEREFROM:

                         (A) ALL OF THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES CONTAINED
            IN  ARTICLE 4 OF THE  CREDIT  AGREEMENT  AND IN EACH OF THE  RELATED
            DOCUMENTS AND THE  INFORMATION  SET FORTH IN THE  SCHEDULES  RELATED
            THERETO ARE TRUE AND  CORRECT AS OF THE DATE  HEREOF  (EXCEPT (I) TO
            THE EXTENT THAT SUCH  REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES  RELATE TO AN
            EARLIER  DATE OR (II) AS ARE AFFECTED BY  TRANSACTIONS  SPECIFICALLY
            CONTEMPLATED  BY THE  CREDIT  AGREEMENT),  WITH THE SAME  EFFECT  AS
            THOUGH SUCH  REPRESENTATIONS  AND WARRANTIES HAD BEEN MADE ON AND AS
            OF SUCH DATE;

                         (B)           NO DEFAULT OR EVENT OF DEFAULT EXISTS AS
                      OF THE DATE HEREOF OR WILL RESULT FROM THE PROPOSED
                      LOAN; AND

                         (C) BORROWER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL OF THE TERMS AND
                      CONDITIONS  OF THE  CREDIT  AGREEMENT,  THE  NOTE AND EACH
                      OTHER RELATED DOCUMENT TO WHICH IT IS A PARTY.


                                                         VERY TRULY YOURS,


                                                         VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                                         BY:

                                                            NAME:
                                                            TITLE:










                                                               EXHIBIT 10.2

THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF A SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT
DATED DECEMBER 27, 1995 EXECUTED BY CHUGAI BOYEKI COMPANY
LIMITED, CHUGAI BOYEKI (AMERICA) CORP. AND VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.
IN FAVOR OF IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY


                            SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE

$2,000,000                                                  Melville, New York
                                                         As of October 5, 1993



            FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  VICON INDUSTRIES,  INC., a New York corporation
(the "Maker")  promises to pay to the order of CHUGAI BOYEKI COMPANY LIMITED,  a
Japanese corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the "Payee"), on
July 1, 1998 at its office located at 2-15-13 Tsukishima,  Chuoku, Tokyo, Japan,
or such  other  place as the Payee may  specify,  in lawful  money of the United
States of America and in immediately available funds the principal amount of TWO
MILLION U.S. DOLLARS  ($2,000,000) or, if less than such principal  amount,  the
aggregate unpaid principal balance then outstanding of the Note;  without setoff
or counterclaim  and free and clear of, and without  deduction for or on account
of, any present or future stamp or other taxes,  withholdings,  restrictions  or
conditions of any nature.

            The Maker  further  promises  to pay  interest  in like money on the
unpaid principal  balance of this Note from time to time outstanding  until paid
in full at a rate  (computed  on the  basis of a 360 day year  for  actual  days
elapsed) equal to one percent (1%) in excess of the rate of interest  adopted by
Sanwa  Bank from time to time as its "prime  rate" for loans in U.S.  Dollars to
U.S.  borrowers,  which rate is not  intended  to be the lowest rate of interest
charged by Sanwa Bank.  Interest shall be payable  quarterly on the first day of
each calendar quarter  commencing the first of such days to occur after the date
hereof,  upon  prepayment  hereof  (to the  extent  accrued  on the amount to be
prepaid) and upon payment in full of the unpaid  principal  balance hereof.  The
records of the holder  shall  constitute  prima facie  evidence of amounts  paid
hereunder and the unpaid principal hereof and accrued interest hereunder.

            Whenever  any date  for  payment  shall  fall on a day that is not a
business day in New York City and Tokyo,  such payment shall be made on the next
succeeding business day.

            Upon the occurrence of any of the following  events (each, an "Event
of Default"):

            (a)  Failure  of the  Maker  to make any  payment  of  principal  or
      interest in respect of this Note when due, which shall remain unpaid for a
      period of 3 days after notice  thereof  shall have been given by the Payee
      to the

#20127399.1

<PAGE>



      Maker;  or failure of the Maker to make  payment of any other sum  arising
      under any other obligation  incurred under this Note when due, which shall
      remain unpaid for a period of 5 days after notice  thereof shall have been
      given by the Payee to the Maker; or

            (b)  Failure by the Maker to perform any other  term,  condition  or
      covenant  of  this  Note  or  any  other  agreement  (including,   without
      limitation,  the  Security  Agreement  referred to below),  instrument  or
      document delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith or therewith,
      which shall remain unremedied for a period of 15 days after notice thereof
      shall have been given by the Payee to the Maker; or

            (c) (i) Failure of the Maker or any  corporation of which the Maker,
      alone,  or the Maker  and/or one or more of its  Subsidiaries  (as defined
      below),  owns,  directly  or  indirectly,  at  least  a  majority  of  the
      securities  having  ordinary  voting  power for the  election of directors
      (each, a "Subsidiary")  to perform any term,  condition or covenant of any
      bond,  note,  debenture,  loan  agreement,   indenture,   guaranty,  trust
      agreement,  mortgage or other  instrument or agreement in connection  with
      the borrowing of money or the deferred  purchase price of a fixed asset to
      which the Maker or any  Subsidiary is a party or by which it is bound,  or
      by which any of its  properties or assets may be affected  (each,  a "Debt
      Instrument"),  so  that,  as a  result  of any  such  failure  to  perform
      (regardless  of the  satisfaction  of any  requirement  for the  giving of
      appropriate  notice thereof or the lapse of time), such obligation for the
      payment of borrowed money ("Indebtedness")  included therein or secured or
      covered thereby may be declared due and payable prior to the date on which
      such Indebtedness would otherwise become due and payable; or

                  (ii) Any event or condition referred to in any Debt Instrument
      shall occur or fail to occur, so that, as a result thereof  (regardless of
      the  satisfaction of any requirement for the giving of appropriate  notice
      thereof or the lapse of time), the  Indebtedness or the deferred  purchase
      price of a fixed asset included  therein or secured or covered thereby may
      be declared due and payable  prior to the date on which such  Indebtedness
      would otherwise become due and payable; or

                  (iii)  Any such Indebtedness included in any Debt
      Instrument or secured or covered thereby is not paid when
      due; or

            (d) Any  representation  or warranty made in writing to the Payee in
      the  Security  Agreement  or in  connection  with  this  Note  or  in  any
      certificate, statement or report made in

#20127399.1
                                     -2-

<PAGE>



      compliance with this Note or the Security Agreement, shall have been false
      in any material respect when made; or

            (e) An order for relief under the Federal  Bankruptcy Code as now or
      hereafter in effect, shall be entered against the Maker or any Subsidiary;
      or the Maker or any Subsidiary shall become  insolvent,  generally fail to
      pay its debts as they become due,  make an  assignment  for the benefit of
      creditors,  file a petition in  bankruptcy,  be  adjudicated  insolvent or
      bankrupt,  petition  or apply to any  tribunal  for the  appointment  of a
      receiver  or any trustee for it or a  substantial  part of its assets,  or
      shall  commence  any  proceeding  under  any  bankruptcy,  reorganization,
      arrangement,  readjustment  or debt,  dissolution,  or liquidation  law or
      statute of any  jurisdiction,  whether now or hereafter  in effect;  or if
      there shall have been filed any such petition or application,  or any such
      proceeding shall have been commenced against it, which remains undismissed
      for a  period  of 30 days or  more;  or the  Maker  or any  Subsidiary  or
      endorser or  guarantor  hereof by any act or omission  shall  indicate its
      consent to approval of or acquiescence  in any such petition,  application
      or proceeding or the appointment of a receiver of or any trustee for it or
      any substantial  part of any of its  properties,  or shall suffer any such
      receivership  or trusteeship to continue  undischarged  for a period of 30
      days or more; or

            (f)  Any  judgment  against  the  Maker  or  any  Subsidiary  or any
      attachment, levy or execution against any of its properties for any amount
      shall  remain  unpaid,  unstayed  on  appeal,  undischarged,  unbonded  or
      undismissed for a period of 60 days or more; or

            (g) Any action or  proceeding  affecting  the Maker  shall have been
      commenced before any court,  governmental department,  commission,  board,
      bureau, agency or instrumentality,  domestic or foreign,  which may result
      in the seizure or  forfeiture  of any of its property  which would cause a
      material  adverse  effect upon the  operations,  business,  properties  or
      financial condition of the Maker or on the ability of the Maker to perform
      its obligations hereunder; or

            (h) The Security Agreement shall at any time after its execution and
      delivery  and for any reason  cease:  (A) to create a valid and  perfected
      security  interest in and to the  property  purported to be subject to the
      Security  Agreement;  or (B) to be in full  force  and  effect or shall be
      declared null and void, or the validity or enforceability thereof shall be
      contested  by the Maker or the Maker  shall  deny that it has any  further
      liability or obligation under the Security  Agreement,  or the Maker shall
      fail to perform any of its obligations under the Security Agreement; or


#20127399.1
                                     -3-

<PAGE>



            (i) The Payee shall have determined,  in its sole  discretion,  that
      one or more conditions exist or events have occurred which may result in a
      material adverse change in the business, properties or financial condition
      of the Borrower;

then,  in any such  event,  the Payee  may,  by notice of  default to the Maker,
declare the principal amount then  outstanding  hereunder (with accrued interest
thereon) to be  immediately  due and payable;  provided,  however,  that no such
notice shall be required upon the  occurrence of any Event of Default  described
in paragraph (e) hereof and upon the  occurrence of such an Event of Default the
then outstanding  principal amount  hereunder shall  automatically  and, without
notice, become immediately due and payable.

            After the stated or any accelerated  maturity hereof,  the aggregate
unpaid  principal  balance  of this Note shall  bear  interest  at a rate of two
percent  (2%)  per  annum in  excess  of the rate in  effect  at such  maturity;
provided, however, that no such post-maturity rate so payable hereunder shall be
in excess of the maximum permitted under any applicable law.

            The Maker may prepay the full  principal  amount of this Note or any
portion hereof at any time upon three business days' prior notice to the Payee.

            The  obligations  of the  Maker  under  this Note are  secured  by a
Security Agreement of even date herewith between the Maker and the Payee (as the
same may be  amended  from  time to time,  the  "Security  Agreement")  to which
Security Agreement  reference is hereby made for a description of the nature and
extent of the  security  provided  therein  and the  rights in  respect  of such
security of any holder of this Note.

            The  rights  of  the  Payee   under  this  Note  are  subject  to  a
Subordination Agreement (the "Subordination Agreement") dated as of December 27,
1995 among the Maker,  the Payee, and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company to which
Subordination Agreement reference is hereby made for a description of the nature
and extent of the subordination of the rights of any holder of this Note.

            Except as expressly provided herein,  notice,  demand,  presentment,
protest, notice of protest,  dishonor, notice of dishonor or notice of any other
kind are hereby  expressly  waived by the Maker.  The Maker  further  waives its
right to interpose any setoff or  counterclaim  of any nature or description in,
or to plead any statute of limitations as a defense to, any action  commenced by
the Payee to enforce its rights hereunder.

            No failure by the Payee or any assignee thereof to exercise,  and no
delay in exercising,  any right,  remedy or power  hereunder  shall operate as a
waiver thereof, nor shall any single

#20127399.1
                                     -4-

<PAGE>


or partial exercise by the Payee or such assignee of any right,  remedy or power
hereunder  preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any
other right, power or remedy.

            The  Maker  agrees  (i) to pay on demand  all legal and other  fees,
costs and expenses of the Payee  incurred in connection  with the  collection of
this Note, the Security  Agreement and any other instruments and documents to be
delivered  hereunder and  thereunder,  (ii) to pay on demand all legal and other
fees,  costs  and  expenses  of  the  Payee  incurred  in  connection  with  the
enforcement of this Note, the Security  Agreement and any other  instruments and
documents to be delivered hereunder and thereunder,  and (iii) to pay, indemnify
and  hold  the  Payee  harmless  from  and  against  any  and  all  liabilities,
obligations,  losses,  damages,  penalties,  actions,  judgments,  suits, costs,
expenses  or  disbursements  of any kind or  nature  whatsoever  (including  any
reasonable  expense  incurred  by  the  Payee  in  employing  legal  counsel  in
connection  therewith)  which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against
the Payee in any way  relating  to or  arising  out of, or any  action  taken or
omitted by the Payee under  (including,  but not limited to, the  administration
and/or  enforcement  thereof),  this Note,  the Security  Agreement or any other
instrument or document to be delivered hereunder or thereunder.  The obligations
of the Maker pursuant to this paragraph shall survive the repayment by the Maker
of all or a portion of the principal  amount of this Note and the payment by the
Maker of accrued interest thereon and all other amounts payable hereunder.

            The  Maker may not  assign or  otherwise  transfer  its  obligations
hereunder.  The Payee may assign,  grant participations in or otherwise transfer
all or any portion of its rights hereunder,  and any such assignee,  participant
or transferee  shall have all of the rights of the Payee hereunder to the extent
of the interest conveyed.

            This Note shall be construed in accordance  with and governed by the
laws of the State of New York.


                                    VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                    By______________________
                                      Title:


                                    By_______________________
                                      Title:

#20127399.1
                                     -5-









                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.4

                   EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         AGREEMENT,  dated as of  October  1,  1995,  between  KENNETH  M. DARBY
(hereinafter   called  "Darby"),   and  VICON  INDUSTRIES,   INC.,  a  New  York
corporation,  having its  principal  place of business at 525 Broad Hollow Road,
Melville, New York 11747 (hereinafter called the "Company").
         WHEREAS,  Darby  has  previously  been  employed  by the  Company,  and
         WHEREAS, the Company and Darby mutually desire to assure the
continuation of Darby's services to the Company,
         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  the  mutual
covenants herein set forth, the parties covenant and agree as follows:
         1.   Employment.  The Company shall employ Darby as its Chief
Executive Officer and President throughout the term of this Agreement, and Darby
hereby accepts such employment.
         2.   Term.  The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the date
of this Agreement and end on September 30, 2000.
         3. Compensation.
              A.  The Company shall pay Darby a base salary
of $195,000 per annum, subject to adjustment as provided in subsection B.
              B. Prior to September  15 of each  succeeding  year,  Darby's base
salary shall be reviewed by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors
and shall be fixed for the year  commencing  October 1 of such year by agreement
between  Darby and the Board of  Directors,  but in any event  shall not be less
than the base salary for the one year period then ending.
              C.  Darby's base salary shall be payable monthly or bi-
weekly.
              D. Darby  shall also be entitled to  participate  in any  pension,
profit sharing, life insurance,  medical, dental, hospital,  disability or other
benefit plans as may from time to time be available to officers of the Company.


<PAGE>




         4.   Extent and Places of Services; Vacation
              A. Darby shall establish  operating  policy and direct,  supervise
and oversee the  operations  of the  Company.  He shall advise and report to the
Board of  Directors.  Darby  shall  also  assume  and  perform  such  additional
reasonable responsibilities and duties as the Board of Directors and he may from
time to time agree upon.
              B.  Darby shall devote his full time, attention, and energies
to the business of the Company.
              C. Darby shall not be required to perform his services outside the
Melville,  New York area or such  other area on Long  Island,  New York as shall
contain the location of the Company's headquarters.
              D.  The Company shall provide Darby with office space,
secretary, telephones and other office facilities appropriate to his duties.
              E.  Darby shall be entitled to one month's vacation per
annum.
         5.   Covenant not to Compete.  Darby agrees that during

the term of this Agreement and for a period of three years thereafter,  he shall
not  directly or  indirectly  within the United  States or Europe  engage in, or
enter the  employment of or render any services to any other entity  engaged in,
any  business  of a  similar  nature  to or in  competition  with the  Company's
business  of  designing,  manufacturing,  and  selling  security  equipment  and
protection   devices   within  the  United  States  or  Europe.   Darby  further
acknowledges  that the services to be rendered  under this  Agreement by him are
special,  unique,  and of extraordinary  character and that a material breach by
him of this section  will cause the Company to suffer  irreparable  damage;  and
Darby  agrees  that in  addition  to any other  remedy,  this  section  shall be
enforceable  by negative or affirmative  preliminary or permanent  injunction in
any Court of competent jurisdiction.



                           - 2 -


<PAGE>



         6.    Termination Payment on Change of Control.
              A.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, if a
"Change of Control"  occurs  without the prior  written  consent of the Board of
Directors,  Darby, at his option,  may elect to terminate his obligations  under
this Agreement and to receive a termination  payment,  without reduction for any
offset or mitigation,  in an amount equal to three times his average annual base
salary for five years  preceding  the Change of  Control,  in either lump sum or
extended payments over three years as Darby shall elect.
              B. A "Change of Control"  shall be deemed to have  occurred if (i)
any other entity shall directly or indirectly acquire a beneficial  ownership of
20%,  or any  further  amount  in excess of 20%,  of the  outstanding  shares of
capital  stock of the  Company or (ii) a majority of the members of the Board of
Directors of the Company or any  successor by merger or  assignment of assets or
otherwise, shall be persons other than Directors on the date of this Agreement.
               C. Darby's  option to elect to terminate his  obligations  and to
receive a  termination  payment  and to elect to receive a lump sum or  extended
payments may be exercised only by written notice delivered to the Company within
90 days  following the date on which Darby  receives  actual notice of Change of
Control.
              D. If Darby elects to receive lump sum payment, such payment shall
be made within 30 days of the Company's receipt of Darby's notice of election.
         7.   Severance Payment on Certain Terminations.
              A.  If either (i) this Agreement expires, or (ii) the Company
terminates Darby's employment under this Agreement for reasons other than "Gross
Misconduct"  or (iii)  with the  consent of the Board of  Directors  a Change of
Control as defined in paragraph 6 B. shall occur, or (iv) the Company executes a
"Company  Sale  Agreement"  then Darby,  at his  option,  may elect to receive a
severance payment, without reduction for any offset or mitigation,  in an amount
equal to (a) one-twelfth his annual base salary at the time of such termination
                           - 3 -


<PAGE>



 multiplied by (b) the number of full years of his employment to the end of this
Agreement by the Company up to a maximum of 24 years, payable in either lump sum
or extended payments as Darby shall elect.
               B.  "Company  Sale  Agreement"  means an  agreement  to which the
Company  is a party that  contemplates  that more than half of the assets of the
Company  are  transferred  to another  entity or that upon  consummation  of the
transactions  contemplated by such agreement,  a Change of Control as defined in
paragraph 6 shall occur or have occurred.
              C. In the event of an election under  paragraph 7, payment of such
severance  payment  shall  be in  lieu  of any  obligation  of the  Company  for
termination payment or other post-termination compensation under this Agreement,
if any.
               D. "Gross  Misconduct"  shall mean (a) a wilful,  substantial and
unjustifiable  refusal to perform  substantially  the services  required by this
Agreement to be performed; (b) fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement involving
the  Company  or its  assets;  or (c)  conviction  of a felony  involving  moral
turpitude.
               E. Darby's option to elect to receive a severance  payment and to
elect to receive lump sum or extended  payments may be exercised only by written
notice  delivered to the Company within 90 days following the date on which this
Agreement  expires or on which Darby receives  actual notice of the existence of
any other condition referred to in paragraph 7A, except that, in the case of the
Company's execution of a Company Sale Agreement, Darby's option may be exercised
at any time prior to the closing under such agreement and such termination shall
be effective as of such closing.

               F. If Darby  elects to receive  lump sum  payment,  such  payment
shall be made within 30 days of the Company's  receipt of Darby's notice of such
election,  except that, in the case of the Company's execution of a Company Sale
Agreement,  the  payment  shall be made no later than the time of closing  under
such agreement.

                           - 4 -


<PAGE>



               G.  Payment of termination or severance payment shall not affect
the Company's obligations under any other agreement with Darby.
         8.   Death or Disability.  The Company may terminate this Agreement
if during the term of this Agreement (a) Darby dies or (b) Darby becomes so
disabled for a period of six months that he is substantially unable to perform
his duties under this Agreement for such period.  Such a termination shall not
release the Company from any liability to Darby for compensation  earned, or for
termination or severance payment elected,  prior to such termination;  nor shall
it be deemed a termination of employment for Gross Misconduct.
           9. Arbitration.  Any controversy or claim arising out of, or relating
to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in the
City of New York in accordance with the rules of the American  Arbitration  then
in effect,  and judgement upon the award rendered be entered and enforced in any
court having jurisdiction thereof.
         10.  Miscellaneous.
         A. Except for any deferred compensation  agreement,  retirement plan or
stock options previously  granted,  this Agreement contains the entire agreement
between the parties and supersedes all prior  agreements by the parties relating
to the term of Darby's employment by the Company,  however, it does not restrict
or limit such other  benefits as the Board of Directors may determine to provide
or make available to Darby.
          B. This agreement may not be waived,  changed,  modified or discharged
orally,  but only by  agreement  in writing,  signed by the party  against  whom
enforcement of any waiver, change, modification, or discharge is sought.
           C.  This  Agreement  shall  be  governed  by the  laws  of  New  York
applicable to contracts  between New York  residents and made and to be entirely
performed in New York.
           D. If any part of this Agreement is held to be  unenforceable  by any
court of competent  jurisdiction,  the remaining  provisions  of this  Agreement
shall continue in full force and effect.

                           - 5 -


<PAGE>



          E.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding
upon, the Company, its successor, and assigns.
         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  duly  executed  this
Agreement.
                                          VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                         By
Kenneth M. Darby                           Peter F. Neumann
                                           Chairman
                                           Compensation Committee

















































                           - 6 -











                                                    EXHIBIT 10.5









Mr. Arthur D. Roche
Vicon Industries, Inc.
525 Broad Hollow Road
Melville, NY   11747
                                 October 1, 1995

Dear Arthur:

     After the recent discussions between you and the Compensation Committee, it
is mutually  agreed  that you will be  employed by the Company as its  Executive
Vice  President  for a period of no less  than two years at an annual  salary of
$150,000.  plus benefits as  previously  outlined in the minutes of the Board of
Directors.  This agreement will be reviewed by the Compensation Committee of the
Board of Directors at the end of one year, and can be extended for an additional
year at that time.
     Should a change of control of the Company occur, you may elect to terminate
your employment and receive a lump sum severance payment. Such severance payment
shall mean the amount that is equal to two times your annual  salary  reduced by
the salary amounts paid to you from the date of this agreement.
     A "Change of Control"  shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (i)
any other  entity or  "person"  (as defined in sections 13 (d) and 14 (d) of the
Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934)  shall  become  directly  or  indirectly  a
beneficial  owner (as defined in Rule 13D-3 under such Act) of securities of the
Company representing 20% or more (or in the case of Chugai Boyeki Co., Ltd., and
its  affiliates,  35% more) of the  outstanding  shares of capital  stock of the
Company  or (ii) a majority  of the  members  of the Board of  Directors  of the
Company or any successor by merger or  assignment of assets or otherwise,  shall
be persons other








<PAGE>



Mr. Arthur D. Roche
Page 2


than  members  of the  Board of  Directors  of the  Company  on the date of this
agreement or (iii) the Company executes a "Company Sale Agreement".
     "Company Sale Agreement" means an agreement to which the Company is a party
that  contemplates  that  more  than  half  of the  assets  of the  Company  are
transferred  to  another  entity or that upon  consummation  of the  transaction
contemplated by such agreement, a Change of Control as defined in clauses (i) or
(ii) of the preceding paragraph shall occur or have occurred.
     If you elect to receive lump sum payment, such payment shall be made within
30 days of the Company's  receipt of your notice of such election,  except that,
in the case of the Company's execution of a Company Sale Agreement,  the payment
shall be made no later than the time of closing under such agreement.
     I trust this is your  understanding of our discussions,  and, if so, please
sign where indicated.
                                              Cordially,





Arthur D. Roche                               Peter F. Neumann
Executive Vice President                      Chairman, Compensation Committee























PFN/jlw










                                                         EXHIBIT 10.6
                   EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         AGREEMENT,  dated as of June 1, 1995,  between PETER HORN  (hereinafter
called "Horn") and VICON INDUSTRIES,  INC., a New York  corporation,  having its
principal place of business at 525 Broad Hollow Road,  Melville,  New York 11747
(hereinafter called the "Company").
         WHEREAS, Horn has previously been employed by the Company, and WHEREAS,
         the Company and Horn mutually desire to assure the
continuation of Horn's services to the Company,
         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  the  mutual
covenants herein set forth, the parties covenant and agree as follows:
         1.   Employment.  The Company shall employ Horn as its Vice
President of Quality Assurance and Compliance throughout the term of this
Agreement, and Horn hereby accepts such employment.
         2.   Term.  The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the date
of this Agreement and end on September 30, 1997.
         3.   Compensation.
              A. The Company shall pay Horn a base salary of $100,000 per annum,
subject to periodic  adjustment  as  determined  by the President of the Company
with Board of  Directors  approval,  but in any event shall not be less than the
base  salary  so  indicated.  Beginning  October  1,  1996  to the  end of  this
agreement,  the base salary shall be adjusted upward by an amount at least equal
to the Consumer Price Index - All Urban Consumers factor for the previous twelve
months.
              B.  Horn's base salary shall be payable monthly or bi-weekly.
              C.  Horn shall also be entitled to participate in any
pension, profit sharing, life insurance,  medical, dental, hospital,  disability
or other  benefit plans as may from time to time be available to officers of the
Company, subject to the general eligibility requirements of such plans.
         4.  Covenant  not to Compete.  Horn agrees that during the term of this
Agreement  and for a period  thereafter  equal to the  length  of  severance  as
calculated  in  paragraph  5A, he shall not  directly or  indirectly  within the
United  States or Europe  engage  in, or enter the  employment  of or render any
services to any other entity  engaged in, any business of a similar nature to or
in


<PAGE>



competition with the Company's business of designing, manufacturing, and selling
security  equipment  and  protection  devices  anywhere in the United States and
Europe.  Horn further  acknowledges  that the services to be rendered under this
Agreement by him are special,  unique, and of extraordinary character and that a
material  breach  by him of this  section  will  cause  the  Company  to  suffer
irreparable  damage; and Horn agrees that in addition to any other remedy,  this
section shall be enforceable by negative or affirmative preliminary or permanent
injunction in any Court of competent jurisdiction. Horn acknowledges that he may
only be released  from this  covenant if the Company  materially  breech's  this
agreement or provides to Horn a written release of this provision.
         5.   Severance Payment on Certain Terminations.
         A.   If either this Agreement expires, or the Company terminates
Horn's   employment   under  this   Agreement  for  reasons  other  than  "Gross
Misconduct",  then Horn, at his option, may elect to receive severance payments,
without  reduction  for any  offset or  mitigation,  in an  amount  equal to (a)
one-twelfth Horn's annual base
salary  at the time of such  termination  multiplied  by (b) the  number of full
years of Horn's employment by the Company up to a maximum of 24 years.
         B.  "Gross  Misconduct"  shall  mean  (a)  a  wilful,  substantial  and
unjustifiable  refusal to perform substantially the duties and services required
of his  position;  (b) fraud,  misappropriation  or  embezzlement  involving the
Company or its assets; or (c) conviction of a felony involving moral turpitude.
         Horn's option to elect to receive  severance  payments may be exercised
only by written  notice  delivered to the Company  within 90 days  following the
date on which Horn's  receives  actual notice of  termination  or this Agreement
expires, as the case may be.
         In the  event  of an  election  under  this  section,  payment  of such
severance shall be in lieu of any other  obligation of the Company for severance
payment or other post-termination compensation under this Agreement if any.
         The severance  amount shall be paid in equal monthly payments over a 12
month period.


                           - 2 -


<PAGE>




     6.  Termination Payment on Change of Control.
         A.   Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Agreement,  if a "Change of Control" occurs without the prior written consent of
the  Board of  Directors,  Horn,  at his  option,  may  elect to  terminate  his
obligations under this Agreement and to receive a termination  payment,  without
reduction  for any offset or  mitigation,  in an amount equal to three times his
average  annual base salary for five years  preceding the Change of Control,  in
either lump sum or extended payments over three years as Horn shall elect.
         B. A "Change of  Control"  shall be deemed to have  occurred if (i) any
other entity shall directly or indirectly acquire  beneficial  ownership of 20%,
or any  further  amount in excess of 20%, of the  outstanding  shares of capital
stock of the Company or (ii) a majority of the members of the Board of Directors
of the Company or any  successor by merger or assignment of assets or otherwise,
shall be persons other than Directors on the date of this Agreement.
         C. Horn's option to elect to terminate his obligations and to receive a
termination  payment and to elect to receive a lump sum or extended payments may
be exercised  only by written  notice  delivered  to the Company  within 90 days
following the date on which Horn receives actual notice of Change of Control.
     7. Death or Disability.  The Company may terminate this Agreement if during
the term of this  Agreement  (a) Horn dies or (b) Horn becomes so disabled for a
period of six months that he is substantially unable to perform his duties under
this Agreement for such period.
     8.  Arbitration.  Any controversy or claim arising out of, or relating
to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in the
City of New York in accordance with the rules
of the  American  Arbitration  then in  effect,  and  judgement  upon the  award
rendered be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
     9.  Miscellaneous.
         A.   Except for stock options previously granted, this Agreement
contains the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior
                           - 3 -


<PAGE>



agreements by the parties  relating to payments by the Company upon  involuntary
employment  termination with or without cause,  however, it does not restrict or
limit such other  benefits as the  President or Board of Directors may determine
to provide or make available to Horn.
         B. This  agreement may not be waived,  changed,  modified or discharged
orally,  but only by  agreement  in writing,  signed by the party  against  whom
enforcement of any waiver, change, modification, or discharge is sought.
         C. This Agreement  shall be governed by the laws of New York applicable
to contracts between New York residents and made and to be entirely performed in
New York.
         D.   If any part of this Agreement is held to be unenforceable by
any court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of this Agreement
shall continue in full force and effect.
         E.   This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding
upon, the Company, its successor, and assigns.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement.

                                          VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                         By
Peter Horn                                 Kenneth M. Darby
Vice President - Compliance                President
 and Quality Assurance                     Vicon Industries, Inc.




















                           - 4 -










                                                                EXHIBIT 10.7
                   EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT



         AGREEMENT,   dated  as  of  June  1,  1995,   between  YACOV  PSHTISSKY
(hereinafter  called  "Pshtissky")  and  VICON  INDUSTRIES,  INC.,  a  New  York
corporation,  having its  principal  place of business at 525 Broad Hollow Road,
Melville, New York 11747 (hereinafter called the "Company").
         WHEREAS,  Pshtissky has  previously  been employed by the Company,  and
         WHEREAS, the Company and Pshtissky mutually desire to assure the
continuation of Pshtissky's services to the Company,
         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants herein set forth, the parties covenant and agree as follows:
         1.   Employment.  The Company shall employ Pshtissky as its Vice
President of Technology and  Development  throughout the term of this Agreement,
and Pshtissky hereby accepts such employment.
         2.   Term.  The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the date
of this Agreement and end on September 30, 1997.
         3.   Compensation.
              A. The Company  shall pay  Pshtissky a base salary of $100,000 per
annum,  subject to periodic  adjustment  as  determined  by the President of the
Company  with Board of  Directors  approval,  but in any event shall not be less
than the base salary so indicated.  Beginning October 1, 1996 to the end of this
agreement,  the base salary shall be adjusted upward by an amount at least equal
to the Consumer Price Index - All Urban Consumers factor for the previous twelve
months.
              B.  Pshtissky's base salary shall be payable monthly or bi-
weekly.
              C. Pshtissky shall also be entitled to participate in any pension,
profit sharing, life insurance,  medical, dental, hospital,  disability or other
benefit  plans as may from time to time be available to officers of the Company,
subject to the general eligibility requirements of such plans.
         4.  Covenant not to Compete.  Pshtissky  agrees that during the term of
this Agreement and for a period  thereafter  equal to the length of severance as
calculated  in  paragraph  5A, he shall not  directly or  indirectly  within the
United  States or Europe,  or enter the  employment of or render any services to
any


<PAGE>



other entity  engaged in, any business of a similar  nature to or in competition
with the Company's  business of designing,  manufacturing,  and selling security
equipment  and  protection  devices in the United  States and Europe.  Pshtissky
further  acknowledges  that the services to be rendered  under this Agreement by
him are special,  unique,  and of  extraordinary  character  and that a material
breach by him of this  section  will  cause the  Company  to suffer  irreparable
damage; and Pshtissky agrees that in addition to any other remedy,  this section
shall be  enforceable  by  negative  or  affirmative  preliminary  or  permanent
injunction in any Court of competent  jurisdiction.  Pshtissky acknowledges that
he may only be released  from this covenant if the Company  materially  breech's
this agreement to Pshtissky or provides a written release of this provision.
         5.   Severance Payment on Certain Terminations.
         A.   If either this Agreement expires, or the Company terminates
Pshtissky's  employment  under this  Agreement  for  reasons  other than  "Gross
Misconduct",  then  Pshtissky,  at his  option,  may elect to receive  severance
payments,  without reduction for any offset or mitigation, in an amount equal to
(a) one-twelfth  Pshtissky's  annual base salary at the time of such termination
multiplied  by (b) the number of full  years of  Pshtissky's  employment  by the
Company up to a maximum of 24 years.
         B.  "Gross  Misconduct"  shall  mean  (a)  a  wilful,  substantial  and
unjustifiable  refusal to perform substantially the duties and services required
of his  position;  (b) fraud,  misappropriation  or  embezzlement  involving the
Company or its assets; or (c) conviction of a felony involving moral turpitude.
         Pshtissky's  option to elect to  receive  a  severance  payment  may be
exercised  only by  written  notice  delivered  to the  Company  within  90 days
following the date on which  Pshtissky  receives actual notice of termination or
this Agreement expires, as the case may be.
         In the  event  of an  election  under  this  section,  payment  of such
severance shall be in lieu of any other  obligation of the Company for severance
payment or other post-termination compensation under this Agreement if any.



                           - 2 -


<PAGE>



         The severance  amount shall be paid in equal monthly payments over a 12
month period.
     6.  Termination Payment on Change of Control.
         A. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,  if a "Change
of Control"  occurs without the prior written consent of the Board of Directors,
Pshtissky,  at his option,  may elect to terminate  his  obligations  under this
Agreement and to receive a termination payment, without reduction for any offset
or mitigation,  in an amount equal to three times his average annual base salary
for five years  preceding the Change of Control,  in either lump sum or extended
payments over three years as Pshtissky shall elect.
         B. A "Change of  Control"  shall be deemed to have  occurred if (i) any
other entity shall directly or indirectly acquire  beneficial  ownership of 20%,
or any  further  amount in excess of 20%, of the  outstanding  shares of capital
stock of the Company or (ii) a majority of the members of the Board of Directors
of the Company or any  successor by merger or assignment of assets or otherwise,
shall be persons other than Directors on the date of this Agreement.
         C.  Pshtissky's  option to elect to terminate  his  obligations  and to
receive a  termination  payment  and to elect to receive a lump sum or  extended
payments may be exercised only by written notice delivered to the Company within
90 days following the date on which  Pshtissky  receives actual notice of Change
of Control.
     7. Death or Disability.  The Company may terminate this Agreement if during
the term of this  Agreement  (a)  Pshtissky  dies or (b)  Pshtissky  becomes  so
disabled for a period of six months that he is  substantially  unable to perform
his duties under this Agreement for such period.
     8.  Arbitration.  Any  controversy  or claim arising out of, or relating to
this Agreement,  or the breach  thereof,  shall be settled by arbitration in the
City of New York in accordance with the rules of the American  Arbitration  then
in effect,  and judgement upon the award rendered be entered and enforced in any
court having jurisdiction thereof.
     9.  Miscellaneous.
         A.   Except for stock options previously granted, this Agreement
contains the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior
                           - 3 -


<PAGE>


agreements by the parties  relating to payments by the Company upon  involuntary
employment  termination with or without cause,  however, it does not restrict or
limit such other  benefits as the  President or Board of Directors may determine
to provide or make available to Pshtissky.
         B. This  agreement may not be waived,  changed,  modified or discharged
orally,  but only by  agreement  in writing,  signed by the party  against  whom
enforcement of any waiver, change, modification, or discharge is sought.
         C. This Agreement  shall be governed by the laws of New York applicable
to contracts between New York residents and made and to be entirely performed in
New York.
         D. If any part of this  Agreement  is held to be  unenforceable  by any
court of competent  jurisdiction,  the remaining  provisions  of this  Agreement
shall continue in full force and effect.
         E.   This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding
upon, the Company, its successor, and assigns.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement.

                                          VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                         By
Yacov Pshtissky                            Kenneth M. Darby
Vice President - Technology                President
 and Development                           Vicon Industries, Inc.














                           - 4 -








                                                             EXHIBIT 10.12

                    SUBLEASE, MADE AS OF SEPTEMBER 1, 1995

                BETWEEN VICON INDUSTRIES, INC., AS SUBLESSOR,

                AND NEW YORK BLOOD CENTER, INC., AS SUBLESSEE





007326/13000/180.6

<PAGE>



                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page


      1.    Demise of Subleased Premises; Term; etc........................  1

      2.    Cafeteria......................................................  2

      3.    Rent; Rent-Concession; etc.....................................  2

      4.    Real Estate Tax and Utility Cost Escalations...................  4

      5.    [Intentionally Omitted]........................................  6

      6.    Use of Subleased Premises/Parking..............................  6

      7.    Services Provided By Sublessor.................................  7

      8.    Subordination to Overlease, etc................................  8

      9.    Sublessor's Rights, etc........................................  9

      10.   One Time Renewal Option........................................  9

      11.   [Intentionally Omitted]........................................ 10

      12.   Broker......................................................... 10

      13.   [Intentionally Omitted]........................................ 10

      14.   Indemnification................................................ 10

      15.   Insurance...................................................... 11

      16.   Casualty....................................................... 11

      17.   Condemnation................................................... 12

      18.   Notice, etc.................................................... 12

      19.   Attornment With Respect to Overlease........................... 13

      20.   Quiet Enjoyment................................................ 14

007326/13000/180.6

<PAGE>


                                                                            Page


      21.   Assignment and Subletting...................................... 14

      22.   [Intentionally Omitted]........................................ 16

      23.   Additional Covenants Required by Overlease..................... 16

      24.   Signs.......................................................... 17

      25.   Alterations.................................................... 17

      26.   [Intentionally Omitted]........................................ 18

      27.   Care of the Premises........................................... 18

      28.   Environmental Hazards.......................................... 19

      29.   Miscellaneous.................................................. 19

      30.   Early Termination.............................................. 21

      31.   [Intentionally omitted]........................................ 22

      32.   The Americans With Disabilities Act............................ 22

33.   Counterparts......................................................... 23


EXHIBIT A         Diagram of Subleased Premises............................ 24

EXHIBIT B         Diagram of Corridor to Cafeteria......................... 25

EXHIBIT C         Overlease (Including Amendments)......................... 26

EXHIBIT D         Driveway Construction by Sublessee....................... 27


007326/13000/180.6

<PAGE>



                    SUBLEASE, MADE AS OF SEPTEMBER 1, 1995
                BETWEEN VICON INDUSTRIES, INC., AS SUBLESSOR,
                AND NEW YORK BLOOD CENTER, INC., AS SUBLESSEE


            SUBLEASE,  made  as of  September  1,  1995,  by and  between  Vicon
Industries, Inc. ("Sublessor"), a New York corporation with offices at 525 Broad
Hollow  Road,  Melville,  New  York  11747,  and New  York  Blood  Center,  Inc.
("Sublessee"),  a New York  not-for-profit  corporation with offices at 310 East
67th Street, New York, New York 10021.


                                 WITNESSETH:


            WHEREAS,  Sublessor is the tenant under an agreement of lease, dated
January  19,  1988,   between  Allan  V.  Rose  and  Suffolk  County  Industrial
Development Agency, as landlord, the landlord's interest in which is now held by
Allan V. Rose (hereinafter referred to as "Landlord"),  and Sublessor as tenant,
for the land and building  known as 525 Broad Hollow  Road,  Melville,  New York
11747  (collectively  the "Premises") and amendments  dated as of July 18, 1990,
July 18, 1990 (letter agreement) and January 1, 1993 (the "Overlease"); and

            WHEREAS, Sublessor desires to sublease a portion of the Premises to
Sublessee; and

          WHEREAS,  Sublessee desires to sublease a portion of the Premises from
     Sublessor;

            NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and of the mutual
covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:

            1.    Demise of Subleased Premises; Term; etc.

            Sublessor  hereby sublets to Sublessee and Sublessee  subleases from
Sublessor  that  portion  of  the  Premises  (hereinafter  referred  to  as  the
"Subleased  Premises")  consisting of approximately  28,239.4 square feet in the
building (the "Building") known as 525 Broad Hollow Road, Melville, New York, as
shown on the  diagrams  annexed  hereto as Exhibit A, for a term of 1 year and 6
months, which term shall commence on September 1, 1995 (the "Commencement Date")
and terminate on February 28, 1997 (subject to  Sublessee's  one-time  option to
extend set forth in Par.  10). In  addition,  to the extent that  Sublessee  has
previously  installed  or is  permitted  to install  HVAC or other  equipment or
facilities that service the Subleased  Premises,  but are located outside of the
Subleased  Premises,  Sublessee  shall also , during the term of this  Sublease,
have the right to maintain such  equipment or facilities  and shall have a right
of access over and through the Premises outside of the Subleased Premises

                                      1

<PAGE>



to the extent reasonably  required for the maintenance,  servicing and repair of
such equipment or facilities.

            Sublessee shall, upon Sublessor's  request,  give Sublessor a letter
acknowledging that Sublessee has accepted possession of the Subleased Premises.

            2.    Cafeteria.

                  (a) So long as Sublessee  is not in default  under this Lease,
      it may utilize the cafeteria maintained by Sublessor at the Premises, as a
      lunch area for Sublessee's  employees employed at the Subleased  Premises,
      in common with the employees of the Sublessor and of any other  subtenant,
      subject to such  reasonable  restrictions  as  Sublessor  may  impose.  If
      Sublessor  shall  discontinue  maintenance of a cafeteria at the Premises,
      all  rights  and   obligations  of  Sublessor  and  Sublessee  under  this
      subparagraph shall terminate as of the date of such discontinuance.

                  (b)  Sublessee has  constructed  a corridor  (the  "Corridor")
      within the Building,  connecting the Subleased  Premises to the cafeteria,
      in the  location  shown on Exhibit B annexed  hereto.  The Corridor is not
      included in the  Subleased  Premises  and may be used both by  Sublessee's
      employees  and  by   Sublessor's   employees  and  invitees,   subject  to
      Sublessor's  right  to  inspect  and  show  as  provided  herein  (through
      incorporation  of the  Overlease).  Sublessee  shall  be  responsible  for
      maintaining  the Corridor in good repair and  condition  and in compliance
      with all laws, orders, and regulations of all governmental bodies.

            3.    Rent; Rent-Concession; etc.

                  (a)  Sublessee  shall  pay  to  Sublessor  the  base  rent  as
      hereinafter provided. Commencing September 1, 1995 and ending February 28,
      1997 the annual base rent for the Subleased  Premises shall be $416,531.15
      per annum  ($34,710.93  per month),  subject to adjustment as  hereinafter
      provided.  Such base rent was computed by  multiplying  the Leasable  Area
      (hereinafter defined) by $14.75 per square foot. The "Leasable Area" means
      the gross square  footage of the  Subleased  Premises  measured to a point
      halfway  through each of the perimeter  walls of the  Subleased  Premises.
      Sublessee  may, on or before  September 1, 1995, at  Sublessee's  expense,
      review  Sublessor's   measurements  of  the  Subleased  Premises  and,  if
      Sublessor's  determination  that the Leasable Area is 28,239.4 square feet
      is wrong,  the base rent  shall be  appropriately  adjusted.  In the event
      Sublessee  fails to object to  Sublessor's  measurements  by  September 1,
      1995, Sublessor's measurements shall be deemed binding.

                  (b) Such base rent shall be paid in equal monthly installments
      on the first day of each  month  during the term of this  Lease,  in legal
      tender of the United  States at the office of Sublessor  at the  Premises,
      without any setoff, abatement, or

007326/13000/180.6
                                      2

<PAGE>



      deduction whatsoever (except as set forth in Paragraphs 16 and 17 hereof);
      provided that the  foregoing  shall not be deemed a waiver by Sublessee of
      any claim against Sublessor based on Sublessor's  breach of this Sublease,
      which  claim(s) may be asserted by  Sublessee  in any  separate  action or
      proceeding.  Sublessee  shall  pay the  first  month's  base rent upon the
      Commencement Date of this Sublease.

                  (c)   [Intentionally omitted]

                  (d) If Sublessee shall fail to pay (by delivery to and receipt
      by Sublessor of a good check for the requisite  amount) all or any part of
      any  installment  of rent or additional  rent for more than ten days after
      the same shall have become due and payable hereunder,  Sublessee shall pay
      as additional  rent hereunder to Sublessor (1) a one-time late charge with
      respect to such default  equal to four cents for each dollar of the amount
      of such  rent and  additional  rent  which  shall  not have  been  paid to
      Sublessor  within such ten days and (ii) in the event such  default  shall
      continue  for a period in excess of one month,  then,  in addition to such
      late charge,  interest on such overdue amount at the prime rate, currently
      denominated  as the "base rate",  of Citibank,  N.A. in New York, New York
      from  that  date one  month  after  the due date  thereof  until  the date
      Sublessor is paid in full. If Sublessee pays any rent or other charge with
      a check that is, for any reason,  refused for payment by the bank on which
      it is drawn,  Sublessee shall pay Sublessor a $50 service charge. The late
      charge,  interest, and service charge described above shall be payable (A)
      within  10  days  after  demand  and  (B)  without  prejudice  to  any  of
      Sublessor's  rights  and  remedies  hereunder,  at law or in  equity,  for
      nonpayment  of rent or other  sums,  but shall be in  addition to any such
      rights and  remedies.  No failure by  Sublessor  to insist upon the strict
      performance by Sublessee of  Sublessee's  obligations to pay late charges,
      interest,  and  service  charges as provided  in this  subparagraph  shall
      constitute a waiver by Sublessor of its right to enforce the provisions of
      this  subparagraph  in any such  instance  or in any  instance  thereafter
      occurring.

                  (e) Any costs or expenses  incurred by  Sublessor  to cure any
      default  by  Sublessee  under this  Lease  which was not cured  within the
      applicable cure period (except that in an emergency Sublessor shall not be
      required  to wait  for  the  expiration  of the  cure  period),  excluding
      attorneys'  fees,  shall be paid by Sublessee to Sublessor  within 10 days
      after Sublessor makes demand therefor and shall be treated in all respects
      as rent. Any default by Sublessee in the payment of such damages, costs or
      expenses  shall be  treated  as a  default  in the  payment  of rent,  and
      Sublessor shall have the same remedies with respect thereto as it has with
      respect to any default in payment of rent.

                  (f)  Sublessee's  obligations  to make  payments of additional
      rent  allocable  to the term of this  Sublease  which are billed after the
      expiration of the term of this  Sublease,  shall survive the expiration or
      sooner termination of this Sublease.


007326/13000/180.6
                                      3

<PAGE>



            4.    Real Estate Tax and Utility Cost Escalations.

                  (a) For the  purposes of this  Sublease  the  following  terms
      shall have the following meanings:

                        (i) "Real Estate Taxes" shall mean all "Impositions" (as
            defined in section 4.1(A) of the Overlease).

                        (ii) "Tax Year" shall mean each  12-month  fiscal period
            commencing  December 1 and ending  November 30, any portion of which
            occurs during the term of this Sublease.

                            (iii)  "Base  Tax  Year"  shall  mean  the Tax  Year
            commencing December 1, 1994 and expiring November 30, 1995.

                        (iv)  "Subsequent  Year" shall mean (A) with  respect to
            Real Estate Taxes, each Tax Year (or any portion thereof) commencing
            within the term of this Lease which shall be  subsequent to the Base
            Tax  Year;  and  (B)  with  respect  to  Utility  Cost  (hereinafter
            defined),  the 1995 calendar year and each subsequent  calendar year
            which commences during the term of this Sublease.

                        (v)   "Sublessee's   Proportionate   Share"  shall  mean
            26.148%,  the  percentage  obtained by dividing the Leasable Area by
            108,000 (the Leasable Area of the  Building).  Sublessee  may, on or
            before  September  1, 1995,  at  Sublessee's  expense,  review  such
            measurements  and give Sublessor  notice of any discrepancy  between
            Sublessor's and Sublessee's measurements.

                        (vi) "Utility Cost" shall mean  Sublessor's cost for all
            fuel  (including,  but not limited to, oil, gas,  steam and coal but
            excluding electricity) delivered to the Building.

                            (vii) "Base  Utility  Cost"  shall mean  Sublessor's
            Utility Cost for the 1995 calendar year.

                  (b) If in any  Subsequent  Year,  Real  Estate  Taxes  payable
      during  such  Subsequent  Year shall be  greater  than Real  Estate  Taxes
      payable during the Base Tax Year for any reason whatsoever  (including but
      not limited to increases in the tax rates and/or the assessed valuation of
      the  Building,   and   increases  in  assessed   valuation  by  reason  of
      improvements  made to the  Premises  or any  part  thereof),  foreseen  or
      unforeseen,  then  Sublessee  shall pay Sublessor as  additional  rent, an
      amount (hereinafter called "Sublessee's Tax Payment") equal to Sublessee's
      Proportionate  Share of such increase.  Such additional rent shall be paid
      by Sublessee  notwithstanding  the fact that  Sublessee may be exempt,  in
      whole or in part, from the

007326/13000/180.6
                                      4

<PAGE>



      payment  of any Real  Estate  Taxes by  reason of  Sublessee's  diplomatic
      charitable,  or  otherwise  tax  exempt  status,  or for any other  reason
      whatsoever.  Sublessor  shall furnish  Sublessee with a statement  setting
      forth the amount of Real Estate Taxes and  Sublessee's Tax Payment payable
      for such Subsequent  Year, and Sublessee shall pay Sublessee's Tax Payment
      in one  lump  sum  within  fifteen  (15)  days of the  furnishing  of such
      statement,  but shall not in any event be required to pay  Sublessee's Tax
      Payment more than five (5) days before the commencement of the Tax Year.

                  (c) If the Utility Cost payable for any  Subsequent  Year (any
      part or all of  which  falls  within  the  term of  this  Sublease)  shall
      represent an increase above the Base Utility Cost,  then  Sublessee  shall
      pay  Sublessor as additional  rent for such  Subsequent  Year  Sublessee's
      Proportionate  Share of such increase in one lump sum within 15 days after
      Sublessor furnishes to Sublessee a statement of the amount due.

                  (d) (i) Any statement  sent to Sublessee  with respect to Real
      Estate Taxes shall be binding upon  Sublessee  unless,  within thirty (30)
      days after such statement is sent,  Sublessee  shall send a written notice
      to Sublessor  objecting to such  statement and  specifying the respects in
      which such  statement is claimed to be incorrect.  Any  statement  sent to
      Sublessee  with respect to Utility  Cost shall be binding  upon  Sublessee
      unless,  within 30 days  after such  statement  is sent,  Sublessee  shall
      request copies of the fuel bills  supporting the Utility Cost  computation
      (to the extent not previously  furnished) and unless, within 30 days after
      delivery of copies of such bills,  Sublessee  shall send written notice to
      Sublessor objecting to such statement and specifying the respects in which
      such statement is claimed to be incorrect.  Pending the  determination  of
      any such dispute  Sublessee  shall pay all  additional  rent shown on such
      statement,  and such payment and acceptance shall be without  prejudice to
      Sublessee's position.

                        (ii) Real Estate Tax and Utility Cost escalations  shall
            be  appropriately  prorated  for any partial  Subsequent  Year.  Any
            additional  rent due under this  Paragraph 4 shall be collectible by
            Sublessor in the same manner as the base rent,  and Sublessor  shall
            have all rights with  respect  thereto as it has with respect to the
            base rent.

                            (iii)   If,   after   Sublessee   shall   have  paid
            Sublessee's Proportionate Share of any increase in Real Estate Taxes
            with  respect to any  Subsequent  Year,  Sublessor  shall  receive a
            refund of any portion of the Real Estate  Taxes paid with respect to
            such  Subsequent Year as a result of a reduction in such Real Estate
            Taxes by final  determination  of legal  proceedings,  settlement or
            otherwise,  Sublessor shall  promptly,  after receiving such refund,
            pay Sublessee its Proportionate Share of such refund after deducting
            from  such  refund  the  expenses  (including  but  not  limited  to
            attorneys'  fees,  expert's  fees  and  disbursements)  incurred  by
            Sublessor in

007326/13000/180.6
                                      5

<PAGE>



            connection with any application or proceeding to reduce the assessed
            valuation of the Premises for such Subsequent Year.

                  (e)  Notwithstanding  the foregoing or any other  provision of
      this Sublease, Sublessor specifically waives its right to collect the Real
      Estate Tax  escalation  for the tax year  commencing  December 1, 1994 and
      ending  November 30, 1995 and to collect the Utility Cost  escalation  for
      the 1995 calendar year. The parties confirm that Sublessee's  Proportional
      Share is 26.148%.

            5.    [Intentionally Omitted]

            6.    Use of Subleased Premises/Parking.

                  (a) Sublessee shall use and occupy the Subleased  Premises for
      (i) office use and (ii)  incidental  to such  office  use,  for storage of
      supplies (but not for storage of blood or blood  products or medical waste
      except  as   hereinafter   specifically   provided)   and  for   telephone
      solicitations and (iii) to collect blood from donors provided that no more
      than 13.5% of the Leasable  Area shall be used for blood  collection;  and
      for no other purpose.  Without limiting the foregoing,  except as provided
      below,  Sublessee agrees that it shall not use the Subleased Premises as a
      laboratory to process  blood or blood  products or to store blood or blood
      products or medical waste  (hereinafter  defined) or for any  pornographic
      purposes or any sort of commercial sex establishment.

                  (b)  Notwithstanding  the provisions of Par. 6(a) or any other
      provision of this Sublease,  Sublessee shall have the right to use an area
      of 3,964 square feet, as identified on Exhibit A (the "Option Area"), for:
      (i) the purposes described in subpar. (a) above and (ii) in addition, as a
      laboratory to process  blood or blood  products or to store blood or blood
      products and, further,  as a "stat" lab for emergency testing of blood, it
      being  agreed that the uses listed in this clause (ii) may not be operated
      in any portion of the Subleased Premises outside of the Option Area.

                  (c) Sublessor  shall assign 155 parking  spaces in the parking
      lot around the Building for  Sublessee's  use, and Sublessee shall clearly
      mark such spaces for its use. Sublessee's employees and invitees shall not
      use other parking spaces on the Premises.  In the event that the volume of
      traffic  through  the  parking  lot on the  Premises  or  the  streets  or
      intersections  bordering  the  Premises  is  increased  (or  claimed to be
      increased by any government authority) by reason of Sublessee's use of the
      Subleased Premises (for example, if the volume of the traffic increases by
      reason of  Sublessee's  donor  collection  activities)  and if the Town of
      Huntington  or any  other  federal,  state,  municipal,  county,  or local
      government,  department,  commission, board or agency, makes any objection
      or issues any direction with respect to such condition, then Sublessee, at
      its own cost and expense,  shall comply with any such  direction and shall
      be responsible for removing any such objection and shall be

007326/13000/180.6
                                      6

<PAGE>



      responsible  for any costs or penalties  that are imposed on the Building,
      the  Premises,  Landlord,  Sublessor  or  Sublessee  with  respect to such
      matters, which payment(s) shall be deemed additional rent hereunder.

            7.    Services Provided By Sublessor.

                  (a) As long as  Sublessee  is not in default,  Sublessor  will
      provide (i) heat to the Subleased  Premises when and as required by law on
      business days,from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. and on Saturdays from 8 a.m. to 1 p.m.
      (collectively, "Business Hours"); (ii) parking lot snow removal; and (iii)
      water as required up to the amount  that would be required  for  executive
      lavatory  purposes  but,  if  Sublessee  uses  or  consumes  water  beyond
      executive lavatory use, Sublessor may install a water meter at Sublessee's
      expense which Sublessee shall thereafter  maintain at Sublessee's  expense
      in good working  order and repair for the purpose of measuring  such water
      consumption  and Sublessee  shall pay for water  consumed as shown on said
      meter  as  additional  rent as and  when  bills  are  rendered;  and  (iv)
      groundskeeping.  Sublessor may interrupt  such services when  necessary by
      reason  of  accident  or  for  repairs,   alterations,   replacements   or
      improvements  necessary or desirable  in  Sublessor's  judgment so long as
      reasonably  required  therefor or by reason of strike or labor troubles or
      any cause whatsoever beyond Sublessor's sole control.

                  (b)  Sublessor  shall  service  the HVAC  system  serving  the
      Subleased  Premises on a routine  basis by starting  the  equipment in the
      spring, providing regular service and maintenance inspections,  installing
      filters as needed, and shutting down the system for the winter.  Sublessor
      shall make  routine,  minor repairs to the system as part of such service.
      Sublessee,  however,  shall be responsible  for making all other necessary
      repairs and replacements.

                  (c) (i) Sublessee  shall obtain electric  service,  at its own
      cost and expense, directly from the utility servicing the Building.

                        (ii)  [Intentionally Omitted]

                            (iii)  Sublessee's  use of  electric  current in the
            Subleased  Premises shall not at any time exceed the capacity of any
            of the electrical  conductors and equipment in or otherwise  serving
            the Subleased Premises. In order to ensure that such capacity is not
            exceeded and to avert  possible  adverse  effect upon the Building's
            electric  service,  Sublessee  shall not without  Sublessor's  prior
            written consent,  which consent shall not be unreasonably  withheld,
            in  each  instance,  connect  any  additional  electrical  fixtures,
            appliances or equipment  (other than lamps,  typewriters,  and other
            electrical equipment with electric consumption equivalent to that of
            standard office  machines) to the Building's  electric  distribution
            system or make any alteration or addition to the  electrical  system
            of the Subleased Premises. Should

007326/13000/180.6
                                      7

<PAGE>



            Sublessor  grant such consent and if additional  risers or equipment
            shall  be  required  therefor,   same  shall  be  installed  by  the
            Sublessor,  and  the  cost  thereof  shall  be  paid  by  Sublessee.
            Sublessor  shall  not be  liable  in any  way to  Sublessee  for any
            failure  or  defect  in  supply or  character  of  electric  current
            furnished to the Subleased  Premises  (other than such as may result
            from  Sublessor's  gross  negligence  or  wrongful  act or  wrongful
            omission), including but not limited to any failure or defect in the
            supply or character of electric  service  furnished to the Subleased
            Premises  by  reason  of any  requirement,  act or  omission  of the
            utility serving the Building.

                        (iv)  [Intentionally Omitted]

            8.    Subordination to Overlease, etc.

                  (a) Except as hereinafter otherwise provided, this Sublease is
      expressly  subject and subordinate to the covenants,  terms and conditions
      of the Overlease and the rights of the landlord thereunder and to the lien
      of any mortgages which may now or hereafter  encumber or otherwise  affect
      the real estate of which the  Subleased  Premises  form a part.  Sublessee
      hereby  acknowledges  and represents that it has read the Overlease and is
      familiar with all of the provisions thereof. A copy of the Overlease, with
      certain provisions deleted, is annexed hereto as Exhibit C.

                  (b) Except as set forth in  subparagraph  (d) below and except
      to the  extent  that such  terms are  inconsistent  with the terms of this
      Sublease,  Sublessee  shall be bound by and comply  with all of the terms,
      covenants and  conditions to be observed and performed by the tenant under
      the Overlease, as they relate to the Subleased Premises and to the term of
      this Sublease,  and Sublessee shall not do or permit to be done any act or
      thing,  or  create  or  permit  to be  created  any  condition,  which may
      constitute a breach,  default or violation of any of the terms,  covenants
      or conditions of the Overlease,  or which may render  Sublessor liable for
      any charge or expense thereunder.

                  (c)  Sublessor  shall have the same rights and  remedies  with
      respect to this Sublease and Sublessee as the Landlord has with respect to
      the Overlease and the tenant thereunder as though such rights and remedies
      set forth in the  Overlease  in favor of  Landlord  were set forth in this
      Sublease in favor of Sublessor,  including  without limiting the foregoing
      all of the rights and remedies  provided in the Overlease for  non-payment
      of rent and the  right to cure  defaults  of  Sublessee.  Except as herein
      provided,  all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Overlease are
      incorporated  herein with the same force and effect as if herein set forth
      in full and the rights and  obligations  contained  in the  Overlease  are
      hereby  imposed  on  the  respective  parties  hereto.  References  in the
      Overlease to "Landlord" or "Sublessor",  to "Tenant",  to "Lease",  and to
      "premises"  or  "demised  premises"  are  deemed  to refer  to  Sublessor,
      Sublessee,  this Sublease and the Subleased  Premises,  respectively;  any
      references to

007326/13000/180.6
                                      8

<PAGE>



      Base Rent or Fixed Net Rent in the Overlease  shall be deemed to be to the
      rent payable  hereunder,  and  references  to the  expiration  date of the
      Overlease  shall be deemed made to the  expiration  date of this Sublease;
      and  where the  sense of the text  requires  it,  references  to  specific
      paragraphs  and  terms  in the  Overlease  shall  be  deemed  made  to the
      corresponding   paragraph  and  terms  hereunder.   Without  limiting  the
      foregoing, Article 16 (Default Provisions) of the Overlease, including the
      cure periods set forth  therein,  shall become a part of this  Sublease as
      provided above, with the following  modifications:  (i) Section 16.1(d) is
      modified to delete the words "for five days after written  notice  thereof
      from Landlord" and to substitute therefor the following language: "for ten
      days  after the due date  thereof";  and (ii) all  references  in the last
      paragraph  of Section  16.1 to "three (3) days"  shall be changed to "five
      (5) days"  unless such  extension  of time would cause  Sublessor to be in
      breach of the Overlease.

                  (d) The  following  Articles  and  sections  contained  in the
      Overlease  shall not be deemed  incorporated  in this Sublease  (except as
      herein  specifically  provided):  1;  2;  4  (except  to the  extent  such
      Impositions   are  payable  by  Sublessee  as  part  of  Real  Estate  Tax
      escalation);  5; the first  sentence  of 6.1;  6.2;  6.4;  7; 8; the first
      sentence of 11.1; 11.2; 11.3;  12.1(b),  (d) and (e) (except to the extent
      payable as part of escalations and additional rent hereunder);  the second
      sentence of 12.3;  13; 14; 19.3; 20 (except to the extent noted in Par. 21
      of this Sublease); 22; 23; 24; 28; 32; 37 and 40; Amendment dated July 18,
      1990;  Amendment  dated July 18, 1990 (letter  agreement);  and  Amendment
      dated as of January  1, 1993.  Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary
      contained in Article 10 of the Overlease,  Sublessee shall not be required
      to discharge any lien,  encumbrance or charge against the Premises created
      by or imposed on account of Sublessor or Overlandlord.

            9.    Sublessor's Rights, etc.

            Except with respect to those  obligations of Sublessor  specifically
set forth in this  Sublease,  Sublessor  does not  undertake  any  obligation to
perform the terms,  covenants and  conditions  contained in the Overlease on the
Landlord's part to be performed thereunder.

            10.   One Time Renewal Option.

            If  Sublessee  is not then in  default  beyond  any notice and grace
period provided for in this Sublease, Sublessee may renew this Sublease upon all
of the terms,  covenants and conditions set forth herein for an additional  term
of 11 months commencing March 1, 1997 and ending on January 30, 1998, by written
notice of such renewal delivered to Sublessor no later than October 31, 1996. In
the event this  Sublease is timely  renewed as provided in this  Paragraph,  the
base rent payable during the first year of the renewal term shall be $416,531.15
per annum  ($34,710.93  per month).  During such extended term Sublessee  shall,
among other things, continue to pay Real Estate/Tax and Utility Cost escalations
utilizing the same Base Tax Year and Base Utility Cost set forth in Paragraph 4.
This

007326/13000/180.6
                                      9

<PAGE>



Paragraph 10 shall be deemed void and of no further force or effect if Sublessee
or  Sublessor  exercises  any right to cancel  this  Sublease,  including  under
Paragraphs  16, 17 and 30.  Time is of the essence  with  respect to the date by
which Sublessee is to give Sublessor notice hereunder.

            11.   [Intentionally Omitted]

            12.   Broker.

            Sublessee  represents  and warrants to Sublessor  that it has had no
dealings  or  communications  with any broker or agent in  connection  with this
Sublease.  Sublessee dealt with Cooperman  Associates in connection with a prior
sublease between the parties for a portion of the Subleased Premises.  Sublessee
agrees to indemnify  and hold  Sublessor  harmless  from and against any and all
costs,  expenses  (including  reasonable  attorneys' fees and disbursements) and
liabilities for any  compensation,  commissions or charges claimed by any broker
or agent with whom  Sublessee  has dealt  with  respect  to this  Sublease.  The
foregoing  indemnity  does not  extend to  Cooperman  Associates,  except to the
extent Cooperman Associates may make a claim based on dealings or communications
Sublessee  has had with  Cooperman  Associates  with  respect to this  Sublease.
Sublessor  agrees to indemnify and hold Sublessee  harmless from and against any
and all costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements)
and liabilities for any compensation,  commissions or charges claimed by (a) any
broker or agent with whom Sublessor,  but not Sublessee,  has dealt with respect
to this Sublease,  and (b) Cooperman  Associates (except to the extent Cooperman
Associates  may make a claim based on dealings or  communications  Sublessee has
had with Cooperman Associates with respect to this Sublease).

            13.   [Intentionally Omitted]

            14.   Indemnification.

            Sublessee  hereby  agrees to indemnify and hold  Sublessor  harmless
from  and  against  any  and  all  losses,  liabilities,  damages  and  expenses
(including  reasonable  attorneys' fees and  disbursements)  for which Sublessor
shall not be reimbursed by insurance, which Sublessor may suffer or incur (i) in
connection  with  Sublessee's  breach of this Sublease  and/or failure to comply
with the applicable  terms and conditions of the Overlease,  or (ii) arising out
of damage or injury to persons or property in the  Subleased  Premises or on the
driveway constructed by Sublessee pursuant to Par. 25(b) during the term of this
Sublease,  unless injury or damage is caused by the negligence of Sublessor, its
agents,  servants,  employees or invitees.  Sublessor hereby agrees to indemnify
and hold  Sublessee  harmless from and against any and all losses,  liabilities,
damages and expenses  (including  reasonable  attorneys' fees and disbursements)
for which  Sublessee  shall not be reimbursed by insurance,  which Sublessee may
suffer or incur (i) in connection  with  Sublessor's  breach of this Sublease or
(ii)  arising  out of damage or injury to persons or property  occurring  on the
Premises,  but outside of the Subleased  Premises or such  driveway  unless such
injury or

007326/13000/180.6
                                      10

<PAGE>



damage is caused by the negligence of Sublessee, its agents, servants, employees
or invitees.  The provisions of this Paragraph and  Sublessee's  and Sublessor's
obligations  hereunder shall survive the expiration or other termination of this
Sublease.

            15.   Insurance.

            During the term of this Sublease,  Sublessee  shall maintain in full
force and effect the comprehensive  public liability  insurance  required by the
Overlease,  except  that such  policy  shall be in a  combined  single  limit of
$2,000,000.  Sublessor and Landlord shall be named as additional insured on such
policy,  in  addition  to those  persons  and  entities  required to be named as
insured and  additional  insured under the  Overlease.  Such policy shall not be
cancelable with respect to Sublessor or Landlord,  except upon at least ten days
prior written  notice to Sublessor  and the Landlord  under the  Overlease.  Two
duplicate  originals  or  certificates  of such  policies  shall be delivered to
Sublessor,  together  with proof of payment of the  premiums  thereon,  upon the
commencement date of this Sublease and, thereafter,  at least thirty days before
each expiration thereof, two duplicate originals or certificates of the renewals
or  replacements  of such  policies  shall be  delivered to  Sublessor.  Nothing
contained  in  this  paragraph   shall  be  deemed  to  limit  in  any  way  the
indemnification provisions of Paragraph 14.

            16.   Casualty.

                  (a) If the Subleased  Premises  shall be partially  damaged by
      fire or other  insured  casualty,  the damages shall be repaired by and at
      the  expense of  Sublessor  and the base rent shall be abated from the day
      following  the  casualty  until the date such  repairs  are  substantially
      completed  according  to the  part of the  Subleased  Premises  which  are
      untenantable.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublessor may terminate this
      Sublease upon notice to Sublessee  given within ninety (90) days following
      the date of such  casualty  and upon the date  specified  in such  notice,
      which date shall be not less than one hundred  twenty  (120) days nor more
      than one hundred  fifty (150) days  following  the giving of such  notice,
      this Sublease shall terminate and Sublessee shall vacate and surrender the
      Subleased Premises to Sublessor.

                  (b) If this Sublease shall not be terminated as provided above
      in subparagraph  (a),  Sublessor shall proceed with the restoration of the
      Subleased  Premises,  provided that  Sublessor's  restoration  obligations
      shall be subject to  building  and zoning  laws then in effect.  Sublessor
      shall make such repairs with reasonable expedition,  subject to delays due
      to  adjustment  of insurance  claims,  availability  of  materials,  labor
      troubles and other causes beyond Sublessor's reasonable control. Sublessee
      shall  cooperate  with  Sublessor's   restoration  by  removing  from  the
      Subleased Premises, as promptly as reasonably possible, all of Sublessee's
      salvageable  and  movable  equipment,  furniture  and other  property.  If
      Sublessor shall restore the Subleased Premises, Sublessee shall diligently
      repair,  restore and  redecorate  the  Subleased  Premises and re-open for
      business from the Subleased Premises, promptly

007326/13000/180.6
                                      11

<PAGE>



      following notice of restoration, in a manner and to the condition existing
      prior to the  occurrence  of such  casualty,  except  to the  extent  that
      Sublessor is obligated to make such repairs as provided above.

                  (c) In the  event  of a  casualty  not  caused  by  Sublessee,
      Sublessee's  agents,   employees,   servants,   invitees  or  contractors,
      Sublessee may, if Sublessor fails to substantially complete restoration of
      the Subleased  Premise  within 5 months of the date of the casualty,  give
      Sublessor  30 days'  notice of intent to  terminate  and,  if  substantial
      restoration  of the Subleased  Premises has not been effected  within such
      30- day period, then this Sublease shall terminate effective 30 days after
      such notice of termination is given to Sublessor.

            17.   Condemnation.

            If  "materially  all" (as such term is  defined in Article 14 of the
Overlease) of the Premises or if any portion of the Subleased Premises such that
Sublessee  shall no longer be able to  operate  its  business  at the  Subleased
Premises  shall be acquired  or  condemned  by eminent  domain for any public or
quasi-public  use or purpose,  then and in such event, the term of this Sublease
shall cease and terminate from the date of title vesting in such proceeding.  If
a portion of the  Subleased  Premises is so acquired or condemned  and Sublessee
shall  notify  Sublessor  within 30 days of having  learned  of such  event that
Sublessee is able to continue to operate its business in the  remaining  portion
of the Subleased Premises, then, this Sublease shall continue as to such portion
and the base rent shall be proportionately  abated.  Sublessee shall be entitled
to any portion of an award made to Sublessee for the value of Sublessee's  trade
fixtures and moving expenses  provided such award does not diminish  Sublessor's
or Overlandlord's  award. As between  Sublessor and Sublessee,  all compensation
awarded for the taking of the Building,  the Premises, the fee and the leasehold
shall belong to and be the property of the Sublessor, and Sublessee shall not be
entitled to any damages for the  unexpired  portion of the term of this Sublease
or injury to its subleasehold interest.

            18.   Notice, etc.

            Any notice,  demand, consent or other communication which, under the
terms of this  Sublease,  must or may be given  or made by the  parties  hereto,
shall be in writing to be  effective  and shall be given or made by mailing  the
same by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the
party for whom  intended  at its  address as set forth on the first page of this
Sublease.  Either party may designate such new or other  addresses to which such
communications  thereafter shall be given, made or mailed by notice given to the
other party in the manner prescribed  herein.  Any such  communication  shall be
deemed given or served,  as the case may be, on the date of the posting thereof.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Sublessor may deliver any bill to Sublessee by
leaving such bill at the Subleased  Premises and such bill shall be deemed given
on the date of delivery.


007326/13000/180.6
                                      12

<PAGE>



            19.   Attornment With Respect to Overlease.

            Sublessee  recognizes and acknowledges that the Sublessor  hereunder
is the tenant under the  Overlease.  The Sublessee  covenants and agrees that if
the  leasehold  estate of the  Sublessor  (as  tenant  under the  Overlease)  is
terminated  or  surrendered  for  any  reason  whatsoever   including,   without
limitation  pursuant  to Article 30, it will  attorn to the  Landlord  under the
Overlease,  upon the request of the Landlord,  or any successor thereto,  as the
case may be, and will recognize such landlord or such successor, as the case may
be, as the  Sublessee's  landlord under this Sublease.  The Sublessee  agrees to
execute and  deliver at any time and from time to time,  upon the request of the
Sublessor or of the landlord  under the Overlease or any successor  thereto,  as
the case may be,  any  instrument  which  may be  necessary  or  appropriate  to
evidence such  attornment.  If the  leasehold  estate of the Sublessor as tenant
under the Overlease is terminated or  surrendered,  the Sublessee  covenants and
agrees upon request of the landlord under the Overlease or any successor thereto
to enter into a lease with such  landlord  under the  Overlease or any successor
thereto on the same terms and conditions as this Sublease, except as hereinafter
set forth. The Sublessee  further waives the provision of any statute or rule of
law now or hereafter  in effect which may give or purport to give the  Sublessee
any right of election to terminate  this Sublease or to surrender  possession of
the  Subleased  Premises in the event of the  termination  or  surrender  of the
Overlease  and  agrees  that  this  Sublease  shall not be  affected  in any way
whatsoever  thereby.  If the Overlease  terminates  for any reason and Sublessee
becomes the direct  tenant of the landlord  under the  Overlease,  such landlord
shall not be (i) liable for any previous act or omission of Sublessor under this
Sublease,  (ii) subject to any credit,  offset, claim,  counterclaim,  demand or
defense which Sublessee may have against Sublessor,  (iii) bound by any previous
modification  of this  Sublease that was not consented to by Landlord or that is
inconsistent  with this  Sublease or the Consent to  Sublease,  among  Landlord,
Sublessor and Sublessee,  dated as of the date hereof (the "Consent"), or by any
previous prepayment of more than one month's rent, (iv) bound by any covenant of
Sublessor to undertake or complete any construction of the Subleased Premises or
any portion  thereof,  (v) required to account for any  security  deposit of the
Sublessee  other than any  security  deposit  actually  delivered to Landlord by
Sublessor,  (vi) bound by any  obligation  to make any payment to  Sublessee  or
grant any credits,  except for services,  repairs,  maintenance  and restoration
provided for under this Sublease to be performed  after the date of  Sublessee's
attornment to Landlord,  (vii)  responsible  for any monies owing by Landlord to
the credit of  Sublessor,  (viii)  required to remove any person  occupying  the
Subleased  Premises or any part thereof,  (ix) required to afford  Sublessee any
cafeteria rights or access rights through the corridor as defined in Paragraph 2
of this Sublease (and such Paragraph  shall be deemed deleted and Landlord shall
have the right to eliminate such  Cafeteria and  corridor),  and (x) required to
provide any parking for  Sublessee's  use,  except for  providing the spaces set
forth in the Consent. Further, if the Overlease is terminated for any reason and
this Sublease  becomes a direct lease  pursuant to the terms of this Sublease or
the  Consent,  this  Sublease  shall be  deemed  modified  from the date of such
termination  as provided  in the  Consent,  which  modifications  shall  include
Landlord's right to terminate the direct lease upon 120 days notice.

007326/13000/180.6
                                      13

<PAGE>




            20.   Quiet Enjoyment.

            Sublessor  covenants and agrees with  Sublessee  that upon Sublessee
paying the rent and additional  rent and observing and performing all the terms,
covenants  and  conditions  on  Sublessee's  part to be observed and  performed,
giving regard to any cure periods provided  herein,  Sublessee may peaceably and
quietly enjoy the premises hereby demised, subject,  nevertheless, to the terms,
and conditions of this Sublease.

            21.   Assignment and Subletting.

                  (a) Sublessee  shall not assign this Sublease or sublet all or
      any part of the Subleased Premises or grant any concessions or licenses in
      respect  thereof  or in any  way  encumber  Sublessee's  interest  in this
      Sublease  or  the  Subleased  Premises  without  the  written  consent  of
      Sublessor and Landlord, subject to the provisions of this Par. 21.

                  (b)   Sublessor   covenants   and  agrees  that  it  will  not
      unreasonably  withhold  its  consent  to  Sublessee's  assignment  of this
      Sublease or  subletting  of all or part of the  Subleased  Premises to any
      other person,  firm, or  corporation,  provided such assignee or subtenant
      shall use and  occupy  the  Subleased  Premises  for  offices  and not for
      storage of blood or blood products or medical wastes,  or to collect blood
      from donors, or as a laboratory to process blood or blood products or as a
      "stat" lab for emergency testing of blood.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
      if such assignment or sublet is proposed to be made to an affiliate of New
      York  Blood  Center,  Inc,  (an  affiliate  being  any  person  or  entity
      controlling,  controlled  by or under  common  control with New York Blood
      Center,  Inc.), such assignee or subtenant may use the Subleased  Premises
      for the uses  described  in Paragraph 6 of this  Sublease.  At the time of
      such  assignment  and/or  sublet,  this Sublease must be in full force and
      effect  without  any  breach  or  default  thereunder  on the  part of the
      Sublessee which is not cured in the applicable time period.  A copy of the
      assignment and the original assumption agreement or sublease (both in form
      and content satisfactory to Sublessor), fully executed and acknowledged by
      the assignee and/or  sublessee shall be delivered to Sublessor  within ten
      (10) days from the date of execution of such  assignment  or sublease.  In
      the event of an  assignment or sublet,  Sublessee  shall remain liable for
      the  performance  of all of the terms,  covenants  and  conditions of this
      Sublease, including the payment of base rent and additional rent. Any such
      sublet or assignment  shall be subject to consent of Landlord,  subject to
      the provisions of the Consent.

                  (c) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Sublease to the
      contrary and notwithstanding any consent by Sublessor to any assignment or
      sublease of the  Subleased  Premises,  no assignee or subtenant who enters
      into such an assignment or sublease, shall further assign this Sublease or
      further  sublet  all or part  of the  Subleased  Premises  or  assign  any
      subsublease of the Subleased Premises

007326/13000/180.6
                                      14

<PAGE>



      without the prior  written  consent of Sublessor in each such case,  which
      consent Sublessor in its sole discretion may withhold.

                  (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this
      Paragraph  21, or  elsewhere  in this  Sublease,  in the  event  Sublessee
      requests  Sublessor's  consent  to a  sublease  of all  of  the  Subleased
      Premises or to an assignment of the Sublease as set forth in  subparagraph
      (b),  then  Sublessor  shall  have the right to cancel and  terminate  the
      Sublease, as of a date chosen by Sublessor, no earlier than two (2) months
      and  no  later  than  four  (4)  months  after  the  date  of  Sublessee's
      notification to Sublessor of Sublessee's request to sublease or assign. If
      Sublessor  exercises  its option to  terminate  this  Sublease,  then this
      Sublease  shall cease and  terminate on the date set forth by Sublessor in
      its notice  without any further  liability  on the part of either party to
      the other,  except for  accrued  obligations  to the date of  termination.
      Sublessor's  right to cancel  shall  not  apply to a request  to sublet or
      assign to an affiliate of  Sublessee,  provided  that the  permitted  uses
      under the Sublease shall remain the same.

                  (e) In the event of an  assignment  of this Sublease or sublet
      of more than 30% of the Subleased Premises consented to by Sublessor,  75%
      of any Net  Profit  for each  calendar  year  shall be paid  quarterly  to
      Sublessor.  "Net  Profit" for any  calendar  year shall mean the amount by
      which "Gross  Receipts"  actually paid to Sublessee in connection with any
      and all  sublettings or assignments  exceed "Gross  Expenses" of Sublessee
      with  respect to the portion of the  Subleased  Premises so sublet (or the
      entire  Subleased  Premises if the Sublease is assigned) for such calendar
      year, such  apportionment to be made on the basis of the percentage of the
      actual  net  usable  square  footage  of the  Subleased  Premises.  "Gross
      Receipts" of  Sublessee  shall mean all rentals and any other sums paid to
      Sublessee  including,  without  limitation  of  the  foregoing,  rent  and
      additional rent, sums paid to acquire the Sublease or subsublease, fixture
      fees,  electricity charges,  "key money", and any other consideration paid
      by any  subtenant  or assignee to Sublessee  during the  calendar  year in
      question.  "Gross  Expenses"  of Sublessee  with respect to the  Subleased
      Premises for any calendar year shall mean all rent,  additional  rent, and
      other sums payable by  Sublessee to Sublessor  under the Sublease for such
      calendar  year and  shall  not  include  any  other  expenditures  paid or
      incurred by  Sublessee  except  customary  brokerage  fees and  reasonable
      attorneys'  fees  actually  paid by  Sublessee  in  connection  with  such
      subletting or assignment.

                        Within thirty (30) days after the end of each quarter of
      each calendar year of the Sublease, Sublessee shall deliver to Sublessor a
      statement  sworn to by an officer  of  Sublessee  setting  forth the Gross
      Receipts and Gross  Expenses for such quarter and the  computation  of the
      Net Profit,  if any, for such  quarter,  together with any payment for any
      Net Profit  which may be due  hereunder.  In the event any such  statement
      intentionally  contains  an untrue  statement  or  intentionally  fails to
      include a complete statement of Gross Receipts,  Sublessee shall be deemed
      to be in

007326/13000/180.6
                                      15

<PAGE>



      material  default of this  Sublease  and  Sublessor  shall be  entitled to
      terminate  this  Sublease  in  addition  to  exercising  any other  remedy
      available to it in law or in equity. For the period of two (2) years after
      any statement  required by this Paragraph 21 has been sent by Sublessee to
      Sublessor,  Sublessor  shall have the  opportunity to examine the books of
      Sublessee in order to determine the accuracy of such statements).

                  (f) A form of transfer or  conveyance  that would be deemed an
      assignment or sublease  under the Overlease  shall be deemed an assignment
      or sublet  hereunder  and subject to the terms  hereof.  In addition,  any
      transfer,  by  operation  of law or  otherwise,  of  Sublessee's  (or  any
      subtenant's  or  assignee's)  interest in this  Sublease or the  Subleased
      Premises  (in  whole  or in  part)  or of a 50%  or  greater  interest  in
      Sublessee  (whether stock,  partnership  interest,  or otherwise) shall be
      deemed an  assignment  of this  Sublease  and  subject  to the  provisions
      hereof. It is understood and agreed that if Sublessee is a corporation,  a
      transfer by the corporation or any shareholders)  thereof of a majority of
      the issued or outstanding capital stock of Sublessee, however accomplished
      (including a transfer accomplished by the corporation's issuance of shares
      in an amount greater than 50% of the outstanding shares), and whether in a
      single  transaction  or in a series of related or unrelated  transactions,
      shall be deemed  an  assignment  of this  Sublease  requiring  Sublessor's
      consent.

            22.   [Intentionally Omitted]

            23.   Additional Covenants Required by Overlease.

                  (a) Sublessee  shall remove  reasonably  promptly after notice
      all liens which might affect the landlord under the Overlease's fee estate
      in the  Premises  or any  portion  thereof  as a  result  of any  changes,
      alterations, new construction, renovation, demolition or remodeling of the
      Building or any portion thereof made, or claimed to have been made, at the
      request of Sublessee.

                  (b) The landlord under the Overlease  shall be permitted entry
      to the  Subleased  Premises for the purposes and at the times set forth in
      Article 9 of the Overlease.

                  (c)  Sublessor   shall  remove  or  otherwise   discharge  any
      mechanics  liens placed  against the Premises by reason of a claim against
      Sublessor  in  accordance   with  its  obligations  as  tenant  under  the
      Overlease.

          The  foregoing  Subpar.  (c)  shall not be  deemed  to  eliminate  any
     obligation  of Sublessee to Sublessor  under this  Sublease  (including  by
     reason of the  incorporation  of the terms of the  Overlease) to remove any
     mechanics liens.


007326/13000/180.6
                                      16

<PAGE>



            24.   Signs.

            Sublessee may continue to maintain the existing sign on the exterior
of the  Building by the entrance to the  Subleased  Premises and may install one
additional sign on the monument located in front of the Building and one sign on
the  west  wall of the  Building  (in the  southwest  corner).  Sublessor  shall
cooperate with Sublessee and, if necessary,  join in any  application for a sign
permit,  at Sublessee's  expense.  Such signs shall only contain the name of the
Sublessee  (and/or any permitted  assignees or  sub-sublessee).  Sublessee shall
obtain all permits,  certificates and licenses  required for the installation of
each sign installed by Sublessee; shall comply with all present and future laws,
orders and  regulations  of all state,  federal,  municipal,  county,  and local
governments, departments, commissions and boards and any direction of any public
officer  pursuant to law with respect to such  sign(s);  and shall pay all fees,
including  but not  limited to any annual  permit  fees,  required to be paid in
connection with such sign(s).

            25.   Alterations.

                  (a)  Sublessee  shall make no  changes in or to the  Subleased
      Premises  of  any  nature  without  the  prior  consent  of  Landlord  and
      Sublessor.  Sublessee  shall furnish  Sublessor and Landlord with detailed
      plans and specifications  covering all proposed changes.  Sublessor agrees
      not to  unreasonably  withhold  its  consent  to any such  changes  to the
      Subleased  Premises  which  are  non-structural  and  which do not  affect
      utility services or plumbing and electrical lines in or to the interior of
      the Subleased Premises; provided Sublessee complies with the provisions of
      Section  11.1(a)-(h) and 11.3 of Article 11 of the Overlease.  Sublessor's
      consent  shall be  granted or denied  within 5 working  days of receipt of
      such  plans  and  specifications.  Sublessee  shall  use  contractors  and
      mechanics  first approved by Sublessor,  and Sublessor shall grant or deny
      such approval within 3 working days after receipt of Sublessee's  request.
      If any  mechanic's  lien is filed  against the  Subleased  Premises or the
      Building for work claimed to have been done for or materials  furnished to
      Sublessee,  whether or not done pursuant to this Paragraph, the same shall
      be  discharged  by Sublessee  within ten days  thereafter  at  Sublessee's
      expense by filing the bond required by law or otherwise. All improvements,
      alterations  and  additions to the  Subleased  Premises and all  fixtures,
      panelling,  partitions, railings and like installations,  installed in the
      Subleased  Premises at any time,  either by  Sublessee  or by Sublessor on
      Sublessee's  behalf,  shall,  upon  installation,  become the  property of
      Sublessor  and shall  remain upon and be  surrendered  with the  Subleased
      Premises.  Nothing in this Paragraph  shall be construed to give Sublessor
      title to or to prevent  Sublessee's  removal of trade  fixtures,  moveable
      office  furniture  and  equipment,  but upon  removal of any such from the
      Subleased  Premises or upon removal of such other  installations as may be
      required by Sublessor,  Sublessee  shall  immediately  and at its expense,
      repair and restore the Subleased  Premises to the condition existing prior
      to  installation  and repair any damage to the  Subleased  Premises or the
      Building due to such  removal.  All  property  permitted or required to be
      removed by Sublessee

007326/13000/180.6
                                      17

<PAGE>



      at  the  end  of the  term  remaining  in  the  Subleased  Premises  after
      Sublessee's  removal shall be deemed abandoned and may, at the election of
      Sublessor,  either be retained as Sublessor's property or removed from the
      Subleased Premises by Sublessor, at Sublessee's expense.

                  (b) Sublessee has built, at Sublessee's sole cost and expense,
      a driveway from the property  owned by Sublessee  adjacent to the Premises
      (the  "Adjacent  Building")  to the  parking  lot on the  Premises  in the
      location  indicated on Exhibit D annexed  hereto.  Sublessee  shall remove
      such driveway and shall restore the Premises to their  original  condition
      existing  prior to the  construction  of such driveway upon the earlier to
      occur of the following:  (a) the  expiration or sooner  termination of the
      term of this Sublease (as such term may be extended or shortened  pursuant
      to the terms of this  Sublease),  or (b) the date  Sublessee  discontinues
      conducting its blood bank operations from the Adjacent Building. Sublessee
      shall be solely  responsible for and shall maintain and keep such driveway
      in good order and repair,  shall be responsible  for snow and ice removal,
      and shall comply with all present and future laws,  orders and regulations
      of  all  state,  federal,   municipal,   county,  and  local  governments,
      departments,  commissions  and  boards  and any  direction  of any  public
      officer  pursuant to law with respect to such driveway and shall discharge
      any violation,  order or duty upon  Sublessor,  Landlord or Sublessee with
      respect to the driveway.

            26.   [Intentionally Omitted]

            27.   Care of the Premises.

            Sublessor shall maintain and repair the exterior of, grounds and the
public  portions of the Building.  Sublessee  shall  throughout the term of this
Sublease take good care of the Subleased  Premises,  including the bathrooms and
lavatory  facilities  and the windows  and window  frames and the  fixtures  and
appurtenances  therein; and shall at Sublessee's sole cost and expenses promptly
make  all  repairs   thereto  and  to  the  Building,   whether   structural  or
non-structural in nature, caused by or resulting from the negligence or improper
conduct of Sublessee,  Sublessee's servants, employees,  invitees, or licensees.
Further,  Sublessee shall, at Sublessee's sole cost and expense, promptly comply
with all present and future laws, orders and regulations of all state,  federal,
municipal  and  local  governments,  departments,  commissions  and  boards  and
direction  of any public  officer  pursuant to law,  and all  orders,  rules and
regulations of the New York Board of Fire Underwriters or the Insurance Services
Office or any similar body which shall impose any order,  violation or duty upon
Sublessor, Landlord or Sublessee with respect to the Subleased Premises, or with
respect to the  Building if arising out of  Sublessee's  use or manner of use of
the  Building;  provided  that nothing  herein shall  require  Sublessee to make
structural  repairs or alterations  unless Sublessee has by its manner of use of
the Subleased  Premises or method of operation  therein  violated any such laws,
ordinances, orders, rules, regulations or requirements with respect thereto.

007326/13000/180.6
                                      18

<PAGE>




            28.   Environmental Hazards.

                  (a) Sublessee  shall not store,  use, sell, or bring onto, the
      Premises any Ultra Hazardous Material  (hereinafter  defined) in violation
      of  any  environmental  laws  or  regulations  imposed  by  any  competent
      Governmental   Authority.  As  used  herein,  the  term  "Ultra  Hazardous
      Material"  shall be as defined in 42 U.S.C.  9601 et seq., as amended from
      time to time,  and any hazardous  material or toxic waste the use, sale or
      storage of which may make  Sublessor,  Landlord,  or  Sublessee  liable to
      remove  same  from  the  Premises  in  accordance   with  any   applicable
      environmental  clean-up law. In the event any Ultra Hazardous  Material is
      used, sold or stored by Sublessee on the Premises,  Sublessee shall remove
      same and make the  Premises  clean of same  within  twenty (20) days after
      notice from  Sublessor or if such removal and clean-up  shall require more
      than twenty (20) days,  Sublessee  shall  commence such work within twenty
      (20) days and thereafter  expeditiously and without interruption  complete
      same.  Failure to remove  and/or clean up same within said twenty (20) day
      period (as same may be extended pursuant to the preceding  sentence) shall
      be deemed a default of this Sublease giving Sublessor the same remedies as
      for  nonpayment of Rent. In the event  Sublessee  fails to comply with the
      obligations  of this  Paragraph  28,  Sublessor  shall have the right,  in
      accordance with the provisions of this Sublease,  to remove same and clean
      up the Premises at Sublessee's cost and expense, and Sublessee shall, upon
      demand,  reimburse  Sublessor for such cost, together with interest at the
      Interest  Rate (as such term is defined in Section 2.7 of the  Overlease).
      Sublessee's  obligation to reimburse  Sublessor pursuant to this Paragraph
      28 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Sublease.

                  (b)  A  provision   identical  with  the  provisions  of  this
      Paragraph  28 running for the benefit of Sublessor  and Landlord  shall be
      included in each subsublease by Sublessee, and the failure of Sublessee to
      include such a provision shall be deemed a default of this Sublease.

            29.   Miscellaneous.

                  (a) This Sublease may not be changed or terminated orally, but
      only by an agreement in writing signed by both parties hereto.

                  (b) This Sublease constitutes the entire agreement between the
      parties  hereto with  respect to the subject  matter  hereof and all other
      representations and understandings have been merged herein.

                  (c) The covenants, conditions and terms of this Sublease shall
      bind and inure to the benefit of both parties hereto, their successors and
      permitted assigns.


007326/13000/180.6
                                      19

<PAGE>



                  (d) In case  of any  conflict  or  inconsistency  between  the
      provisions  of the Overlease and those of this  Sublease,  the  provisions
      hereof, as between Sublessor and Sublessee, shall control.

                  (e)  This  Sublease  shall be  governed  by and  construed  in
      accordance  with the laws of the State of New York.  If any  provision  of
      this Sublease or the application  thereof to any person or  circumstances,
      shall to any extent be invalid or  unenforceable,  such provision shall be
      adjusted rather than voided,  if possible,  in order to achieve the intent
      of the  parties  to the extent  possible;  and,  in any  event,  all other
      provisions of this Sublease shall be deemed valid and enforceable to their
      full extent.

                  (f)  Whenever  provision  is  made in  this  Sublease  for the
      consent or approval of the Sublessor, the Sublessor shall not capriciously
      or without  reasonable  cause refuse to grant such consent or approval and
      failure to  disapprove  within thirty (30) days after receipt of a written
      request for approval or consent shall be deemed an approval or consent, as
      the case may be. The foregoing  provision  shall not apply to requests for
      the   approval  of   Sublessor   with   respect  to  proposed   structural
      improvements, alterations, additions or repairs.

                  (g) Except as provided in the next sentence,  Sublessee  shall
      not permit any medical  waste to be stored or disposed of at the Subleased
      Premises.  Sublessee  may store  blood in the  Subleased  Premises in cold
      storage  units  occupying  no more than 1000 square feet within the Option
      Area,  provided Sublessee complies with all applicable  governmental laws,
      ordinances, rules and regulations.  Sublessee shall furnish all equipment,
      labor,  utilities and supplies required for the generation,  custody,  and
      disposal of medical  waste at the  Subleased  Premises,  including  boxes,
      labels and manifests and shall promptly remove from the Subleased Premises
      and the Premises all medical wastes  generated at the Subleased  Premises.
      Sublessee shall comply with all applicable  governmental laws, ordinances,
      rules,  regulations  and  orders of any  federal,  state,  county or local
      government,  governmental agency,  department,  board or authority imposed
      with respect to any medical waste generated at the Subleased Premises (the
      "Medical Waste  Regulations") and shall pay any fines,  penalties or other
      charges levied against Sublessee, Landlord, Sublessor, the Building or the
      Premises as a result of Sublessee's failure to handle,  remove,  transport
      or  dispose  of  medical  waste  in  compliance  with  the  Medical  Waste
      Regulations.   Sublessee  shall  initiate,   maintain  and  supervise  all
      appropriate  safety  precautions  and  programs  in  connection  with  the
      custody,  transport and proper disposal of medical wastes;  and shall take
      all  reasonable  precautions  to  prevent  damage,  injury  or loss to any
      persons  or  property  in  connection  with its  generation  of,  custody,
      transport and disposal of medical wastes.  The term "medical wastes" shall
      mean blood,  blood  products,  and any wastes or other substance which may
      cause an  infectious  disease or  reasonably  be  suspected  of  harboring
      pathogenic organisms,  including any wastes described as medical wastes by
      any appropriate federal, state, or local statutory or

007326/13000/180.6
                                      20

<PAGE>



      regulatory  authorities.  Sublessee  agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
      Sublessor and Landlord against and from all liabilities,  claims, damages,
      loss, costs and expenses,  including  reasonable  attorneys' fees, arising
      out of any breach by Sublessee of its obligations  under this Subparagraph
      (g).

                  (h) In any action or proceeding for breach of this Sublease or
      for holdover or dispossess  proceedings,  the party which does not prevail
      shall pay the other party's reasonable attorneys' fees.

            Sublessor  shall  provide up to two persons  designated by Sublessee
with keys and security codes to Sublessor's  phone room so that Sublessee  shall
have telephone use after Sublessor's  normal business hours.  Sublessee shall be
responsible  for the  security of the  Building  when using the phone room after
normal business hours. Sublessee shall indemnify,  defend and hold Sublessor and
Landlord harmless from and against all claims,  loss, damages,  cost and expense
Sublessor may incur by reason of such  after-hours  access,  including,  but not
limited  to (a) any loss or  damage  to  property  and (b) any  injury  or death
occurring in or about the Building in connection  with such  after-hours  use of
the phone room.

            30.   Early Termination.

            Sublessee  has been advised that  Sublessor has granted the Landlord
and  Landlord's  affiliate  the right,  upon 180 days prior  notice,  to require
Sublessor to terminate  and/or vacate the Premises,  pursuant to a sublease with
AVR Mart,  Inc. and/or a consent and release  agreement,  dated as of January 1,
1993  (collectively and  individually,  the "Release  Agreement").  In the event
Sublessor  receives  such notice under the Release  Agreement and such notice to
Sublessor  requires by its terms that  Sublessor  give notice to Sublessee  that
Sublessee is required to vacate the Subleased  Premises,  than  Sublessor  shall
give such notice to Sublessee  (accompanied by a copy of the AVR Mart, Inc.'s or
Landlord's  notice to  Sublessor)  and,  upon receipt of such notice,  Sublessee
shall vacate the  Subleased  Premises,  leaving the Subleased  Premises  vacant,
broom clean, with all personal property and trade fixtures removed and otherwise
complying with its obligations under this Sublease (including but not limited to
Art.  25(b)) as of the end of the term of this Sublease or earlier  termination,
upon the earlier of: (a) that date 150 days after a copy of such notice is given
to  Sublessee,  or (b) the end of the term of this  Sublease  (or the end of the
renewal term,  if Sublessee  has exercised its renewal  option prior to the date
such notice is given to Sublessee).  The renewal option  contained in Article 10
of this Sublease shall be deemed void and of no further force and effect if this
Sublease is so terminated prior to exercise of the renewal option.  If Sublessee
fails to timely vacate the Subleased Premises as set forth above,  Sublessor may
be exposed to  substantial  damages,  including  but not limited to liability to
Landlord  for the payment of rent for the  balance of the term of the  Overlease
(as if the Overlease had not been terminated).  Accordingly, Sublessee agrees to
indemnify  and hold  Sublessor  harmless  from and  against  all  claims,  loss,
damages,  liability, and costs Sublessor may incur, including but not limited to
reasonable  attorneys' fees and consequential  damages, by reason of Sublessee's
failure to timely vacate. Such indemnity shall not apply and

007326/13000/180.6
                                      21

<PAGE>



Sublessee shall not be liable to Sublessor to the extent Sublessor's damages are
caused by its own  failure  to timely  vacate.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,
Sublessee acknowledges that Sublessor shall have the right to negotiate with the
Landlord  under the  Overlease  to shorten the 180 day period for  vacating  the
Premises.  Sublessee  agrees  that  if  Sublessor  and  Landlord  enter  into an
agreement to shorten such period,  the 150 day period provided in this Paragraph
shall be correspondingly shortened on a day for day basis, to the extent that it
is  applicable;  provided  that, in no event shall  Sublessee have less than 120
days after notice to vacate the Subleased Premises. Sublessor shall promptly and
continually  advise  Sublessee  of any  discussions  between  Sublessor  and the
Landlord  regarding  any such proposed  agreement,  provided that the failure of
Sublessor  to do so shall not  invalidate  any  notice  that  complies  with the
foregoing requirements. If Sublessor receives any consideration from Landlord in
connection with such a shortening of the period for vacating including,  without
limitation,   any  payment,  rebate  or  credit,   Sublessor  shall  share  such
consideration  with Sublessee based on Sublessee's  Proportionate  Share. If the
notice to  Sublessor  under  the  Release  Agreement  (described  in the  second
sentence of this  paragraph 30) is given and does not require  Sublessor to give
such notice to Sublessee,  then, upon termination of the Overlease, the Sublease
shall  become a direct  lease  pursuant  to Article 19 of the  Sublease  and the
Consent and subject to  Landlord's  right to  terminate  the lease upon 120 days
notice.

            31.   [Intentionally omitted]

            32.   The Americans With Disabilities Act.

            The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, together with the rules
and regulations promulgated  thereunder,  as such law, rules and regulations may
now or  hereafter  be amended or restated,  are  hereinafter  referred to as the
"ADA".  If the Subleased  Premises or any portion thereof are used by Sublessee,
its subtenants,  successors and/or assigns as a "place of public accommodation,"
as such term is defined in the ADA,  Sublessee shall (a) comply with all present
and future  requirements  of the ADA as they relate to the  Subleased  Premises,
whether or not such compliance requires structural or non-structural alterations
to be made;  and (b) reimburse  Sublessor  for all costs  Sublessor may incur to
bring the common  areas of the  Premises  into  compliance  with all present and
future  requirements  of the ADA; and (c) indemnify and hold harmless  Sublessor
from and against all claims,  actions,  costs,  damages,  penalties,  losses and
liabilities Sublessor may incur by reason of any action or proceeding instituted
against  Sublessor  and/or  Sublessee by reason of the use of all or part of the
Subleased Premises as a place of public accommodation. If, at the time any claim
or demand is made by Sublessor upon Sublessee under this Paragraph,  other space
in the  Building  is also  used as a place of  public  accommodation,  Sublessee
shall,  with respect to its liability under clause (b), be responsible  only for
its share of such costs.  Such share shall equal a fraction,  the  numerator  of
which is the leasable  area of the  Subleased  Premises and the  denominator  of
which is the sum of the  leasable  areas of the  Subleased  Premises  and of the
other space used as a place of public accommodation.  All changes,  alterations,
additions, improvements, and repairs made by Sublessee to the Subleased Premises
shall be performed in compliance with all applicable requirements of the ADA.

007326/13000/180.6
                                      22

<PAGE>




            33.   Counterparts.

            This Sublease may be executed in two or more  counterparts,  each of
which shall be deemed an original,  but all of which together  shall  constitute
one and the same instrument.

            IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have  executed this Sublease as of
the day and year first above written.


                             VICON INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                    By:_________________________________


                           NEW YORK BLOOD CENTER, INC.


                                    By:_________________________________



007326/13000/180.6
                                      23

<PAGE>



                                   EXHIBIT A

                         Diagram of Subleased Premises




007326/13000/180.6
                                      24

<PAGE>



                                   EXHIBIT B

                       Diagram of Corridor to Cafeteria




007326/13000/180.6
                                      25

<PAGE>



                                   EXHIBIT C

                       Overlease (Including Amendments)




007326/13000/180.6
                                      26

<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT D

                      Driveway Construction by Sublessee

007326/13000/180.6
                                      27


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                            EXHIBIT 24 
 
 
KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
 
 
 
 
 
               Independent Auditors' Consent
 
 
 
The Board of Directors 
Vicon Industries, Inc.:
 
 
We consent to incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (No. 33-
7892,  33-34349 and 33-90038) on Form S-8 and No.  33-10435 on Form S-2 of Vicon
Industries,  Inc. of our report dated  November  16, 1995,  except as to note 6,
which is as of December 28, 1995, relating to the consolidated balance sheets of
Vicon  Industries,  Inc. and  subsidiaries as of September 30, 1995 and 1994 and
the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity and cash
flows and related schedules for each of the years in the three-year period ended
September 30, 1995, which report appears in the September 30, 1995 annual report
on Form 10-K of Vicon Industries, Inc.
 
 
 
 
                                        KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
 
 
 
 
 
Jericho, New York 
January 12, 1996  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          SEP-30-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               SEP-30-1995
<CASH>                                       1,151,850
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                9,466,462
<ALLOWANCES>                                 (542,465)
<INVENTORY>                                 12,112,601
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                            22,188,448
<PP&E>                                      14,195,604
<DEPRECIATION>                             (9,960,558)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                              26,423,494
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                       11,467,117
<BONDS>                                      6,323,351
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                        27,882
<OTHER-SE>                                   8,605,144
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                26,423,494
<SALES>                                     43,846,571
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                     0
<CGS>                                       34,300,638
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                        0
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                             9,424,595
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               375,000
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                           1,013,383
<INCOME-PRETAX>                            (1,267,045)
<INCOME-TAX>                                    80,000
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                        (1,347,045)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                               (1,347,045)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                    (.49)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                    (.49)
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission